[From the U.S. Government Printing Office, www.gpo.gov]
FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 as part of the implementation of the PENNSYLVANIA COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM 29 September 1982 PREPARED FOR: TOWNSHIP OF FALLS PREPARED BY: UNIPLAN 350 Alexander Street Princeton, New Jersey 08540 QH 609-924-6789 91.75 P4 oofflulaleg throurfli F-37 onmental Resources )u ces thriarfement 1982 m(anagerneril Office -loinE 7..,d6 u'@@ne s u Me" 'ei . t,'Sr -@ M'c'S ta"loe o.gismenl Office FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Y as part of the implementation of the PENNSYLVANIA COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM PREPARED FOR: TOWNSHIP OF FALLS PREPARED BY: UNIPLAN 29 September 1982 The preparation of this report was financed through the Pennsylvania Coastal Zone Management Program under provisions of the Federal Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972, (as amended), administered by the Coastal Zone Management Office, Office of Resources Management, Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources. FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 INDEX PAGE NO. GENERAL DOCUMENTS Title Page I Index 1-2 Advertisement for Bids 1-2 Instructions to Bidders AIA Document A701 1-5 Form of Proposal 1-2 Contractor's Qualification Statement AIA Document A305 1-6 Bid Bond AIA Document A310 I Non-Collusion Affidavit I Certificate of Bidder Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity I Certificate of Proposed Subcontractor Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity I Performance Bond/Labor and Material Payment Bond AIA Document A311 1-4 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor AIA Document A 107 1-4 Final Release and Indemnity Agreement I General Conditions of the Contract for Construction AIA Document A201 1-19 Supplementary General Conditions 1-8 Non-Discrimination Clause 1-2 Anti-Pollution Measures I Minimum Wage Rates and Modifications I DIVISION I - GENERAL IA General Requirements IA 1-3 IE Project Closeout IE 1-5 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 2A I Site Clearing 2A I I 2130 Excavating, Filling and Grading 2130 1-9 2H I Water Well 2H 1 1-5 2_11 Storm Drainage System 2JI 1-4 2J2 Septic System 2,12 1-2 2P2 Bituminous Concrete Paving 2P2 1-3 2V3 Lawns 2V3 1-3 2V7 Trees 2V7 1-4 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 3AO Concrete Work 3AO 1-3 DIVISION 5 METALS 5JI Miscellaneous Metals, General 5JI 1-8 INDEX FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 DIVISION 6, CARP=-'NTRY 6E I Carpentry, General 6E 1 1-7 6GO Architectural Woodwork 6GO 1-5 DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 7G3 Roof Deck Insulation 7G3 1-3 7G7 Building Insulation 7G7 1-3 7,11 Shingles 7J 1 1-3 7PO Flashing, Sheet Metal 7PO 1-3 7T I Sealants, Caulking and Joint Fillers 7T 1 1-7 DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS 8AO Glass and Glazing 8AO 1-6 8G9 Wood Windo\vs 8G9 1-4 8J2 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 8,12 1-7 8SI Finish Hardware 8SI 1-8 DIVISION 9 FINISHES 9DI Gypsum Drywall Systems 9D 1 1-7 9D8 Gypsum Drywall 9D8 1-7 9GO Tile Work 9GO 1-3 9NO Resilient Flooring 9NO 1-4 9L I Wood Flooring 9L 1 1-4 9TO Painting 9TO 1-8 DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES IOAI Metal Toilet Partitions IOAI 1-4 IOBI Toilet Accessories 10131 1-5 1 OE5 Ceiling Access Panels IOE5 1-3 I0F1 Firefighting Devices IOFI 1-3 IOSI Specialty Signs IOSI 1-3 IOS3 Dedicatory Plaque IOS3 1-2 DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15A Plumbing Work 15A 1-6 15B Heating andVentilating 15B 1-5 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16A Electrical Work 16A 1-12 INDEX 2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS The Township of Falls, Pennsylvania, will receive sealed proposals for the Falls Township Waterfront Park in the Township of Falls, Pennsylvania. 1. Date: Time: 4:00 P.M. E.S.T. 2. Location: Falls Township Municipal Building, 285 Yardley Avenue, Fallsington, Pennsylvania. 3. No bids will be received or considered by telephone or telegraph. 4. Opening: 8:00 P.M. E.S.T. 5. Pre-Bid Conference - Date: at 10:00 A.M. E.S.T. at the Falls Township Municipal Building. Proposals will be publicly opened and read by the Township of Falls at 8:00 p.m. E.S.T. The award will be made to the lowest responsible bidder based upon the base bid together with selected alternates as the Falls Township's interests may appear. The bid documents for the project may be obtained at the Architect's office: UNIPLAN, 350 Alexander Street, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540, and at the Falls Township Municipal Building, 285 Yardley Avenue, Fallsington, Pennsylvania by depositing $40.00 for each set in the form of cash or check made payable to UNIPLAN. All documents requested to be forwarded to bidders will be at the bidder's expense and will be shipped via the best mode available. Deposits will be refunded to bidders upon the return of the bid documents in good condition within thirty (30) days after the bid opening date. Refunds to non-bidders will not be made after the bid opening. For the convenience of bidders, sets of drawings and specifications will be on file in the Architect's office, and at the Falls Township Municipal Building, 285 Yardley Avenue, Fallsington, Pennsylvania. Each bidder must submit the following documents along with the Form of Proposal 1. A certified check or cashiers check payable to the Owner in the amount of ten (10%) percent of the bid amount, or a Bid Bond in the same amount. 2. Non-Collusion Affidavit 3. Separate certificate of a Surety Company stating that it will provide bidder with the Performance and Payment Bonds required by these documents in the event a contract is awarded to the bidder. 4. Contractor's Qualification Statement. Proposals shall only be submitted on the form of proposal provided and shall be based only on the materials, construction and equipment described in the specifications and/or on the drawings. ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 No changes in price or terms and conditions will be considered after the bids have been opened. This project is being funded through a grant made available to Falls Township from the Office of Coastal Zone Management, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, U. S. Department of Commerce and therefore, federal prevailing wage rates, equal ernploy- ment opportunity and other federal contract standards shall apply. The Township of Falls reserves the right to reject any and all PrOPOS431S or any parts thereof, to waive informalities in the bidding and to accept Proposals deemed most favorable to the interests of the Township after all bids have been examined and evaluated. Interested Contractors are requested to notify the Architects, UNIPLAN, as soon as possible so that the necessary documents may be made available for their use. The agent or representative for the Owner shall be the Architects, UNIPLAN. END OF ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 2 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A701 Instructions to Bidders 1978 EDITION Use only with the 1976 Edition of AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. DEFINITIONS 6. POST-BID INFORMATION 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 7. PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 8. FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER 4. BIDDING PROCEDURES AND CONTRACTOR 5. CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 9. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS Copyright 1970, 1974, @ 1978 by The American institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. Reproduction o I the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without permission of the AIA violates the copy- right laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIA DOCUMENT A701 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS - THIRD EDITION - MAY 1978 - AIA10 - @1973 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 2DW6 A701-1978 1 INSTRUCTI ONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 2.1.3 HIS Bid is based upon the materials., systems and equipment required by the Bidding Documents v0thoul: DEFINITIONS exception. 1.1 Bidding Documents include the Advertisement or In- vitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the bid form, other ARTICLE 3 sample bidding and contract forms and the proposed BIDDING DOCUMENTS Contract Documents including any Addenda issued prior to receipt of bids. The Contract Documents proposed for 3.1 COPIES the Work consist of the Owner-Contractor Agreement, 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary DOCLIments from the issuing office designated in the Ad- ,111d* other Conditions), 1he Drawings, the Specifications vertisement or Invitation to Bid in the number and for the ,ind all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications deposit sum, if any, stated therein. The deposit will be i@,@ijecl after execution of the Contract. refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and re - 1.2 All definitions set forth in the General Conditions of turn the Bidding Documents in good condition witt the'Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, or ten days after receipt of Bids. The cost of replacement - I III other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bid- any missing or damaged documents will be deducted ding DocurTients. from the deposit. A Bidder receiving a Contract award 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued may retain the Bidding Documents and his deposit will he by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract refunded. which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by 3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to addition, deletions, clarifications or corrections. Sub-bidders or others unless specifically offered in the 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, do the Work or designated portion thereof for the SLIMS 3.1.3 Bidders shall use comi-.dete sets of Bidding Docu- -tipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bicl@ ments in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor the Archi- ding Documents. tect assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpreta- tions resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bid( 1.5 Tile Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which Documents. the Bidder offers to perfo rm the Work described in the 3.1.4 -The Owner or the Architect in making copies of Bidding Documents as the base, to which @vork may be the Bidding Documents available on the abo%e terms do added or from which work may be deleted for sums so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the V 5tated in Alternate Bids. and do not confer a license or grant for anv other u,,e. 1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount DOCUMENTS ,-I the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted. 3.2.1 Bidders and Sub-bidders shall promptly notify the 1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price Architect of arly ambiguity, inconsistency or error which per Unit of measurement for materials or Services as de- they may discover upon examination of the Bidding Doc- @cribed in the Bidding Documents or in the proposed Uments or of the site and local conditions. Contract Documents. 3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidcling@ Documents shall make a 1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid. written request which shall reach the Architect at least 1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid sleven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. to'a Biddor for materials or labor for a portion of the 3.2.3 Any interpretation, correction or change of the Work. Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum. Inter- pretations, corrections or changes of the Bidding DoL:u- ARTICLE 2 ments made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon such interpretations, correc- BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS tions and changes. 2A Each Bidder by making his Bid represents that: 3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS 2.1.1 He has read and understands the Bidding Docu- 3.3.1 The materials, products and equipment described ments and his Bid is made in accordance therewith. in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required 2.1.2 lie has visited the site, has familiarized himself function, climension, appearance and quality to be rnet, with. the local conditions under which the Work i,, to be by any proposed Substitution, performed arid has correlated his observation,; with the 3.3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to rec,..@ipt ,requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. of Bids unless written request foe approval has been re- AIA DOCUMENT A701 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDFRS - rHIRD EDITION MAY 11)78 - AIA'10 - (k'1978 TWE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WA5HINGrON, 0. C. 20006 A701-1978 ceived by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date sole proprietor, a partnership, a corporation, or some for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall include the other legal entity. Each copy shall be signed by the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be person or persons legally authorized to bind tile Bidder substituted and a complete description of the proposed to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall further give substitute including drawings, cuts, performance and test the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal data and any other information necessary for in evalua- affixed, A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current tion. A statement setting forth any changes in other mate- power of attorney attached certifying the agent's author- rials, equipment or other Work that incorporation of the ity to bind the Bidder. !,Ubstitute would require shall be included. Tile burden 4.2 BID SECURITY of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the proposer. The Architect's decision of approval or dis- 4.2.1 If SO Stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation approval of a proposed Substitution shall be final. to Bid, each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security 3.3.3 If tile Architect approves any proposed substitution in the form and amount required by Article 9 pledging prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in that the Bidder will enter into a contract with the Owner an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals on tile terms stated in his Bid and \\,ill, if required, furnish made in any other minner. bonds as described hereunder in Article 7 covering the faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of 3.3.4 NO substitutions will be considered after the Con- all obligations arising thereunder. Should tile Bidder re- tract award unless specifically provided in the Contract fuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such Documents. bonds if required, the amount of the bid security shall be 3.4 ADDENDA forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a 3.4.1 Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are penalty, The amount of the bid security shall not be for- known by the Architect to have received a complete set feited to the Owner in the event the Owner fails to of Bidding Documents. comply with Subparagraph 6.2.1. 3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for in- 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required it shall be written on ' pection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that AIA Document A310, Bid Bond, and the attorney-in-fact purpose. who exectites the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix 3.4.3 No Addenda will be issued later than four days to the bond a certified and current copy of his power of prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum attorney. withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes 4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until either (a) the Contract has been executed and bonds, 3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to Submitting his if required, have been furnished, or (b) the specified time bid that lie has received all Addenda issued, and lie shall has ek)psed so that Bids may be withdrawn, or (c) all Bids acknowledge their receipt in his Bid. have been rejected. 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS ARTICLE 4 4.3.1 All copies of the Bid, the bid security, if any, and BIDDING PROCEDURE any other documents required to be submitted with the Bid 5hill be enclosed in i sealed opaque envelope. The 4.1 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on forms identical to tile Bids and shall be ide6tified with the Project name, the form included with the Bidding Documents, in the quan- Bidder's name and address and, if applicable, the desig- tity required bv Article 9. nated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted. 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be filled in by If thc Bid is sent by mail the sealed envelope 5h.11 be typewriter or manually in ink. enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation 4.1.3 Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. form., sums shall be expressed in both words and figures, 4.&12 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in written in words shall go@ern. the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by Addendum. Bids received after [lie time 4.1.4 Any interlineation, alteration or erasure must be and rLito for receipt of Bids will be returned Unopened. initialed by file signer of the Bid. 4.3.3 The Birlder shall assume full responsibilitv for 4:1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change liniely delivery at the location designated for recei Ipt of .I the Bast, Bid is required, enter "No Change." Bi(K , 4.11.6 Where two or more Bids for designated por(ions 4.3.4 Oral, telephonic or telegraphic Bids are invalid and the Work have been requested, the Bidder may, with- out forfeiture of his bid security, state his refusal to I accept will not receive consideration, a,,,,,,rd of less than he combination of lids he ;o stipu- 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID lates.. The Bidder shall make no additionil stipulations- on 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled the bid form nor qualify his Bid in any other minner. by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following 4.1.7 Each copy of tile Bid shall include the 1(1@lal 11 '11110 the hme and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and of the Bidder and a statement that flit, Bidder is a (11ch Bidder so agrees in Submitting his Bid. AIA DOCUMENT A-01 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS - THIRD EDITION - MAY 1q78 - AlAcs, 0,1978 3 4701-1978 THE ANILVICAN IN;FiTUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006 4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY of Bids, any Bid Submitted may be modified or withdriwn 6.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to hv notice to the party receiving Bids at the place desig- whom award of a Contract is under consideration and no nated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing later than seven days prior to the expiration of the time over the signature of thE, Bidder or by telegram: if by for %vithdrawal of Bids, furnish to the Bidder reasonable telegram, written confirmation -over the signature of the evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the to fulfill the Contract obligations. Unless such reasonable date and time set for receipt of Bids, and it shall be so evidence is furnished, the Bidder will not be required to worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. execute the Owner-Contractor Agreement. 4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are 6.3 SUBMITTALS then fully in conformance with these Instructions to 6.3.1 The Bidder shall, within seven days of notification Bidders. of selection for the award of a Contract for the Work, 4.4.4 Bid security, if any is required, shall be in an submit the following information to the Architect: amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. .1 a designation of the Work to be performed by thE' Bidder with his own forces; ARTICLE 5 .2 the proprietary names and the suppliers of princi- pal items or systems of materials and equipment CONSIDERATION OF BIDS proposed for the Work; 5.1 OPENING OF BIDS .3 a list of names of the Subcontractors or other per- sons or entities (including those who are to furnish 5.1.1 Unless stated otherwise in the Advertisement or materials or equipment fabricated to a special de- Invitation to Bid, the properly identified Bids received on sign) proposed for the principal portions of the time will be opened publicly and will be read aloud. An Work. abstract of the Base Bids and Alternate Bids, if any, will be made available to Bidders. When it has been stated 6.3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the s ' g- that Bids will be opened privately, an abstract of the isfaction of the Architect and the Owner the reliability same information may, at the discretion of the Owner, and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to be made available to the Bidders within a reasonable furnish and perform the Work. described in the Bidding time. Documents. 5.2 REJECTION Of BIDS 6.3.3 Prior to the award of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or the 5.2.1 The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objec- bids and to reject a Bid not accompanied by any required tion to any such proposed petson or entity, If the Owner bid Security or by other- data required by the Bidding or Archit@ct has reasonable objection to' any such pro-' Documents, or to reject a Bid which is in any way incom- posed person or entity, the Bidder may, at' his option, plete or irregular. (1) withdraw his Bid, or (2) submit an acceptable 5ubsti- 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) tute person or entity with in adjustment in hi5 bid pr!',,:e 5.3.1 It is the intent of tile Owner to award a Contract to cover tile difference in cost occasioned b'i' SUCh substi- to the lowest responsible Bidder provided the Bid has lution. The Owner may, at his discretion, accept tile ad- been submitted in accordance with the requirements of justed bid price or he may disqualify the Bidder, In the the Bidding Documents and does not exceed tile funds event of either withdrawal or disqualification under this available. The Owner shall have the right to waive any Subparagraph, bid security will not be forfeited, notwith- informality or irregularity in any Bid or Bids received and standing the provisions of Paragraph 4.4.1. to accept the Bid or Bids which, in his judgment, is in his 6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by tile Bidder and to own best interests. whom the Owner and the Architect have made no reason- 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alter- able objection under the provisions of Subparagraph 6.3.3 nates in any order or combination, unless otherwise must be used on the Work for which they were proposed sTyecifically provided in Article 9, and to determine the and shall not be changed except with the written consent of the Owner and the Architect. low BiddE!r on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and the Alternates accepted. ARTICLE 7 ARTICLE 6 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND POST 8413 INFORMATION MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS 6.1.1 Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under 7.1.1 Prior to execution of the Contract, if required in consideration shall submit to the Architect, upon request, Article 9 hereinafter, the Bidder shall furnish bonds cover- X properly executed AIA Document A305, Contractor's ing the faithful performance of the Contract anc Qualification Statement, unless such a Statement has been payment of all obligations arising thereunder in such forryl previously required and submitted as a prerequisite to and amount as the Owner may prescribe. Bonds may be the issuance of Bidding Documents. secured through the Bidder'5 usual sources, If the furnish. AIA DOCUMENT A701 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS' - T@ IIRD EDITION - MAY 1978 - AW& - 0c 1978 1HE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., Nw., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006 A701-19713 4 ing of Such bonds is stipulated hereinafter in Article 9, ,hall be written on AIA Document A311, Performance he cost shall be, included in the lid, Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond. 7.1.2 If the Owner has reserved the right to require that 7.2.3 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who bonds be furnished subsequent to the execution of the executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to Contract, the cost shall be adjusted as provided in the affix thereto a certified and current copy of his power Contract Documents, of attorney. 7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be obtained from other than the Bidder's usual source, any change in cost ARTICLE 8 will be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents. FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND 7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS CONTRACTOR 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than the date of execution of the Con- 8.1 FORM TO BE USED tract, or if Ile Work is to be commenced prior hereto in 8.1.1 Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Docu- response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior to ments, the Agreement for the Work will be written on commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory AIA DOCLIment A101, Standard Form of Agreement Be- tn the Owner that such bonds will be furnished, tween Owner and Contractor, where the basis of payment 7.2.2 Unless otherwise required in Article 9, the bonds is a Stipulated Sum. ARTICLE 9 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS AIA DOCUMENT A70 I 451RIJCfl()NS TO SIOOCRS - THIRD EDIrION MAY 1978 AIAR (1,0978 5 A1701-1978 IFIF AMERICAN INS TIT@TIE` or ARCIil I ECTS 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D, C. 20006 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 FORM OF PROPOSAL FOR SINGLE LUMP SUM BID PROPOSAL OF FOR THE FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 FOR THE TOWNSHIP OF FALLS, BUCKS COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA TO: The Township of Falls 285 Yardley Avenue Fallsington, Pennsylvania 19054 Gentlemen: Having carefully read and examined the Instructions to Bidders and the Specifications and Drawings titled "Falls Township Waterfront Park - Phase III, and having inspected the premises and conditions affecting the work, the Undersigned proposes to furnish everything called for by the said documents, for the sum of: Dollars ($ for the Bose Bid Work UNIT PRICES See Section 2H I - Water Well Cost of drilling, developing and testing (per foot) $ Cost per foot of each size casing (in place) Cost per foot of grouting (in place) Cost per foot of well screen (in place) Cost per hour of test pumping If he be notified of the acceptance of this proposal within forty five (45) calendar days of the time set for the opening of bids, the Undersigned agrees to execute a Contract for the above work, for the above stated compensation, and in the alloted time. The Undersigned further agrees, if awarded the Contract, to execute and deliver to the Owner at the time of signing the Contract, a surety bond in the amount equal to the total sum and in a stipulated form. The sufficiency and legality of the bond shall be determined by the counsel of the Owner, whose opinion will be final. Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: Addendum Number Date of Addendum - --------- - -------- FORM OF PROPOSAL FOR SINGLE LUMP SUM BID I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE If PROPOSAL OF FOR THE FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK PHASE 11 FOR THE TOWNSHIP OF FALLS, BUCKS COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA We propose that all work will be substantially complete within two hundred twenty (220) calendar days following the date of contract signing or receipt of Notice to Proceed whichever is first. Attached hereto is an affidavit in proof that the undersigned has not entered into any collusion with any person in respect to this proposal or any other proposal or the submitting of proposals for the contract for which this proposal is submitted. Also attached is a Statement of Bidder's Qualifications. The Bidder represents that he (has) (has not), participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to either the Equal Opportunity Clause herein or the clause originally contained in Section 301 of Executive Order No. 10925; that he (has) (has not) filed all required compliance reports; and has representation indicating submission of required compliance reports, signed by proposed subcontractors, will be obtained prior to sub- contract awards. The Bidder further represents that he will, if required, submit, and require proposed Subcontractors to submit, a compliance report prior to the award of the contract or subcontract. (The above representations need not be submitted in connection with contracts or subcontracts which are exempt from the clause). DATED:---------- SIGNED: (All signaii6ures are to be in longhand) SignGtureof --------- By: Tel.No. Address of END OF PROPOSAL FORM OF PROPOSAL FOR SINGLE LUMP SUM BID 2 01- ARCHITECTS THE AMERICAIN INS] Contractor's ualification Statement R"uilo-0 in a4k,117ce of of apt)hr.ilif-m to bill or as a uabfication slaterywrif in x/vam e of aw,ud ()f rnntrx I Approvc(/ and rr( ommended I? yT 1) , Aincricat) /nstaute of Architects all(] The As5ociotcd Gencral Contractors of America. The Undersignod cortiftes under oath [lie trUth aild correctness of all statements and of all answers to LjeStionS m,ack-, hereinafter SUB&II TTED TO: Corporal ion, P,i t I n e r,, I i i 17 I n (I i v i d (I'l I 1 11 TED BY: 10illf VVIltMe Lj NAAt : Other Y, PRINCIPAL 01TICE: (Note: Affach Separale Sheets As Reuired) i o I lc,w m,mv r,irs hols Nour mvmiii,thon limm in .11 1) (*(,IIt,,I(toI ? I I(m, 111.111y v,it r, 11,1 "kit 6evi in 4Wjsinr,55 undcr its present 1)1.11110(C 11,11110? t0f8j1Md(0W11 1114W8X1 002W 61()01614MV2it12j,1: 11,11o of Im "f0por4m0if'fl: 1 2 4o4ikifi, (11 m-i'4t-r0tion: I 0; tiamr: 83.4 Vice- president's name(s): 41.45 6S(,(N, or 2C2lcr2 r name: riame: AIA o0( (2WINT A1111, A6W "I Y111 AMFRRAN IN-1110ME01 AR(11111(1, 1,11.N. Y. A4W, NV, 11 C NIOW, 40 If individual or partnership answer the following 41 Date of organization: 4.2 Name and address of all partners. (State vhelher goneril or limited partnership.): 5.0if other than corporation or partnership, describe organization arid namE! principals: 6.0 We normally perform of the work with our own forces. Li,t trades below: 7.0 Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? if so, note when, where, and why: A I A DOC I Mil N I A307. C6MJ I RAC I ()R' 11 1( A I I ()N SrA IF MT Nf I PI I M It It, 1TO 6MITI(6MA - ---------- (0 1969 IIIE AMERICAN INSIIILJII 01 ARCHITICIS, 1735 N. Y. AVI.., N6W, 6WASINN(;ION, 1). C. 2UO06 2 0 an offir nr prin, of nk zation that failed to Complete i construction cootract? If circumstances: 9.0 I.ist narne of prnivrl, owner, arrhilect, cori -tiji-I aniount, percent -C111JIC't' 7111d Ilf'ILlled competion of the major construction projef-ts your organization has in process on Illi5 dale: 10.0 1 it the name of proirut, owner, ai0dlitect, conlrm t amotint, date if conipl0oion, pvrcerit of work vvill own forces of the major pioicAs your organizahon has completcd in the past five cjrs: AIA DOCUMFNT Alf-, -.N1RAC0W1Z S IUAI 11 f AM 114 0W0WINT I K 1969 lDlIlN AIA'ii 0-INSTI36EU0-It Y. AVE., N.W, YASHING8MN, 0. C, 20006 3 1 1.0 List th construction experience (if Oke principal individuak of Y()ur org anization: 12.0 List States and categories in whiCh YOOr organization is legally ualified to clo 1)u5iness: 13.0 Tride References: AIA OOCUNIFNT A10' C(2MIRAC0MIR'S HAtIFI( AMIN TAIIMINT SIF0NIMBIR PI(O) (DITION AM") f, I - 4 10 11) 9 TI E AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1, 1' N Y. AVF., N.W., WASIIINGTON, D. C. 20006 110 Bank References: 15.0 Name of Bonding Company and name and address of agent: 16.0 Attach Statement Of Financial Conditions, including Contractor's latest regular dated financial statement or balance Sheet which MUSt contain the following items: Ciirrent A,;,et: joint verifurr ac(otjnt, arcounis receivilblo, nol-s receivahlo, i,crtwd interest on notes, deposits, and materials and prepaid expenses), net fixed assets and other assets. Ciii-rent Liabilitic-: (Accotint payahle, notes payable, accmed interest on notf-;, provkion for income taxes, advancr- w(vived from Owners, mciijod IC(IMC(f pa-roll ntfl;,r liabilities, and capital (capital stock, wthorized and outstanding Shares par values, earned surplus). Date of statement or balance sheet- Nanic of firm pieparing Statement: AIA DOCtJMfNF A101, ()NIVAC6WR I2M \ri( )t! IOIIION AIA'i ru j69 TOE A.M(RICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCIfII(( 11, 17tS N. AVE N.0W., VAIIINGTON, (). C. 20006) 5 '17.0 Dated it this day of 19 Name of Organization: B y: Title: 18.0 M being duly sworn deposes and says that lie (sll'e) is the of Contractor(s) and that answers to the foregoing questions and all stalemen(s therein contained are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn before r-ne this day of 19 Notary Public: My Commission Expires: A I A DOCOM IN I A301, WJ I RAC I ()R S QI IA 111 1( %11- rl S[ATENIFNI S[111'-Iltf@ 19WI FDIHON AJA"@ (1) 1969 IIIL AMLRICAN INSIIIUIE or ARCHMCIS, 17.35 N. Y. AVE., NAV., WASIfIN(;TON, D. C. 20006 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS A/A Document A310 Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, thatwe as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Dollars ($ for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept 'the b .id of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Worl covered by said lid, then this obligation shall be null and void, offie rw i,e to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this day of 19 (Principal) (Seal) (Witness) (Title) (Witness) (Surety) (Seal) (Title) AIA DOCUMENT A310 - BID BOND - AIA FEBRUARY 1970 ED THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Project: Falls Township Waterfront Park - Phase 11 Bid Due Falls Township, Pennsylvania Date: STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA SS: TOWNSHIP OF FALLS I of the City of in the County of and the State of of full age, being duly sworn according to law on my oath depose and say that: I am of the Firm of the Bidder making the Bid for the above named Project, and that I executed the said Bid with full authority so to do; that said Bidder has not, directly or indirectly entered into any agreement, participcited in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free, competitive bidding in connection with the above named Project; and that all statements contained in said Bid, and in this affidavit are true and correct, and made with full knowledge that the Township of Falls relies upon the truth of the said statements in awarding the Contract for the said Project. Subscribed and Sworn to before me this day of 19 Notary Public of My Commission expires 19 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT I 0 CERTIFICATION OF BIDDER REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORT UNITY INSTRUCTIONS This certification is required pursuant to Executive Order 11246 f30 F. 11. 12319-25). The implementing rules and regulations provide that any bidder or prospective contractor, or inV of their proposed subcontractois, shall state is an iriiti:il p.-irt of tho hid or nenolimion,, of the contract whethei it lia-, j1;jr1i(:ipa(vfJ in any pr(,v;otj-, -ontract or Sub- contract subir-cl to the eual op;x)rtunity clause; and, if so, whether it has filed all coynolianc.e reports due undor applicablL nstructions. Vv'herr the certification inflicitf!" 1hat the hiffdrr has not filed a conipliinru repnrt dw, undcr applicable, instructinns, -ill hr - -i crij npli;j rice report within seven calendar (Jays after bid opening. No contract kich hiddcr sh, . rruitid io uhmit , shall be awarded unIcss such report is submitted. CERTIFICATION BY BIDDER Bidder's Name- Address and Zip Code: 1 . flif.fd, , has fiif ticipalrd if) 1 p(rviow corilract nr subcontrict ,ijh'rrt to the F(ptil Opportunity Clause. Yes LJ No [6j (If onsiver is yes, idcni'fy the atost rrcrnt contract.) 2. Crimpli.-ince repoi ts -ere rcuircd lo b'! file(] i'n connection with s,.)ch contract or subcontract. Yes Lj No Ll (if atiswer is yes, i(Irntify the most tcccitt cowracij 3. Pi.kk-t has filed all comlli,iiirr wports ilua under applicable instructions, inCfUdir1g SF-100. Y es 2Lj mo [2j t-joric neui,rxi 8Lj 4. If answer to item 3 is "No," please explain in detail on reverse sidr of this certifica(ion. Ccrtificitinn - The inlot mation above is true arid complete tco the best of my knowledije and 1) elicf. rt, ond rj(/e.- of S'Siner Wfejsa Typel Ssgn.o fut d 0 CERTIFICATION BY PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORIUHITY NAME OF PRIME COWITRACTOR POJECT NO. IN ST RUCTIONS This certification is required pursuant to Executive Order 11246 (30 F.R. 1231925). The implementing rules and regulations provide that any bidder or proSpective contractor, or any of proposed subcontractors, shall State as an initial port of Ike bir-I ,r ricjitiollons of Ihr- conit-ict wlicter it Ila!, port't:jpr I IlCfl in at,y previow, conlroct or sub- contract sub'ect to ilic eual opportunity clause; and, if so, whether it has filed all compliance reports due under applicable insirucliens. Whr, the cerfificoticn in4lcale, 1kof Ih, sulkrontracior.lins not flicd a complinticc. rcporf clue und(.,r applicoldr, in- rctions, sipcl, subcontractor sholl kr- reuired to sulinil a compliance rcpcrt before Ike owner approves the sub- contract or permits work to bcgin under the subcontract. SUBCONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION Subcontractor's Norne: Addrcss: 1. Ridde!r has peirticipaled in.a prcvious contract or sulicontroct sublect to the Eual Opportunity Clause. Yes [-j NO F-] 61 2. C,rnplionce reports wcrc rcuircd to bc filed in cotincclion with such contract or subcontract. Yes 110 3. Bidder 06s filed all cr)rnplicnce reports due vndcr applicable in structions, including SF-100. Yes 80 Ila Ll None Reuired 4. If ons--er to Item 3 is "No," pl,!ose CYPIjin irt detail on rcvcrsc side of tkls ceitillcotion. Certlljcotion The inlotmation above is true and complete to ilic best of my 66owledge and belief. H A 14LAJO TITLE OF PI L 01 (/'1 1 C c 31 GN A 1 U14 F_ 0 A T C 0 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A311 Performance Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Ilere imert full name af)(I jfldres legal wle (.I Contractor) as Principal, bereinafter called Contractor, and, Mote n;ert full namo and arldr-s Ingil I-Or. r,f urelyj as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly b0Und Unto as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of Dollars (S for the piyment whereof Contractor ,in(] Surety bind. themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WiEREAS, Con,rim, his by written agreement daled 19 entered into a contract with 60,ner for in 11C0O-) I da rice with Drawings and 6Spe(ifi(ations prepared hy (11-c --i (uIt ,,ew a-I add ..... ..r which (nntrac0t is 4by reference made a pait hereo6l', and is hereinafter referred to a t0he Contract. AIA DOCUMENT A311 - PI NJ( )RIO V-( 1 1;( )NI) ANI) I \M )R ANI) OA 11 HIM 11AY1,11 NT IJI )NJ) . AIA I 1118V.11-NRY V)70 rD. - 11IF A,if Rl( -\N IN';II ik) 11 1 )1 AW III 6M IS, I-I-, N Y AI , NAV , 6WA',IIIN(,I()N, 1). C, 200116 NOV, TJIFRFFORF, THE CONDITION F THIS ORIK1,ATION is Ull that, if Conlratrir shall prompily and faillifully perform said Contract, then this obli*gation shall be null and void; othervviw it ,hall remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteratio.n or defatilts tinder the contrat or contracts of Completion extension of time made by the Owner. arranvccl under this paragrlph 5tifficient funds to pav the Whenf-,rr Contractor 0all he. and decl.ir--d b, 0ner cost if c,mrletion le< thr, b,il,,ic- nf the Co,ntr,,C- f,r;Ce; In be ill flPfILlt under the Contr.irt, the 0Own,?r having but 6ot -ce-diniz, includim-, Wher cnrl, and dainages for Im h Ihe Surely may 1w li,thle heretinder, the imount performed Owner's obligations therCUnder, the Surety set forth in the first p,irilwph hereof. The lerm "balance may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly of the contract price," 'is Used in this paragraph, shall 1 Complete the CorUract in accordance with its terms mean the total amount payable fly Owner to Contractor and conditions, or under file Contract and in,., imendnient,; thereto, less lie amount properly paid by 4Ovvner Ili Contralor. 2 Obtain a bid or bid, for cnrnpieting the Contract in Anv suit under this hon2ppn-iu,,t be instituted before accordane with it, terni, and conditions, and Upon de- the expiration of two fl \v,ir fr,rli the date on vhich termination hV SLirctv of the lowest rosro-ible hidder, or, if the Owner elects, upon defermination by the final payment under tlic, Contract falls due. Ov,ner and the Surety inint1v of the lo,F-,,t responsible No right of action shall acci-LIP on this hond to or for bidder, arrange for a contract beli.veen such bidder and the use of any person or Corporition other than the 8Oner, and make available as Work progresse, even 4O\ner narned h-rein or t1w 1wirs, executors. adminis- though there should be a default or a succession of trators or successors of [lie Owner. Signed and sealed this day of AFA D0CUMFNF A311 PIKI2MNIANI MINI AMI IAM2W AND MAHRIA1 VAYNIfNi MNI AIA fil 111tRUARN V 0 [D.- 11KAMIRICAN IN';111111 11 1715N.Y.AVI , NV.,VA14flN;ToN.1.'-'OnO, THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS Vz, AIA Document A311 Labor and Material Payment Bond THIS BOND 15 ISMD 51MULTANEOUSLY WITH PEKrOR'O,A'@CE BOND IN FAVOR OF THE OWNER CO N D ITIO'NED t-)N THE FULL.AND FAITHFUL VERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:' that (Here insert full name and address or it-gal title fit Contfaclor) is Principal, hereinafter called Principil, and, Mere insert full name and address or legal title of Surety) as lUrol,, hereinafter called lurely, are held and firmly bound unto (Here insert (kill Flameand address (it vp@ll 1,11(@ ('t 0%%ner) as Ohligee, hereinafter called Ovvner, for the use and benofil of clilimant, aS Jirrpi!1l)0lo\-v (lefine(l, ill the amount of (Here insert i stirr erlual in at lri@t one-ftilf of the contract pri-, Dollar- for the payment whoreof Princiral ;Ill(-] qUrety hind thvrnelve-;, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly all(] severally, firmly 'by these presents. WHEREAS, Principal has by written igrvcnient dawd I enlered ill[() a (ontrat. t vvith ner for it) accordance with Drawings and Spe(ificalions prep,lred hy (I It- insert ftill n@nie ind jddr,- or Irc it title of Art title, t) -,-.hich contract is by reference m,Hle a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred t o as the Contract. AIA DOCUMENT A31T --pf Rf -o)R-\iA-N(F. -Itf-MI-) -1 NM -)RANA) N-i-A -11-R-I-Al I It( )NO A!A (,it IFBRUARY 1970 ED. - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTF Of AM.1-1111,ClS, 1731 NY. AVF., N.W., WASHINGTON, C. 20006 3 NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if Princip,il shall promptly make payment to ill claimants as hereinafter defined, for all lahor and material used or reasonably required for use in Ihe performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be void; o1herwise it shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the fol- lowing conclitions: 1, A claimint is defned a, one having a direct con- 1CCUric,. the amount clainied and the name of the part", tract with the Principal or with a Subcontractor of the to who-im the materials were furnished, or for whom Principal for labor, material, or bolh, used or reasonably the work nr labor was done, or performed. Sti(h notice reuired for rise in tli,- performance of the Contract, shall be served by mailing the safne by registered mail labor and material beim construed in include that part of or certified mail; postage prepaid, in an envelope ad- water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone dressed to the Principal, Owner or Surely, at any place service or rental of euipment directly appiicable to the where an office is regularly maintained for the trans- Contract. action of business, or served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the state in which the 2. The ibove named Principal and Surely hereby aforesaid project is located, save that Such service need joinliv and severally agree vith tile Owner IIlat every not lie made by a public officer. claimant as herein defined, who lia,. not been paid in h) After the expiration of One (1) year following the full before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) daio, on which Principal ceased Work on said Contract, davs after the (late On )vhich tile 1,11;( Of 141401 Cllimant's it bVing Understood, hoker-r, that if any limitation em- WOrk or lahor was done or performed, or rmiteriak were hodied in thr; bond is prohibited by any law controlling furnished by such clairiant, may ue on this bond for the conoruction hereof such limitation shill he deemed the Lj(;e of such claimant, proecute the tiit to final to b(- amended so a, to be eual to the minimum period jucip of limitalion permitted by such law. ,ment for such sum (ir suni, a, mav be juc;tly due claimant, and have eXCCLItion thereon. Ihe Owner shall c) 01her than in a state court of competent jUri-diction not he liable for the payment of any costs or expen-ses in an(] for tile (OLlntV or other political subdivision of of any such suit. the (oate in which the Project. or any part therecif, is 3. No ,uit or action shall he crimmenc*ed hereunder 1itLI,1tCd, Or it) the United States District C'Ourt for the by any claimant: district in which the Project, or any part thereof, is sit- Llated, and riot elsewhere. ai Unle,, i 1,iimant, other than one having a direct (witiao with the Prin6pal, Aiall hi\-(, given written 4. Thf, imount of lhi- h(mirl Aiall h0 redILI(Cd bV 311 11 notice to any two of Ole following: Ihe Prinvipal, the to the exient of anv payment o, payments made in goorl Ov.-Iler, or the Sure!\, above nained, \61hin ninely (90) I'm1h lic-reunder, in(lw,ive of the pwment I)v Surety of d,iys ifltr mh claimant did or pcif,,irmed the last (if nw,0i,mt(, lien, \hicl, ni,i\ Lie filed -f 'f *-( ... d aLi,nt tile work or labor, or furnished Ilie I.i,,t of the nialerial- said impm\enient. hellic r nr I-lot Cllim for Ow aniount lor \\hi(li said claim is made, staling with substantial of su(ii licii be presented under and againo !Ii- hmid. Signed and sealed thi; clay of '19 A I A D0CUMF.Nr A311 "I ri F Ito iNl) AN I) I A Ito R AN I) N I All R I A I PAY,10 IN[ W) NI) - A I A II0VkUARY 11170 ID. -fill AMIRI( AN IN',IlI0MI ()I A6W 11111CIS, 171', N.Y. AVI.. N.M. WA',IIIN(.l()N, 1). C. 2000f, THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Docurnent A'101 Standard Forn8i of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the hasis of 1:ayment is a STIPULATED SUM 1977 EDITION THIS DOCUMEN'T HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEUENCES; CONSULTAVON WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION Use only with the 1976 Edition of AIA Document A201, General Condition,; of the Contract for Construction., This document his been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. AGREEMENT niade as of the clay of in the year of Nineteen Hundred and BETWEEN the Owner: and the Contractor The Project: T8he Architect: T8he Owner and t8he Contrac6ior agree as set forth he4low. 1. 01 19,-7 hy the American Institute of Arhitects, Ymk A,rjov, NAN'_ VV.i0mighm, 1. 2110,. 1-prodoction of Ilic roatcrial 1wrrio or oh.nnal 111"lation of.it p2w"'io2m without permission of 11w AIA t1w -py,401 Iaw 4 1hv United States and will he subjuct to If-gal pro8wotion 2W r Vim AIA DOCUMENT A101 kNfK- NIPA IW A-RLL\1INr - DIViNIII 4MIHON jt.'Nf 1977 - AIA" 01977 - rtlE ANALRICAN INSTIrtAE 01' AR 11114Wl';, 1,715 NEW YRK AVE., NAV., 0WASHINGION, D. C. 20006 AIOI-1977 I ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Condifions of the Contract General, Supplementary and other Conditions, the Drawings, the Specifical ions, all Addenda issued prior to arid all Modifications isued after exe- CUtion of this Agreement. 1hese form the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Conract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. An enum,-ration of the Contract Documents appears in Article 7. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK Tile Contractor sha'11 perform ill the Work reuired by the Contract Documents for Here insea the caption descriptive ol the Work as used on other Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced and, subject to authorized adjustments, Substantial Completion shall beachieved not later than Ilpfr i-e,r ari 5pecia/ proi5ioni for liuidated damaces relaling to failure to romplele iin if-eA AIA DOCUMENT A101 WNrR-C0N[RA-1'1, A;REL&irNr ri-4wr,41-11 EDITION JUNE 1977 AIA3 011977 , THE AMERICAN INS11TUTE or ARMILCIS, '1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006 A101-1977 2 AlliIj 11 1 (ONMAU 51". ,#-1 0 1 .111 I,.iv I I 'I, Cmilrar !r,r If .2nd d-clu0oirm, hy Change Itider as provi It-cl tit I'-#- mittaf I I )tit iii't, oil'.. III,- Crintrart lurvi tit atz InIlov.,i- 1are 1-t- hp haip bid tit nobr, horne clum arrinuni. Are vlrtf Afirprialps. and Unit price-, -it afirlicakin ARIICI.E 5 11ROGRESS PAYMIN IS le('11 Ilpoll AI)pli(alififlo; for I"11 1111'rif , Illitivill-I lei lilt, Arrililec I tool 0- ( -illrai lor mid ( e-ridifalm for Firywril miied In. III,, AI, Ilite0d. fit(, ( ) n(,r hall niat.f. pff-cwti: 11.1,olviville oil .11 1 fillf-I fit file (.OnIr.1rI S111.1 III 111A. ( riflIrpr 1- .1 lift). In lite Contrat I I lcoctimenir for who, r-i. ,I witting lilt, last clj (if flin Iworlill I-. G.Ilepw- No it 6h1vt lhari five (5) '! I"Iffimill., till- vild 1.-( 11-1. I-eitirl I fi-xivil Itv Ili,- Al)l)ltf aliciii trip Vaiopwril lif-If vill Ill On. 111irtifin (31 IlTe Corllrx I ' im lirfilwily illfir ahlor- lip hiller. rmllwi It- arld piopitu-1 mwrlim.il.-d In fli- W'Irk arld l If 1-111 1 14 Ill.- Fl.-Illf-ti ill 11-F, I.-Ir-fly aillif .11111. it) 111.1leri'llt; .111d I "I' I"r Ilir, pf-,i,,fI f-mvivil It Ow 1'.1VIIII-fil I.- .. 11 .. '11.1flo. Ily tile im.f. .11111 1111on rmll".01111.11 corlipir-11,11, If Ow '-fillif. vilill . .1 .111h, I,-,11 I'l Ill- 1. 1111. 1111.11 111 III-f( efit ( "!,) -of till- f '1101.14 1 Iv, ..", is as life Alf hilvc t diall delertnitir, lor all 'Fit (1111plov W(irk mil iinwil lerict.dille ;1-. liflivirivil ill tile (C)IIII-itl fit ove r-j,,,,- I hrit-herp in flop Crinfrart DOCUrnerill. torte in-rrj Any prooporilian #for 11-Iffic ", -Ififf'ron live son-lint f-fifropff after the Wmt rea,h'I A P,lan -,Aire tit rn"wroirtien I Progress paymLents shall be made-in accordance with the provisions of the latest revision of Pennsylvania Act 317, Section 5. Section 5. Contract provision for retainae. A public contract may include a provision for the refairinge of a portion of the amount due the contractor to insure the proper performance of the contract, except that the sum or sums withheld by the contracting body from the contractor shall not exceed 10910 of the amount due the contractor until 50 of the contract is completed. The sum or sums withheld hV the contracting body from the contractor after *the contrnrt is 500,') completed shall not exceed 5 of the amount due the contractor on the remainin work: provided, however, that in the event a dispute arises between the contracting body nnorl ony prime contractor, which dispute is based upon increased costs ClOilned by one prime contractor occasioned by delays or other actions of another prime contractor, additional retninage in the sum of one and one-half times the amount of any possible liability may be withheld until such'time as a final -resolution is agreed to by all parties directly or indirr-ctly involved, unless the contractor causing the additional claim furnishes a bond* sat isfuc tory to the contracting body to indemnify such contracting body against the claim., However, all such moneys retained by the contracting body maybe withheid frown the contractor until substantial completion of the coritract. Ili-( 1111leflK I.- -I flivill 1110. 11.1$1110-111 1 '111#- af I0IIv F.Ife, f-iii0mo-i4l 8is,-4how, tit fit 2dir-a2lmi-8me i2liervilf..if lift, 4It-w0ol r"lle plev.11011111'.11 lilt- 8Il8lace ill lilt. 01,1416if-c0f. it, ou-tr jr,r rate rif nerreot Arrreel Irwin I it-w- GJNIA D2M I'6MINI AIIII 6W. 1 .1 V I I ME AMERR AN INSIIIIJIL 111 At', it 1 Vp ritV 0MVP .1 I`J '.AIIIN(.It Ili, f) jfXlf1oF, A1111- 1977 3 AM 1( 11 IINAL PA4VOINI lilill 1'.1piwill, (I r),011 Ili mg, thr "Fitil" 11". "full, d'111 I- ll.lld 1" Ilw I,) Ow wilf"I Hir `,VIIII. hi-,, i-tied by Oil, Aidiilv( 1. And as per Section 7 of Pennsylvania Act 317 Laws 1978: Section 7. Final payment Linder contract. A public contraZ0A containing a provision for retniringe as provided in section 5 shall contain a provision that the contractor shall be paid in full, except as provided in section S within 30 days following the date of substni-itial completion, lpss only I and 1/2 tirnes such arnoiint as is reuired to complete any then remaining, uncompleted, minor iterns, which amount shall be certified by the architect or enninner and upon receipt by the contracting body of any guaran- tee bonds which may be reuired, in accordance with the contract docurnents, to insure proper worl<manship for a design(ited period of time. The certificate given by the architect Dr engineer shall list in detail ench and 'every uncompleted itein and a reasonable cost ::)f completion. Fincil payment of ony arnount so withheld for the cor-nDletion of the minor items shall he paid forthwith upon cornpletio'n of the iterns in the certificate of the engineer or architect. ARM 11 7 4MISIC-11LANI (2All . PR( )VISIONS 1--ilictil '.-Jw Ii ifr definud Ili III,- ( -mlitimv; (if i1ir, I OiAl 7.1 1 1- 4OmO,,, I 1 1,,, miwol-v. If,, 1, ..... I. -lif 0- 1 ''flit r -ird Aft-f Ai;-crywtd. I,,, -O-l 1 0- 0 . ... ... A ..... ... .... ... .I.. ... ....... 1 . , '1 '11 '.""4 ,,,1 1 All federal contract reuirerneiits (is specified in the bid documents. Ill,- )r j I V A( I )V. IIll AIVII 4V-1 IN'0111111 I Ill 171-1 142M N, ":I A\ I NI kv A If) 1 11177 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 FINAL RELEASE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT WHEREAS, Pursuant to contract made for construction of the Falls Township Waterfront Park - Phase 11 on by and between the Township of Falls, Pennsylvania, hereinafter called the Owner, and , hereinafter called the Contractor, final payment is about to be made. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the sum of lawful money of the United States, being the full and entire sum due upon the completion of the Contract aforesaid to the said Contractor in hand paid by Owner, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, said Contractor does hereby remise, release, and forever discharge the Owner of and from any and all manner of actions, suits, debts, dues, sums of money, accounts, reckonings, bonds, bills, covenants, controversies, agreements, promises, claims and demands whatsoever in low or in equity which the said Contractor has or may have for or on account of or in connection with the Contract aforesaid. The Contractor further agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its officers, agents (including the Architect and his agents) and servants from loss, expense, damage or injury as a result of claims arising out of or in connection with the execution of the work provided for in said Contract, including any claim made by any taborer, Contractor or materials man that may have furnished labor or material directly or indirectly to the Contractor or by reason of any action brought or judgement recovered by such laborer, Contractor or material man. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Contractor has caused its name to be hereunto subscribed and its seal to be hereunto affixed this -day of ------ Nineteen Hundred and ATTEST (Corporate Title of Contractor) (Sea 1) By (President) (Secretary) FINAL RELEASE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT I THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS MODIFICATION 1976 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. CONTRACT -DOCUMENTS 8. TIME 2. ARCHITECT 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 3. OWNER 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 4. CONTRACTOR 11. INSUR .ANCE 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 12. CHANGES IN THE WORK 6. WORK BY OWNER OR BY 13. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION SEPARATE CONTRACTORS OF WORK 7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT This d0CUment 2has been approved and endorsed by The A,,sociaed General Contractors of America. :vrighl PHI, PH5, 11115, lc125, 1937, 1158, ]961, 1963, 116, 1967, 1970,17,' 1976 by Vie American Institute Of \rhitecti, 1735 New YtirkA%cnuv. NAV., Wadiington, 0. C. 20006. Reprodution Of fie material herein or substantial uotation of its pro- 1tons witI2mut permis,ion of Iliv AlA violates the copyright law, of thf, United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIA DOCUMENT A201 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT fOR CONSTRUCTION 111IRTFENTH EDITION AUGUST 1976 AlAt 1976 - THE AMERICAN INSHTUTIF OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW ORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, DX. 20006 A201-1976 1 INDEX Acceptance of Defective or Non-Conforming Work ..6.2.2, 13.3 Cleaning Up ..................................... 4.15, 6.3 Acceptance if Work ................. 9.5.5, 9.8.11 9.9 1, 9.9.3 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to. .3.2.1, 4.21 Access to Work ......................... ...... 2.2.5, 6.2.1 4.7.1, 4.10, 5-21.11, 6.2.2, 7.5, 9.2, 11.1.4, 11.3.4 -Nccident Prevention .......... ................... 2.2.4,10 Commencement of the Work, Definition of ............. 81.2 \05 arid Orni,sions ........ 2.2.4, 4.18.3, 7.4, 7.6.2, 8.31, 10.2.5 Communications ..................... 2.2.2, 12.6, -4.9.1, 4.16 Additional 'Ost5, Claims for ........................... 12.3 Completion, Administration of the Contract .................... 2.2, 4.3.3 ondifiin Relating to ... 2.2.16, 4,11, 4.15, 9 4.2, 0.9, 13.2.2 \11 Rik InUrance .................................. 11.3.1 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND ................... ...... 9 Allowances ..... .................................... 4.8 Completion. SLIbStantial .... 2.2.16. 8.11. 8.1.3, 8.2.2, 9.8, '13 2.2 Applications for Payment .................. 2.2.6, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, Compliance \vith Laws ................ 1.3, 2.1.1. 46 -4.7- 4.13, 9.5-3, 9.6.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.9.3, 14.2.2 7.1, 7.7, 10.22, 14 Appro% als ............... 2.2.14, 3.4, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.12.4 through Concealed Conditions ................................. 12.2 4.12.6, 4.12.8, 7.7, 9.3.2 Con,,nt. Arbitration ................. _.2.7 through 2.2.13, 2.2.19, 6.2.5, Written 2.2.18, 4.14.2, 72, 7.6.2, 9.8. 1, 9.9.2, 9.9.3, 11.3.9 7.9, 8.3.1, 11 3.7, 11.3.8 Contract, Definition of ................................. 1.1.2 ARCHITECT ............................................ 2 ContraCt Aciminitration .......................... 2.2, 4.3.3 ,\rchitect, Definition of ................................. 2.1 Contract A%%ard and ExCCI.010n. Conditions Architect, FxIent of Authoritv .... 2.2, 3.4, 4.12.8. 5.2. Fi.3. 7. 7. 2 Relating IL . ......... 4.7.1, 4.11, 5.2. 75, 9.2, 11 1.4, 11.3.4 8. 1. 3, 13.3. 1, 9.2, 1. ;. I , 6.4 98. 9.9. 1, 9.9,3, 12.11.: CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ................................ 1 12.1.4, 123.1, 13.1,132.1, 13.2.5, 14.2 Contratt DOunients, ArchiteI. Limitaticii if Aufhoritv and Reponsibilik ...... 2.2.2 opic, I*urni,hed arid Uv of ............... 1 3, 3.2.5, 5.3 through 2.2.4, 2.-'.1'0 through 2.2.14, 2.217, 2.2.18, contract Documents, Definition of ..................... 1.1.1 4.3.3, 4.12.6,'5.2. 1, 9.4.2, 9.5.4, 9.5.5, 12.4 Contract Sum, Definition of ....I...................... 9.1.1 ,\rchitect's Additional Services . Contra t Termination ................................... 14 .3.4, 7.7.2, 13.2.1, 13.21 S. 14-2.2 t Definition of ........ ............ ... ,ti-hitect , -\pproval ...... 2. 14, 3.4, 4.5, 4. 1 -1 1,, 4 I _2 9. 4.18 3 Architect's Authority to Reject Work .... 2.2.13, 4.5, 13.1.2, 13-2 CONTRACTOR ......................................... 4 Architect's Copyright .................. .......... 1-3 Contractor, Definition of .......................... 4.1, 6.1.2 -2 Contra fir'< Emplovees ....... 1 1.2, 4.42. 481. 4.0 -1 18, 10.2.1 Architect', Decisions ........... 2.2 7 through 2.13, 6.3, 7.7 through if.3. 111i I.A.1,3.3.1, 9.2. 9.4, 9.6.1, 9.8.1, 12.1.4, 12.3.1 Architect's Inspections . . ............ 2.2.13, 2.21.16, 9.8.1, 9.9.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance .................. ..... 11.1 Arhitect' Instruction . .......... 2.2.13, 2.215. -.7.2, 12.4, 13.1 Contractot , Relationship %ith 1,,pawff, ContraCtors and 0%% ner s Forces ...... .3.2.7, 6 Architect's Interpretations ......... 2.2.7 through 2.210, 113.2 Contractor , Relationship with Architect's On-Site Observaticin ...... 2.2.3, 2.2.3, 2.26, 2.2.17, SLIIontradoi ......... L2.4, 5.2, 5.3, 9.5.21, 11 3.1, 11. 7.7.1, 7.7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 1. Architect's Project Representative .............. 2.2.17, 2.2.18 Contrator Relation,hip with the -!%rchitect .... ... 1.1.2, 2.2. , I 1. 5, 21 2.10, 2:2. 1.1, 4.3.3. 4.5, 4.7.3, 41-1.0, 4 18, 11.3.6 Architect's Relationship with Contractor ..... 1.1.2, 2.2.4, 2.2.5, Conlralor's Representations ............ 1.2.2. 4.5, 4.12.5, 9.3.3 2.2.10, 2.2.13, 4.3.3, 4.5, -1.7.3, 4.12.6, 4.18, 11.3.6 Conhictor's Responsibility for Architect's Relationship with Hvi,t, Performing the Work ................ ;32, 4.18, 10 Sul-icontractors .................. 1.1.2, 2.2.13, 95.3, 9.5.4 C Onlim tor Review if .oritrat DOCLIni,ints .... L2.2, 4.2, 4 -\rchitect' Representation .. ................. 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Conlim tor' Rii, -1, 1 ght to Stop [lie Work ............... I..... Artistic Effect ....................... 1.2.3. 2.2.11, 2.2.12, 7.9.1 Co n I ta I, I o r', Right to Terminate the Contiact ............ 14.1 Attornevs Fees ........................... 4.181, 6.21.5, 9.9.2 Cojflixtor Submittals ............... -1.2.14, 4.10, 4. 12, 5.2. 1, .\old of Separate Contract .......................... 6.1.1 5. 2. 3, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.8.1. 9.9 2, 9.9-1 Award of Subconracts and Other Contracts for Conitaclor , Superintendent ........................ 4 , 10.2.6 Portions of the Work .............................. 5.2 Contraom', Supcri,iion and Bonds, Lien ......................................... 9.9.2 'On,li-iition Vrocdtuv .......... 1.2-4, 2.24, 4.3, 4.4, 1 Borld', Pcommance, Labor and Material Payment .... 7.5, 9.9.3 on1r.1, tI'll I iability 111,11ran ... .................... 1 1. 1. Buildir4w, P-rniit ....................................... 4.7 CoOrdio,iti-i arid Certificate of Substantial completion ................... 11.8.1 Conrl-11-ii .... 1. 2. 2. 1. .1 1, 4 111 1, 12 1, ,.1 3. A 2 Ccttilicatc ot lnpetion, Tvnng or Approval ........... _Opw hi0mi'llf-d If flidwings and SIf2cilications 3.2.5, 5 1 CettiliAtUS Of IIISUrane .................... I ... 9.3.2, 11. 1.,; Correction of Work . .................... 3 3, 3A, 10.2.5, 13.2 2 ,t, Definition it ............ ...... Certificates for Payment .... 2.2.6, 2.2.16, 9.4, 9.5.1. 9.5.5, 9.6.1, , 7. 1, 98.2, .9.1, 01 .1, 12. 1.-, 14.2.2 1 .1. . I ,9. 2. 1. 1 il ' I. 13, 6.11, 1. 1. 1, 3. Change Orders .......... 1.1.1, 2.2.15, 3A, -1.13.2.;, 5.2 1 7.7.2, 1 1.1, 11 1 5. 12 1. 1. 12, 1. 4, 12. 3, 11 1 2. 1 1. 2, 14 8. 1. 1 1 .1. 1, 1 1 1.;, 113.7, Cutting anti Patching of Work ... ... .. 4.14, 6 12.1, 13-1 ', 11.2 13,3.1 to III,- %Oik ................ 4, 6. 2 1 -7, 11.8.1, Change Orders, Definition of ........................ 12.1.1 110.2-1.2, 10.3, 11.3, 13.21.6 CHANGES IN THE WORK .................. 2.2A5 I 1. 1, 12 Oxmig-, 'Limis for ............ 6.1.1, 6.2.5, 7.4, 8.3.4, 9.6.1.:! Claims for Additional Cost or Time .... 8.3.2, 8.3. 1, 12.2.1, 12.3 Damages f.r Delay ........................... 6.1.1, 8.3.4, 9.7 -Claims for Damages .............. 6.1.1, 6.2.5, 7.4, 8.3, 9.6.11 Day, 14-fillition of .................................... 8.1.4 AIA DOCUMENT A201 ;F'4t R \I. 10NIII IONS OF F1 I E :ON I 2i I I R co0woRucrio.,4 - rFnR rIENTI I ED I TION - AUGUST 1976 2 , A201-1976 AIAIl THE -\%If KI AN INSTITUTE Of ARCIIIIECTs, 1,35 Nt\V YORK AVENUE. N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 26". Decisions of the Architect ..... 2.2.9 through 2.2.12, 6.3, 7.7.2, 4.12.6, 4.17, 4.18.3, 6.2.2, 7.6.2, 9.4.2, 7.9.1, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, [email protected], 9.8.1, 12.1.4, 12.3.1, 14.2.1 9.9.4, 9.9.5, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.3.6 Defective or Non-Conforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection Limitations of Time, General ..... 2.2.8, 2.2.14, 3.2.4, 4.2, 4.7.3, and Correction of .... 2.2.3, 2.2.13, 3.3, 3.4, 4.5, 6.2.2, 6.2.3, 4.12.4, 4.15, 5.2.1, 5.23, 7A, 7.7, 8.2, 9.5.2, 9.6, 9.6.1.1, 9.9.4 @ 2, 13 9.8, 9.9, 113.4, 12.1.4, 12.4, 13.2.1,A3.2.2, 13.2.5 Definitions ........ 1.1, 2.1, 3.1, 4.1, 4.12.1 through 4.12.3, 5.1, Limitations of Time, Specific ........... 2.2.8. 2.2.12, 3.2.1, 3.4, 6.1.2, 8.1, 9.1.1, '12.1.1, 12.1.4 4.10, 5.3, 6.12, 7.9.2, 8.2, 8.3.2, 8.3.3, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4.1, 9.5.1, Delays and Extensions of Time .......................... 8.3 9.7, 11.1.4, 11.3.1, 11.3.8, 11.3.9, 12.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, Disputes ................. 2.2.9, 2.2.12, 2.2.19, 6.2.5, 6.3, 7.9.1 13.2.5, 13.2.7, 14.1, 14.2.1 Documents and Samples at the Site ..................... 4.11 Limitation5, Statutes of ................... 7.9.2, 13.2.2, 13 2.7 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Loss of Use Insurance ................................. 11.4 Ownership of ...................... IIA1, 1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3 Materials, Labor, Equipment and ...... 1.1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13, Emergencies ......................................... 10.3 4.15.1, 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 9.3-3, 11.3.1, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Empl(.yees, Contractor's ..... 4.3.2, 4A.2, 4.8.1, 4.9, 4.18, 10.2.1 Materials Suppliers ....................... 4.12.1, 5.2.1, 9.3.3 1 through 10.2.4, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.1.1 Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Equipment, Labor, Materials and .... 1.1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4,13, Procedures of Construction ............. 2.2.4, 4.3.1, 9.4.2 4.15.1, 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 11.3, 13-2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Minor Changes in the Work ................ 1.1.1, 2.2.15, 12.4 Execution and Progress of the Work .... 1.1.3, 1.2.3, 2.2.3, 2.2.4, MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ........................... 7 2.2.8, 4.2, 4.4.1, 4.5, 6.2.2, 7.9.3, 8.2, Modifications, Definition of ........................... 1.1.1 8.3, 9.6.1, 10.2.3, 10.2.4, 14.2 Modifications to the Contract ........ 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 2.2.2, 2.2.18, Execution, Correlation and Intent of the 4.7-3, 7.9.3, 12 Contract Documents ......................... 1.2, 4.7.1 Mutual Responsibility .................................. 6.2 Extensions of Time ......................... : ...... 8.3, 12.1 Non-Conforming Work, Acceptance of Defective or ..... 13.3.1 Failure of Payment by Owner ...................... 9.7,14.1 Notice, Written ........... 2.2.8, 2.2-12, 3.4, 4.2, 4.7.3, 4.7.41 4.9 , 4.17, 5.2.1, 7.3, 7.4, 7.7. 7.9.2, 8.1.2, 8.3.2, Failure of Payment of Subcontractors . .9.5.2. 9.6-1.3, 9.9-2, 14.2.1 4.12.6, 4.12.7 final Completion and Final Payment ..2.2.12, 2.2.16, 9.9, 13.3.1 B-3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9@7, 9.9.1, 9.9.5, 10.2.6, 11.1.4, 11.31, Financial Arrangements, Owner's ...................... 3.2. 1 11.3.4, 113.5, 11.3.7, 11.3.8. 12.2, 12.3, 13-2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance ................ 11.3.1 Notices, Permits, Fees and ........................ 4.7,10.2.2 Governing Law ....................................... 7.1 Notice of Testing and Inspections ....................... 7. 7 Guarantees (See Warranty Notice to Proceed ................................... 8.1.2 and Warranties) ........ 2.2.16, 4.5, 9.3.3, 9.8.1, 9.9.4, 13.2.2 Observations, Architect's On-Site ........ 2.2.3, 7.7.1, 7.7.4, 9.4.2 Indemnification ....................... 4.17, 4.18, 6.2.5, 9.9.2 Observations, Co'ntractor's .................. 1 2.2, 4.2.1, 4.7.3 Identification of Contract Documents .................. 1.2.1 Occupancy ....... ...................... 8.1.3, 9.5.5, 11.3.9 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers ........... 5.2.1 On-Site Inspections by the Architect ........ 2.2.3, 2.2.16, 9.4.2, Information and 9.8.1, 9.9.1 Services Required of the Owner ........ 3.2, 6, 9, 11.2, 11.3 On-Site Observations by the Architect ....... 2.2.3, 2.2.6, 2.2.17, Inspections ............... 2.2.13, 2.2.16, 4.3.3, 7.7, 9.8.1, 9.9.1 7.7.1, 7.17.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Instructions to Bidders ............................ 1.1.1,7.5 Orders, Written ................... 3.3, 4.9, 12.1.4, 12.4.1, 13.1 Instructions to the OWNER ............................................... 3 Contractor .......... 2.2.2, 3.2.6, 4.8.1, 7.7.2, 12.1.2, 12.1.4 Owner, Definition of .................................. 3.1 INSURANCE ...................................... 9.8.1, 13 Owner, Information and Services Required of the .... 3.2,6.1.3, Insurance, Contractor's Liability ........................ 11.1 6.2, 9, 11.2, 11.3 In5urance, L05S Of Use ................................. 11.4 Owner's Authority ............. 2.2.16, 4.8.1, 7.7.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.2, Insurance, Owner's Liability ........................... 11.2 9.8.1, 11.3.8, 12.1.2, 12.1.4 Insurance, Property ................................... 11.3 Owner's Financial Capability ............................ 3.2.1 Insurance, Stored Materials ..................... 9.3.2, 11.3.1 Owner's Liability Insurance ....... .................... 11.2 Insurance Companies, Consent to Pirtial Occupancy .... 11.3.9 Owner's Rvlation@hip with qtibconlractors . .......... 1.1.2, 9.5.4 ln@uranre Companies, Settlement With ................ 11.3.8 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work .............. 3.4, 13.2.4 In I C,l t ') f Owner's Right to Clean Up ....................... 4.13.2, 63 the Contract Documents ... 1.2.3, 2.2.10, 2.2.13, 22.14,12.4 Owner's Right to Perform Work and to Award Interest .............................................. 7.8 Separate Contracts ................................. 6.1 Interpretations, Written ......... 1.1.1, 2.2.7, 2.2.8, 2.2.10, 12.4 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract ................ 14.2 Labor and Materials, Equipment .... 1.1.3, 4.4, 4@5, 4.12, 4.13, Owner's Right to Stop the Work ......................... 3.3 4:15.1, 6.2.1, 9.12, 9.3.3, 11.3, 13.2.2, 13-2.5, 14 Ownership and Use of Documents ........ 1.1.1, 1.3, 3.2.5, 5.2.3 Labor and Material Payment Bond .................... @ .7.3 PaIcIling of Work, Cutting and .................... 4.14,6,2.2 Labor Disputes ...................................... 8.3.1 Patentq, Royalties and ............................... 4.17.1 Laws and Regulations .............. 1.3, 2.1., 4.6, 4.7, 4.13, 7.1, Payment Bond, Labor and Material ....................... 7.5 7.71, 10-2.2, 14 Payment, Applications for ............ 2.2.6, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.3, Liens ............ 9.3.1, 99.2, 9.9.4.1 9.6.1, 9.8.2, 9.9-1, 9.9.3, [email protected] Limitations of Authority ..... 2.2.2, 2.2.17, 2.2.18, 11.3.8, 12.4.1 Payment, Certificates for ........ :...... 2.2.6, 2.2.16, 9.4, 9.5.1, Limitations of Liability ...... 2.2.10, 2.2.13, 2.2.14, 3.3, 4.2, 4.7.3, 9.5.5, 9.6.1, 9.7.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.9.3, 12.1.4, 14.2.2 AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF [HE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - THIRTEENTH EDITION - AUGUST 1976 AIAV 1976 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., %VASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 3 Payment, Failure of ................ 9.5.2, 9.6.1.3, 9.7, 9.9.2,14 SUBCONTRACTORS ..................................... 5 Payment, Final ...................... 2.2.12, 2.2.16, 9.9, 13.3.1 Subcontractors, Definition of ........................... *51 Payments, Progress .......... 7.8, 7.9.3, 9.5.5, 9.6.2, 9.9.3, 12.1.4 Subcontractors, Work by ....... ....... 1.2.41 22.2.4, 4.3.1, 4.3.1 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ........................... 9 Subcontractual Relations ............................... 5.3 Paments to Subcontractors ....... ......... 9.5.2, 9.5.3, 9.5.4, Submittals .................... 1.3, 4.10, 4.12, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.6.1.3, 11.3.3, 14.2.1 9.3.1, 9.8.1, 9.9 2, 9.9.3 Payments Withheld .................... *... * *......... *9.6 Subrogation, Waiver of .............................. 11.3.6 Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond ..7.5 Substantial Completion ...... 22.16, 8.1.1, 8.1 - 3, 8.2.2, 9.8, 13.2.2 Permits, Fees and Notices ..................... 3. 2. 3, 4.7, 4. *13 Substantial Completion, Definition of . . .............. .8.1.3 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF .............. 10 Substitution of Subcontractors .................... 5.2.3,5 2.4 Product Data, Definition of ........................... 4.12.2 Substitution of the Architect .......................... 2.2.19 Product Data, Shor Drawings, Samples and . . . 2.2.14, 4.21, 4.12 Subtitutinr,5 of Materials ......................... 4., 12.1.4 Progress and Completion .................... 2.2.3, 7.9.3, 8.2 Stib-subcontractof-5, Definition of ....................... 5.1.2 Progress Payments ........... 7.8, 7.9.3, 9.5.5, 98.2, 9.9.3, 12.1 A Subsurface Conditions .................... .......... 12.2.1 Progress Schedule .................................... 4.10 Successors and Assigns .......... ..................... 7.2 Project, Definition of ................................. 1.1.4 Supervision and Construction Procedures .1.2.4, 2.2.4, 4.3, 4.4, 10 Project Repri-5entative ............................... 2.2.17 Superintendent, ContractOr'5 ....................... 4.9,10., Property Insurance ................................... 11.3 Surety, Consent of .................... ......... 9.9.2, 9.9.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY . ..... ....... 10 ....... * ' ' ' ' ' * ' *...........*............ 3 -1.2, 4.18.3 Rcgulation and Laws ..... 1.3, 2.1.1, 4.6, 4.17, -1.13, TA, 10 2.2, 14 Taxes ..... .................... ..................... 4.6 Rejection or Work ......................... 2.13, -1, 5 1, 13.2 Termination by the Contractor ......................... 14.1 Releaes it Waivers and Liens .... ............... 9.9.2, 9.9A Termination by the Owner ............................ 14.2 Representations ............. 1.2.2, 4.5, 4.12.5, 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.91 Termination of the Architect ......................... 2.2.19 Representatives ............................. 2.1, 2.2., 2.2.17, TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT ................. .... 14 2.2.18, 3.1, 4.1, 4-9. 51, 9.3.3 Tests ........................... ..... 2.213, 4.3.3, 7.7, 9.4 '1 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work ...... -1. . 4, 4 3.2, Time .................................................. 8 6. 1 3, 6. 2, 9 - 8.1 Time, Definition of .................................... 8.1 Retainage ....................... 9.3.1, 9.5.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.9.3 Time, Delays and Extensions of ........... 8.3, 12.1, 12. 1, 13.2.7 Review of Contract Documenti Time Limits, Specific .................. 2. 2. 8, 2. -1. 1 -1. 3 21. 3 4, by the onfractor ........................ 1.2.2, 4.2, 4.7.3 4.1o, 5.3, 62.1, 17.r.2. 8.2, 8.32, 8.3-3, 13.2. 9.3.1, Reviews of Contractor's Submittals by 9.4.1. 9.5.1, 11.7, 11.1.4, 11-3.1, 11.3 8, 11.3.9, Owner and Architect ..... 2. 2.14, 4.10, 4. 12, 5.2.1, 5.21.3, 9.2 12.2, 12.3, 13.2.2. 132.5, 132.7, 14.1, 14.1 Rights and Remedies ...... 1.1.2, 2.2.12, 2.2.13, 3.3, 3.4, 5.3, 6.1, Title it %%;irk ............... ................... 9:3.2, 93.3 6.3, 7.6, 7.9, 8.3.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 10.3, 12.1.2, 12.2, 13.2.2, 14 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK ......... ... 13 Royalties and Patents ................................. 4.17 Uncovering of Work .................................. 13.1 Safety of Persons and Property ......................... 10.2 Unforseen Conditions ...:......................... 8.3,12.2 Safety Precautions and Programs .................. 2.2.4,10.1 Unit Prices ................................... 12-1.3, 12.1.5 Samples, Definition of ............................... 4.12.3 Use of Documents' ....................... 1.11, -1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3 Samples. Ymp Drawings, Product Data and ..... 22.14,4.2, 4.12 Use of Site ..................................... 4.13,1521 'amplt at the Site, Documents and .................... 4.11 of ....... .. ......................... 9. 2 Schedule of Values ..................................... 9.2 er of Claims by the Contractor .... 7.6.2, 8.3.1, 9.9.5, '11. 3.6 Schedt_11C, PlOgICSS ................................... 4.10 Waiver of Claims by the Owner ...... 7.6.2, 9.9.4, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 Separate Contracts and Coritractnrs ..... 4.14.2, 6, 11.3. 6, '13.1.2 Waiver of Liens ...................................... 9.9.2 Shop.D rawi rigs, Definition of .......................... t. 121 Warranty and Warranties .... 2.2 16, 4.5, 9.3. 3, 9.13.1, 9 9.4, 13 2.2 Shop.Drawings, Product Data and Samples ... 2.214, 42! 4.12 Wealher Delays ....................................... 8.31 Site, Use of ..................................... 4.13,6.2.1 Work, f,,finition of .................................. 1.1.3 Site Vkit, Ar hit I's ................ 2.2.3, 2.21.5, 21.2.6, 2.2.17, Work by Owner or by Separate Contractors ................. 6 7.7.1. 774. ' 4 2. 1.6 1, 14.9 1 ....... -17 S-ts- hi,j-t,on . ..... ....... 1.2-2, 2.2.3, 2.2.16, 7.7. 118.1, 9.9.1 %Vriti-r- 1;.I: ,pretation ........ .. 1.1 1. 1.2.4. 2.2.-",. 12. 2 pccial ln,jwtion an0d refing ..................... 121. 13, 7. 7 Written Notice ..... 21.2.8, 2.2.12, 3A, 4.2, 4.7.3, 4.7.4,4.9, 4.12.6, Spec0ific,ition . ............................... 1.1.1, 1.2.4, 1.3 4. 12.7, 4 17, 7.3, 7..1, 77. - . , 8 1 2, S1.2, 8.3.3, St,11110c, of I initiations .................... 7.9.2, 13.2.2, 13.2.7 .-I.1, 9,fiA, 9.7, 9,9.1, 9.9.5, 10.2.,, 1-1.1.4, 11.3.4, Stopffing Ilic Work ...................... 3.3, 9.7.1, 10.3, 14.1 11.3.5, 11A,7, 11.3.8, 1-1.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Stored Materials ........ 6.2.1, 9.3.2. 10.2.1.2, 11.3.1, 13.2.5 Written Orders ................... 3.3, 4.9, 12. 1. 4, 1 -14. 1, 13.1 AJA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAI. CON011RNS OF THE CONIKACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - THIRTEENTH EPITION - AUGUST 1976 4 A201-1976 A0WD - f 1976 - THE Aki[:RlAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, NAV., %ASHINGTON, D.C. 2006% GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 1.2.2 By executing the Contract, the Contractor represents that lie has Visited the site, familiarized himself with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS local conditions under which the Work is to be per- formed, and correlated his observations with the require- DEFINITIONS ments of the Contract Documents. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include The Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contrac- all items necessary for the proper execution and comple- tor Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, tion of the Work. The Contract Documents are comple- Supplementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the mentary, and what is required by any one shall be as Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to and all binding as if required by all. Work not covered in the Con- Modifications issued aftei execution of the Contract. A tract Documents .vill riot be required unles,; it is consistent Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract therewith and is reasonably inferable therefrom as being signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, 0) a written neces,@ary to produce the intended results. Words and ab- interpretation issued by the Architect pursuant to Sub- breviations which have well-known technical or trade paragraph 2.2.8, or (4) a written order for a minor change meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accord- in the Work issued by the Architect pursuant to Paragraph ance with such recognized meanings. 12.4. The Contract Documents do not include Bidding 1.2.4 The organization of the Specifications into divisions, Documents such as the Advertisement or Invitation to sections and articles, and the arrangement of Drawings Bid, the Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Con f shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work tractor's Bid or portions of Addenda relating to any o among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of these, or any other documents, unless specifically enu- Work to be performed by any trade. merated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents form the Contract for ConStruc- 1.3.1 All Drawing,, Specifications and copies thereoV tion. This Contract represents the entire and integrated furnished by the Architect are and Shall remain his prop- agreement between the parties hereto arid supersedes all erty. 1hey are to be used only with respect to this Project prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either and ar e not to be used on any other proiect. With the written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified exception of one contract @et for each par" to the Con- only hv a Modification as defined in Subparagraph 1.1.1. tract, such documents are to be returned or suitably The' Contract Documents shall not be con5trued to create 3ccounted for to the -\rchitect on reque@t @t ',he comple- any contractual relationship of any kind between the Ar- tion ot the Work. Submission or distribution to rneet offi- chitect and the Contractor, but the Architect shall be cial regulatory requirements or for other purposes in entitled to performance of obligations intended for his connection with the Project is not to be construed as benefit, and to enforcement thereof. Nothing contained publication in derogation of [fie Architect's common law in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual copyright or other reserved rights. relationship between the Owner or the Architect and any ARTICLE 2 Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor. 1.1.3 THE WORK ARCHITECT The Work comprises the completed construction required 2.1 DEFINITION by the Contract Documents and includes all labor neces- sar@ to produce such construction, and all materials and 2.1.1 The Architect is the per'son laWfUlIV licensed to equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in such practice ar(hitecture, or in entity lawfully practicing con,;truclion. ar( hit(,!( ture identified aS Such in the Owne r-Con tractor 1.1.4 THE PROJECT Agreement, and ig referred to throughout the. Contract I)ocument,, as if singular in number and I11aSCUIine in The Project is the total contruClion of which the Work gf- nider. -The term Architect means the Architect or his performed under the Contract Documents may be the authorized representative. whole or a part. 2.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT 2.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall he signed in not less Contract as hereinaiter described. than triplicate by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or the *Contractor or both do riot sign the Condi- 2.2.2 The Architect Will be the Owner's representative tions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications, or any of during construction and until final payment is due. The the other Contract Document,;, the Architect shall idert- Architect will advise and con<ult with the Owner. The tify such Documents. Owner's instructions to the Contractor shall be forwarded AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL C014DITIONS OF IIAE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - THIRTEENTH EDITION - AUGUST 1976 A10h 1976 - THE AMERICAN INSTirurr: OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W_ WASHINGTON, D.C. ZOW6 A201-1976 5 through the Architect. The Architect will have authority show partiality to either, and Will not be hible for the to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided result of any interpretation or decision rendered in good in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified faith in such capacity. by written instrument in accordance with Subparagraph 2.2.11 The Architect's decisions in matters relating to 2.2. i 8. L artistic effect 801 be final if consistent %ith the intent of 2.2.3 Tile Architect will visit the site at intervals appro- the Contract Documents. priate to the stage of construction to familiarize himself 2.2.12 Any claim, dispute or other matter in uestion generally with the progress and uality of the Work and between tile Contractor and the Owner referred to the to determine in general if the Work is proceeding in ac- Architect, except those relating to artistic effect as pro- cordance With the Conti-act Documents. However, the vided in Subparagraph 2.2.11 and except those which ha e Architect will not be reuired to make exhaustive or con- v been waived by the making or zcceptance of final pay- tinuous on-site inspections to check the uality or uan- ment as provided in Subparagraplis 9.9.4 and 9.9.5, shall tity of the Work. On the basis of his on-site observations be subject to arbitration upon the %iitten dernand of ei- as an architect, he will kE-ep the Owner informed of the ther partv. Howeer, no demand for arbitration of an Such progress Of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the claim, dispute or other matter ma\, be made unt Iil the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the earlier of ( 1) the date on which the Architec t has rendered Contractor. a written decision, or (2) the tenth day after the parties 2.2.4 The Architect will riot be responsible for and will have presented their evidence to tile Architect or have not have control or charge of construction means, meth- been given a reasonable opportunity to do so, if the ods,-techniUes, seuences or procedures, or for safety Architect has not rendered his written decision bv that precautions and program in connection With the Work, date. When such a written decision of the Architect states and fie will not be respon5ible for the Contractor's failure (1) that the decision is final but subject to appeal, and to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract (2) that any demand for arbitration of a claim, dispute or Documents. The Architect will not be responsible for or other matter covered by such decision must be made have control or charge over the acts or omissions of the within thirty days after the (late On which the party mak- Contractor, Subcontractors, or any of their agents or em- ing the demand receives the written decision, failure to ployees, or any other persons performing any of the demand arbitration within said thirty clays' period will re- Work. suit in tile Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and the Contractor. If the Architect 2.2.5 The Architect shall at all times have access to the renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been Work wherever it is in preparation and progress. The initiated, Such decision mav be entered as evidence but Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the will not supersede any arbitiration proceedings unless the Architect may perform his functions under the Contract decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. Documents. 2.2.13 The Architect will have authoritv to reject Work 2.2.6 Baed on the Architect's observations and an CV0111.1- which doe not conform to thF- Contract DOCLIments. ation of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the 4"Ihene%er, in his opinion, he considers it necessary or Architect will determine the amounts owing to the Con- advisable for the implementatioi of the intent of the tractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such Contract Documents, he Will have authority to reuire amounts, as provided in Paragraph 9.4. special inspection or testing of the Work in accordance 2.2.7 The Architect will be the interpreter of the reuire- with Subparagraph 7.7.2 whether or not Such Work be ments of the Contract Documents and the judge of the then fabricated, installed or completed. However, neithe, r performance thereunder by both the Owner and Con- the Architect's authority to act under this SUbparagraph tractor. 2.2.13, riot any decision made by him in good faith either to exercise or not to exer(ke Such authority, Shall give 2.2.8 rhe Architect will render interpretations necessary rise to any duty or respon,,ibility of the Architect to the for t1*ic proper execution or progress of the Work, with Conteactor, any Subcontractor, any of their agents or reas(nable promptness and in accordance with any time employees, or any other person performing any of the limit agreed upon. Either party to (lie Contract may make Work. written reLjc,,t to the Architect for stich interpreta lions. 2.2.14 1he Architect 0mll re\iev. ond approe or t,ike 2.2.9 C8lairns, disputes an2d other matters in uestion be- other app4wpriate action Upon 0Cnritra2dor's %ubrnitta8l,; tv.,een the Cnntractor and Ihe Owner relatin! to t4he exe- ,UC4II X, Sh()f) F)ra0wingr, 0i1rndu(.t Data and Sample;, but CUtion or prngrer of the Work or thv interpretation of tile OIlly for confornionce With the degign Concept of tile Contract Do(AIMent' Shall he referred init0ia8l8Iv to t8he Work and with t8he information given in t2he Contract Archi*tect for decision which he will render in writing Docury4wnts. Such action shall be taken with rea,onah8le within a reasonable time. promptness ;o as to riu6w, no 2dc8lay. 4The Architect' ap- proval of a ;pecific item shall not indicate approval of 2.2.10 All interpretations and decisions of the Architect an assembly of which t8he item i,; a component. sha8l8l'be con,;islent with t2he intent of and reasonably in- ferable.from t8he Contract Documents and will 6be in \vr4it- 2.2.15 The Architect will prepare Change Orders in ac- ing or in t8he form of drawings. In 8his capacity ,is intvr- cordance with Article 12, and will have authority to order preter and judge, he will endeavor to secure faithful 0per- minor changes in the Work as provided in Subparagraph for*mance by both the Owner and the Contractor, will not '12.4. 1. AIA DOCUMENT A201 - CENERAI_ CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - THIRTEENTH EDITION - AUGUST 1976 6 A201-1976 AIA(91 - Oc 1976 - THE AMERICAN INsroUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, NAV., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 2.2.16 The Architect will conduct inspection- to dcler- 3.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- mine the dIates of Substantial Completion and final com- inents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, pletion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the all copies of Drawings and Specifications reasonably nec- Owner's review written warranties an(] related clccuments essary for the execution of the Work. reuired by the Contract and assembled by the Contrac- 3.2.6 The Owner shall for%arcl all instructions to the tor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment Upon Contractor through the Architect. compliance with the reuirements of Paragraph 9.9. 2.2.17 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect 3.2.7 Tile toregoing are in addition to other duties and will provide one or more Project Representatives to responsibi I i ties of the Owner enumerated herein and assist the Architect in carrying out his responsibilities at epocially those in respect it) Work by Owner or by the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of Separate Contractors, Payments and Completion, and In- surance in Articles 6, 9 and 11 respectively. authority of any such Project Representative shall be as set fortk in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract 3.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK Documents. 3.3.1 If the Contrictor fails to correct defectie Work as reuired by Paragraph 13.2 or persisteritk fails to carry 2.2.18 The clUtit's, responsibilities and limitations of au- out the W .ork in accordance with the 06ntract Docu- thority ot the Architect as the 8Owner' representative dur- rnents, the Owner, by a vritten order signed personally ing construction as set forth in the Contract Documents will not be modified or extended without written con- or by.a.n agent specifically so empowered by the Owner sent of the Owner, the Contractor and the Architect. in writing, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for Such order has 2.2.19 In case of the termination of the employment of been eliminated; hov,ever, this right of the Owner to the Architect, the Owner shall appoint an architect stop the Work shall not give rise to any cluty on the part against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objec- of the Owner to exercise this right for tile benefit of the tion whose status under the Contract Documents shall be Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the that of the forrner architect. Any dispute in connection extent reuired by Subparagraph 6.1.3. %%ith such appointment shall be Subject to arbitration. 3.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK ARTICLE 3 3.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within seven days after receipt of written noticie OWNER fioni the Owner to commence and continue correction 3.1 DEFINITION of stich default or noulect with diligence ind promptness, the 0%vner mav, after ;even days following receipt by the 3.1.1 The Owner is Ike person or erititv identified is such Contractor of an additional %ritten ricitice ind without in the 8Owner-Contractor Agreement and is referred to prelLiclice to an\ o1her renieck lie ma\ h,1%e make good throughout the Contract Documents as if singUlir in nUm- 11(11 deficiencies. In LlCh (ae an apwc,priate Chinge ber and masculine in gender. The terni Owner means the Order hali be iSSUed dedUding frorn Ili(, 11,nients then Owner or his authorized representative. or thereafter due Ihe Contractor the coA of correcting 3.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REUIRED ';LICh deficiencies, including compensition for the Archi- tect's additional services madv nece5sarv by such default, OF THE OWNER 3.2.1 The Owner shall, at tile reuest of the Contractor, m,glect or failure. Sti(h a(tion hv tho Owner and the amount charged to the C(nitractor are hoth ubject to the it the time of execution of the 8Owner-Contractor Agree- prior approval of the Archit(,rt. If 'lie ra-,nts then or nien, furnidi to tile Contractor reaonable evidence that therfaffer due the C onirm tor are not SLI(fi( ient to cover lie lia, made financial arrangements to fulfill his Oblig,!- LICII 111101,int, the Contra(for chall pav the difference to tion,; tinder the Contract. Unless such reasonable evi- the Owner. dem - is furni,;hed. the Contractor i,; not reuired to exet ute file 8Owner-Contractor Agreement or to com- ARTICLE 4 men(c the Work. 3.2.2 rhe 4Ovmer ,hill foolish all iwvy,. dw;cribing dir, CONTRACTOR phv,.ic,iI (_-hara80f,risti(-, li,gal limitations and utility 4loca- 4.1 DEFINITION i0mn ior the ,ite of ihe Fro4jecl, and i legal description of 4.1.1 The ( ontr.i( lor i,. 80w f0wr,,()n or (,nfik id(,ntifif!d a, I4lle sile. 11( h in Ilw 0\,%,nf!r-0('onIra( tor Agreement i Ind is referred 3.2.3 0Ixcvpt as pro%idcd in Su8hpar.igtaph 4.7.1, ill(, to t0I11o(1k14IloUt thP Coflfla(t I)o(Un2WrItS as if singular in ()%rier shall secure and pay for ne(vs,;ary approvals, eise- nunihor and nmcii4lir8w in vender. 1414w terni Contractor menk, a,;sezsm(-nIs and charves 4w(mire4d for i4ll(! c s ki onstr n4wmi- tile Contractor or hic, atithori.,(,d ropreseniat0ive. t0ior, LJ1;(' or oc( upancy of pci minont ,truc turv,; or for per- 4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS nianent chinpes in existing 0f.icilities. 4.2.1 The Contra(lor shall (,1re8fL11IV oudv ind compare 3.2.4 Informalion or sfrvif 0 Linder the ronfro4l ill(' ('orltFa(t DOCJIMVrlt an8d shall at once ipo-)rt to tile Shall 4I2W furnished hy i8ll(, Ovoivr %vith r(,&;on,i8b0Io- prompt- A[( hilect any error, in(onisten< y or omission 4lie 2may d0is- nes to avoid delay in the orderly ptogress of tile Work. (over. The Contractor shall not lie liable to t8he Owner Or AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL C0NDITIONS oF THE CONTRACTOR CONSTRUCTION - THIRTEENTH EDITION - AUGUST 1976 1976 -THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173-, NEW YORK AVENUE-11F, NAV., WASHINCTON D.C 20(111, A201-1976 7 0 the Architect for any damage resulting from any such fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Docu- execution and completion of the Work which are custom- ments. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the arily secured after execution of the Contract and which Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where are legally reuired at the time the bids are received. reuired, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or 4.7.2 The Contractor shall gi\E all notices and comply Samples for such portion of the Work. with all laws, ordinances, ruie, eguiations and lav,-fut or- 4.3' SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES ders of any public authority bearing on the performance 4.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, of the Work. using his best skill and attention. He shall be solely re- 4.7.3 It is not the responsibility of the Contractor to sponsible for all construction means, methods, tech- make certain that the Contract Documents are in accord- niues, seuences and procedures and for coordinating ance with applicable laws, statutes, building codes and all portions of the Work under the Contract. regulations. If the Contractor observes that any of- the 4.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any re- for the acts and ornissions of his employees, Subcontrac- spect, lie slizill promptly notify the Architect in writing, tors and their agents and employees, and other persons and inv necessary changes sha`l be accomplished by ap- performing any of the Work under a contract with the propriate ',Iodification. Contractor. 4.7.4 If the Contractor performs any Work knowing it to 4.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved from his obli- he (ontrarv to slich laws. nrclininces, rules and re-ula- gations to perform the Work in accordance %Nith the tions, and Without such notice to the Architect. he shall Contract Documents either by (lie activities or duties of assume full responsibility therefor and shall bear all costs the Architect in his administration of the Contract, or by attributable thereto. inspections, tests or approvals reuired or performed un- 4.8 ALLOWANCES der Paragraph 7.7 by persons other than the Contractor. 4.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum 4.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items 4.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in (lie Contract Docu- covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such ments, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, 1MOLInts arid by such persons as the Owner may direct, materials, euipment, tools, construction euipment and but the Contractor will not be re(JUired to employ persons machinery. water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other against whom lie makes a reasonable objection. iacilities and services necessary for the proper execution 4.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- and completion of the Work, whether temporary Or per- ments manent and whether or not incorporated or to be incor- A these allowances ,;hall cover the cost to the Con- porated in the Work. tractor, less any applicable trade discount, of the 4.4.2 The Contractor sh,111 at all time enforce -trict dis- niateriakz and euipmont reUired I)v the allcw.-ance cipline and good order arriong his employee,; arid shall not delkerecl at the site, and all applicable taxes, employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not .2 the Contractor's co,;t,; for unloading and handling skilled in the task assigned to him. on the site, labor, in-tallation costs, o,erheacl. prof- 4.5 WARRANTY it and other expenses coniemplated for the original 'Illowance hall be included in the Contract Surn and 4.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and the riot in the'allowance: Architect that all materials and euipment furnished .3 \%heriever the co,;t i,; more than or lecs ',ban the under Ihi-, Contract ,vill he new unless otherwise speci- III Iowa rice, the Conlract Stim shall I)(' adjUsted ac- tied, and that all Work will be of good uality, free from (ordingly by Change 4Ord,!r, the amount of which faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract will recognize change-, if any, in handling costs on Documents. All Work not conforming to these reuire- the ite, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit ments, including substi tu t ions not properly approved and 1: arid other expenses. authorized, may be con,iderecl defective. If reuired by 4.9 SUPERINTENDENT the Architect, the Contractor shall fUrni,;h satisfactory evi- dence as to the kind arid uality of malerials and c(luip- 4.9.1 Hie Contractor shall employ a compolent -tiperin- ment. Ihi-, warranty is riot limited by the provisions of tendent and necessary ascistant who shall be in atiend- P a ra g r a p h -13.2. ance it tho Project site during the progre-'; of t8h(, Work. The superintendent shall represent [lie Confractot and all 4.6. TAXES COM8MUnications given to t4he superintendent shall 8be as 4.6.1 T4he Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use binding a,; if given to Ih(, Contra8dor. important (oniniu- and other similar taxp,; for t8he' Work or portions thereof nications -hall be confirmed in ,vriting. 04O8d8wr conimuni- provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at cations shall he so confirmed on written reuest in each the time hid are received, whether or not yet effective. C 11 1; e. 4.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 4:140 PROGRESS SCHEDULE 4.7.1 4Un4le,;s otherv.-ise piovided in the Contia(t 0I)ocu- 4.10.1 rho Contractor, ininiediaic4k- after being a%varded ments, the Contractor shall 5ecure and pay for [he hui4ld- the Contract, shall prepire and 11-141)[11it 8for t4he 04&\ner',; 0ing permit and for all other permits and go%erriniental and Architect',; information an etmialed progress sched- AIA DOCUMENT A201 Gf N1-RA( C(IN't)ITIONS OF THE CONrRA( I fOR CONSTRUCTION 11 IIRI I FNTH EDI [ION - 1976 1 8 , A201-1976 A A' 11176 HE AMERICAN INS8MUTE OF ARCI-11 FEcrs, i7:Is Nrw YORK AVENUf. NAV, WASHINGTON, D.C. ule for the Work, The progress schedule shall be related portions of the Work shall be in accordance with ap- to the entire Project to the extent reuired by the Con- proved SUbmittals, tract Documents, and Shall provide for expeditious and 4.13 USE OF SITE practicable execution of the Work. 4.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 4.13.1 The Contractor Ishall confine operations at the site to areas permitted b law. ordinances, permits and the 4.11,11 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encum- Owner one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, her the site with anv materials or euipment. Addenda, Change Ord&s and other Modifications, 'in 4.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK good order and marked currently to record all changes 4.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, made during construction, and approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. These shall be available to fitting or patching that may be reuired to complete the the Architect and shall be delivered to him for the Owner Work or to make its several parts fit together properly. upon completion of the Work. 4.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger any 4.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES portion of the Work or the work of the Owner or any 4.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules separate contractor,, by cutting, patching or otherwise and other data specially prepared for the Work by the illering any work, or by-excavation. The Contractor shall Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner or any or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. separate contractor except with the written consent of the 0,,%ner and of such separate contractor- The Contractor 4.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard checlules, shall not Unreasonably withhold from the Owner or any performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and separate contractor his consent to cutting or otherwise other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate altering the Work. .a material, product or system for some portion of the Work. 4.15 CLEANING UP 4.15.1 The Contractor at all times shall keep the premises 4.12.3 Samples are physical examples, which iilustrate free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish materials, euipment or workmanship and establish Caused bv his operations. At the completion of the Work standards by which the Work will be judged. lie shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from 4.12.4 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit, and about the Project as well as all his tools, construc with reasonable promptness and in such seuence as to tion euipment, michinerv and surplus materials. cause no delay in the Work or in the work of the Owner 4.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up at the comple- or any separate contractor, all Shop Drawings, Product tion of the Work, the Owner may do so a, provided in Data and Samples recluired by the Contract Documents. Paragraph 3.4 and the cost thereof shall be charged to the 4,12.5 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Contractor. Product Data and Samples, the Contractor represents that 4.16 COMMUNICATIONS he ha5 determined and veritied all materials, field meas- 4.16.1 The Contractor shall forward all communications urements, and field construction criteria related thereto, to the Owner through the Architect. or will do so, and that he has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with 4.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS the reuirements of the Work and of the Contract Docu- 4.17.1 The Contractor 0iall pay all royalties and license ments. fef,s. Vie Shall defend all suil, or 63i2ms for infringement 4:12.6 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsi- of any patent righk and ,hall ave the Owner harmless bilily for any deviation from the reuitements of th from IOSS Oil account thereof, except that [lie Owner shall Con'tra(t Do(uments fly the Architect's approval of Shop be re,;ponsible for all Such 10S when a partiCUlar design, Drawings, Product Data or Samples under Subparagraph pro(ess Or the product of a particular manufacturer or 2.2. 14 unless the Contractor has specifically informed the manufacturers is specified, but if the Contractor has rea- Architcct in writing of ;uch deviation at the time Of Sub- son to believe diat fliv design, process or product 5peci- nw;,;ion ind the Ar(hitect given wittten approval to hed i,; in infringement of a Imlent, lie shall lie responsible Ill(, [)(,( inc (84,viation. The Contractot ;hall not 4lie f02lieved for m h lo- unles,; Vie Ili oniptIv givvs such information to t4he Ar(hitect. 4f4mni ro,,pons0ihility for error or in the, Shop I)rawin,,c; Product Data or Sample(; by t8he Architect',; 4.18 INDEMNIFICATION ippro\a4l thereof. 4.108.1 lo [4lie ful8let extent permitted by law,'the Con- 4.12.7 The Contractor hall direct specific attention, In traclor 4dia4l8l indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and wriiing, or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data file Architect iind their agents and employees from and or Samples, to revisions other than those reuested by against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including t4he Architect on previous submittals. 2but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or result- ing from [lie performance of the Work, provided that 4.12.8 No portion nf t4he Work reUiri2mz 'Uhnik;ion of a anV ';Lich claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable Shop Drawing, Product Data or Sarlif)4, shall be com- to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury menced until the submittif has been approved by t2he lo or destruction of tangible property (other than the Architect as provided in Subparagraph 2.2414. All such Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom, AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENLRAL CONDITIONS OF 111F CONTRACT FOR CONSIRUCHON - THIRTEENTH ED11ION - AUGUST 1976 AV& C11 1976 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUff Of ARCHITFCTS, 173S NEW YORK WENUE, N6W, WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A2041-1976 9 and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone reasonable objection. for- whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with anv such whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified proposed person or entity to v,hom the O%vner 'or the hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to ne- Architect has made reasonable ob)ection under the provi- gate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obli- sions of Subparagraph 5.2.1. The Contractor shall not be gation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any required to contract with anyone to whom he has a rea- party or person described in this Paragraph 4.18. sonable objection. 4.18.2 In any and all claims against the Owner or the 5.2.3 If the Owner or the Archit,@,ct has reasonable objec- Architect or any of their agents or employees by any tion to any such proposed person or entity, the Contrac- employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone tor shall submit a substitute to whorn the Owner or the directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone Architect has no reasonable, objection, and the Contract for whose acts any of them may be liable, the inclemnifi- Sum shall be increased or decreased bv the difference cation obligation under this Paragraph 4.18 shall not be cost occasioned by such substitution a'nd an appropriate limited in any way by any linnitation on the amount or Change Order shall be issued; however, no increase in type of clarnages, compensation or benefits payable by or the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such suhstitu- for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under workers' tion unless the Contractor has acted promptly and re- or %vorkmen's compensat"ion acts, disability benefit acts or sponsively in submitting names as required by Subpara- other employee benefit acts. graph 5.2.1. 4.18.3 The obligations ol the Contractor under this Para- 5.2.4 The Contractor shall make ni) substitution for any graph 4.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Archi- Subcontractor, person or entity previously Selected if the tect, his agents or emplo@ 'iees, arising out of (1) the prepa- Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such ration or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, substitution. surveys, change orders, designs or specifications, or (2) 5.3 SURCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS the giving of or the failure to give directions or instruc- 5.3.1 By an appropriate agreement, written where legall tions by the Architect, his agents or employees provided y such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the. required for validity, the Contractor shall require each injury or damage. Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be per- ARTICLE 5 formed by the Subcontra(Aor, to be bound to the Con- tractor by the terms of the Contract Documents, and to as- SLJme toward the Contractor all the obligations and re- SUBCONTRACTORS sponsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents , 5.1 DEFINITION assumes to%varcl the O%vner and the Architect. Said agree- 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a di- ment shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner rect contract with the Contractor to perform any of the and the Architect under the Contract Documents - '%ith re- Work at the site. The term Subcontractor is referred to spect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in num- so that the subcontracting theret.)f will not prejudice such ber and masculine in gender and means a Subcontractor rights, and -hall allow to the Strhcontractor, unles3 specifi- or his authorized representative. The term Subcontractor cally provided otherwiqe in the Con( ractor-Subcontractor does not include any separate contractor or his subcon- agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress tractors. against the Contractor that the Contractor, by these Docu- 5.1.2 A SLib-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a ments, his against the O%vner. Where appropriate, the @.'.ontractor shall require each Subcontractor ((-) enter into direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to per- similar agreements with his SUb- SUbcon tractors. The Con- form any of the Work at the site. The term Sub-subcon- trac,tor shall make available to each proposed Subcon- traclor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents tractor, prior to the execution of the Subcontract, copies as ii singular in number and masculine in gender and of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor means a Su b-subcon tractor or an authorized representa- will be bound by this Paragraph 5.3, and identifv to the tive thereof. SUI)COntractor any term,; in(] Conditions of the proposed 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER Subcontract which may he at variance with the Contract CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK Documentq. Fach,SubcOntractnr @hall imilarly make cop- 5.2*1 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Docu- IeS Of SLIch Document,; availahie to his Sub-SLIbcontractors A as practicable after the award of the Contract, shall fur- ments or the Bidding Documents, the Contractor, as soon RTICLE 6 nish to the Owner and the Architect in writing the names NVORK BY OWNER OR BY of the persons or entities (including those who are to fur- SEPARATE CONTRACTORS nish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work. 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK AND The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform work re- a`fter due investigation, has reasonable objection to any lated to the Project with his own forces, and to award AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - THIRTEENTH EDITION - AUGU51F 1976 10 , A201-1976 AUkO - (D 1976 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 separate contracts in connection with other portions of and charge the cost thereof to the contractors responsible the Project or other work on the site under these or similar therefor as the Architect shall determine to be just. Conditions of the Contract. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because 6f such ARTICLE 7 action by the Owner, he shall make Such claim as pro- vided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS portions of the Project or other work on the site, the term 7.1 GOVERNING LAW Contractor in-the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner- 7.1.1 The Contract shail be governed by the law of the Contractor Agreement. place where the Project is located. 6.1.3 The Owner will provide for the coordination of the 7.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS work of his own forces and of each separate contractor 7.2.1 The Owner and the Contractor each binds himself, with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives therewith as provided in Paragraph 6.2. to the other party hereto and to the partners, successors, 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY assigns and legal representatives of such other party in re- spect to all covenants, agreements and obligations con- 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the owner and separate tained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole and storage of their materials and equipment and the without the written consent of the other, nor shall the execution of their work, and shall connect and coordinate Contractor assign any moneys due or to become due to his Work with theirs as required by the Contract Docu- him hereunder, without the previous written consent of ments. the Owner. 6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for 7.3 WRITTEN NOTICE proper execution@or results upon the Work of the Owner 7.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to h@ve been clulv or any Separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to served if delivered in person to the individual or membe'r proceeding with the Work, promptly report to the Archi- of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for, tect any apparent discrepancies or defects in such other whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by regis- work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution tered or certified mail to the last business address known and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall to him who gives the notice. constitute an acceptance of the Owner's or separate con- tractors' work as fit and proper to receive his Work, ex- 7.4 CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES cept as to defects which may subsequently become appar- 7.4.1 Should either party to the Contract suffer injury or rent in such work by others. damage to person or property because of an\ act or omis- 6.2.3 Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work sion of the other party or of any of his employees, agents shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. or others for whose acts he is legally liable, claim shall be made in writing to such other party within a reasonable 6.2.4 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to time after the first observance of such injury or damage. file work or property of the Owner, or to other work on 7.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND the 5ite, the Contractor shall promptly remedy such dam- MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND age as provided in Subparagraph '10.2.5. 7.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Con- 6.2.5 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to tractor to furnish bonds covering the faithful performance the Work or property of any separate contractor, the Con- of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising tractor shall upon due notice promptly attempt to settle thereunder if and as required in the Bidding Documents with such other contractor by agreement, or otherwise to or in the Contract Documents. msolve file di5ptite. If 5LICh separate contractor sues or initiatf,@ an arbitrition proceeding agairm the Owner on 7.6 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES a@count of ariv damage alleged toj ha,.e been caused bv 7.6.1 The duties and obi,.4atwn@ impo,@ed b\ the Contract the Contractor, the Owner shall notify the Contractor Documents and the rights and remedies available there- who shall defend such proceedings at the Owner's ex- uncler shall he in addilion to and not a limitation of any pense, and if any judgment or award against the Owner duties, obligalions, rights and remedies otherwise im- -irises therefrom the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and posed or available by law, -hall reimburse the Owner for ill attorneys' fees and court or arbitration costs ),%hich the Owner has incurred. 7.fi.2 No action or failure to ict by the O%%ner, Architect 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any .6.3.1 If a dispute arises between the Contractor and sepa- such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or rate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning up acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be as required by Paragraph 4.15, the Owner may clean up specifically agreed in writing. AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF FHE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - THIRTEENTH EDITION - AUGUST 1976 AIAS - (P 1976 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 11 7.7 TESTS reuired if complete relief is to be accorded in the arbi- 7.7.1 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, tration. No person other than tile Owner or Contractor regulations or orders of any public authori(y having juris- shall be included as an original third party or additional diction reuire any portion of tile Work to be inspecfed, third party to an arbitration vJiose interest or respon5i- te5ted or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect bilit is insubstantial. Any consent to arbitration involving timek, notice of its readiness so the Architect mav observe an additional person or persons shall t10t MlShWte con- such Iinspection, testing or approval. The Contractor shall sent to arbitration of any dispute not described therein or bear all costs of such inspections, tests or approvals con- with any person not named or described therein- The ducted by public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, toregoing agreement to arbitrate and any other agreement the Owner shall bear all costs of other inspections, tests to arbitrate with an additional person or persons duly or approvals. consented to by the parties tc) the Owner- Contractor Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under the 7.7.2 If the Architect cleermines that any Work reuires prevailing arbitration law, The award rendered by the special inspection, testing, or approval which SUbpara- arbitrators shall be final, and jUdgment may be entered graph 7.7.1 does riot include, lie Will, upon written au- upori it in accordance with applicable law Ili any court thori/ation from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to having jurisdiction thereof. order such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Contractor shall give notice as provided in Subparagraph 7.9.2 Notice of the demand for arbitration shall he (ded -.7. 1. If such special inspection or testing,re% eals a failure in wriling ,.jth the othe, part% to tile Owner-Con tractor of the %,Vork to comply with the reuirements of the Con- Agreement and with the American Arbitration Associa- tract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs there- tion, Ind a copy shall he filed with the Architect. The of, including compensation for the Architect's additional demand for arbitration shall bc made within the time services made necessary by such failure; otherwise the limits specified in Subparagraph 2.2.12 ,%here applicable, Owner shall bear such costs, and an appropriate Change and in all other cases ',vithin a reasonable time after the order shall be issued. claim, dispute or other matter in cluestion ha,; arisen, and in no event shall it be made ifter the date %hen institt.l- 7.7.3 Reuired certificates of inspection, testing or ap- tion ot leilal or eui(able proceedings based on such Proval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly claim, di5pLIIe or other matter in uestion would be delivered by him to the Architect. barred by the applicable statute of limitations. 7.7. If the Architect I,; to observe the in5pections. tests 7.9.3 Unless otherwie agreed in %riting, the Contractor or approal reuired by the Contract Documents, he %vill ;hall car, on the Work and mi-ntain its progress during do so promptly and, vhere practicable, at the source of any arbitiation proceedings, in(] [lie Owner shall con- supply. tillUe to make payments to tile Contractor in accordance 7.8 INTEREST with tile Contract DOCUments, 7.8.1 Paynipnts due and unpaid under the Contract ARTICLE 8 Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in Writing TIME or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at 8.1 DEFINITIONS the place of the Project. 8A."I Unless otherwise provided, the Contract Time is the 7.9 ARBITRATION period of time allotted in tile (ontract DOCLIments for 7.9.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in uestion Substantial Completion of the Alork as defined in Sub- hetv.cen the Contractor and the Owner arising out of, or paragraph 81.3, including authorized adjustments thereto. relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach there- of. except as provided in Submragraph 2.2.11 with re- 8.1.2 The (late of coin men cemen I of the Work is the date spect to tile Architect's decisions on matteis relating to estiblihed in a notice to proceed. If there is no notice to artistic effect, and except for claims which have been proceed, it shall be the date of the Owner-Contractor by the making or acceptance of finall pavnient is Agreement or Such other date as may be established provided 11), St.1hparagraphs 9.1). and 9.9.5, sha il be de- therein. (ided by aillitralion in li:cordance with tile Construction 8.1.3 11,(, i),,te (if subst,intial 0unipletion of ille Work or IndwAry Arbitration Rules of tile A2metican Arbitralion c8lesignmed poilion fhere()f i,, 'I8lie I)alv (ertified by [lie Ass0m 0wh(m then obt,lining (I'lless [lie parlie,; mutually Ai( hile( I when conIrm lion i., ,titlicivnily ( omp8letv, in agice No ijbitralion arising mit of or relating M Col8dam e with the Contra( I I)ocunienls. so the 01-vner Jo tile CoIllf,ict Do(linleill" shall 0in(8lude, by collso8l0ida- (. - ted portion tion, 0joindvi or in any other manner. Ihe Ai(,hitect, 8his dri upy or utili/e the Work or d(-signa unip8loyees or consu8lta'ni. except 6by written consent con- therf,o0f t0l I8lle LJSV for whi(h it is intended. ta0inin0g a 5pec0ific reference to the 00ov.,nor-Contractor 8.1. The lerm d,iv as (ised in the ( ''ontract Documents Agreement and signed by the Architect, the Ovvner, tile sh,ill rnf,an caleni:6Iar day Unle--s otherwise specificall0 Con,tractor and any other person sought to be joined. No de5ignate2d. arbitra ition shall include by consolidation, joinder or in 8.2 PROrsRESS AND C0OMPLETICIN any other manner, parties other than th(, 0% '%n,,r the are ontrp C ' Ctor and an other persons ubstanti_l8lk ;rv.()I,ed 8.2.1 All lirne limits 5tated in the Con8(ract Document- irl a common uestion of fact or law, v,,hose presence is of the essence of the Contract. AIA Dot--UMENT A201 o;FNF.2VL OF F1E CONTRACT FOR CONSTR13CTION - THIRinNili EDITION - AOI.Usr 1176 12 a A201-1976 AIA- 1976 - THE ANU RIC INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 11-35 NEW YORK AVENUE, , W., WASIfINGTON. D.C 20006 8.2.2 The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to pay- commencement as defined in Subparagraph 8.1.2. He ment as the Owner or the Architect may reuire, and re- shall carry the Work forward expeditiously with adeuate flecting retainage, if any, as provided elsewhere in the -forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion.* within Contract Documents. the Contract Time. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME ments, payments will be made on account of materials or 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the prog- euipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered ress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner or and suitably stored at the site and, if approved in ad- the Architect, or by any employee of either, or by any vance by the Owner, payments may similarly be made separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by for materials or euipment suitably stored at some other changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, location agreed upon in writing. Payments for materials unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather condi- or euipment stored on or off the site shall be con- tions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties, ditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by de- sile or such other procedures satisfactory to the Owner lay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by to establish the Owner's title to such materials or euip- any other cause vvhich the Architect determines may ment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest. including justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be ex- applicable insurance and transportation to the site for tended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the those materials and euipment stored off the site. Architect may determine. 9.3.3 The Contrictor warrants that title to all Work, 8.3.2 Any claim for extension of time shall be made in materials and euipment covered by an Application for writing to the Architect not more than twenty days after Payment will pass to the Owner either by incorporation in the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be the construction or upon the receipt of payment by the Waived. In the case of a continuing delay only one claim Contractor, whichever occurs first, free and clear of all is necessary. The Contractor shall provide an estimate of liens, claims, securitv interests or encumbrances, herein- the probable eftect of such delay on the progress of the after referred to in this Article 9 as "liens"; and that no Work. Work, materials or euipment covered by an Application 8.3.3 If no agreement is made stating the dates upon for Payment will have been acuired by the Contractor, which interpretations as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.8 or by any other person performing Work at the site or shall be furnished, then no claim for delay shall be al- furnishing materials and euipment for the Project, sub-' lowed on account of failure to furnish Such interpreta- ject to an agreement under which an interest therein or ,in encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or other- tionS until fifteen days after written reuest is made for wise imposed bv the Contractor Or such other person. them, ind not then unless such claim is reasonable. 8.3.4 Thiz Paragraph 8.3 does not exclude the recovery 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT (if darnages for delay b,, either part@ under other provi- 9.4.1 The Architect voll. vJ11-lin ze%en da,.; ar'er tl@ re- sions of the Contract Documents, ceipt of the Contractors Application for Payment, either is@ue a Certificate for Payment to the Owner, with a ARTICLE 9 copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due. or notifv the Contractor in PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION writing his reasons for Ivithholdin.a a Certihcate as pro- 9.1 CONTRACT SUM ided in Subparagraph 9.6. 1. 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the owner-Con tractor 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will con- Agreement and, including authorized adjustments thereto, StilUte a representation by the Architect to the Owner, is the total amount payable by the Owner to tile Contrac- based on his Observations at the site as pro-, ided in Sub- for. for the performance of the Work Linder the Contrac I .:paragraph 2.2.3 and the data comprising the Application DOCUrnents. for I'milient, that the Work has. progres@;ed to the point indicated: that, to tile best of his knowledge, information 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES ind heli(4, tile CILIAlily of Ihv Work is in accordance with 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payrnent, tile Con- file ( Ontrad DOC1.1111Ctlis fSLJbjUCt to in evaluation of the tr,l(for 401,1141 'Uhmit to t2he Architect a @,(.hedu4le of values %,%'()rk for confornian(e with t2he Contract Documents 011oc.ited to flip varioLl@ portion,, of t4he Work, preparvd in 111)(8M '@Ll8b,taotii4l CoM0plPtion, to the result' of any SLJhse- sL1( 811 form and ,upported 8by sm h dma to SLI4IISI,11146,11C its (IM1111 tf@@(S 2W(0II-2MCd bv or performed Linder t8he. Contract 1( ( Uracy &@ the Architect inay r6M0ILlirv. Thi,; schedule, un- D4m unient,,, to minor devi,itions from t2he Contract Docu- less objected to 4by t4he Architect, @,hall 8be tised only is a rlienl,, correctable prior to completion, and to any specific ba,,k for the Conlractor',; Application,, for Payment. (JLI,l0lili(alioii,@ st,fled in 2his Certificate); and that t8he 4Con- Iractor i,; enhI8led to payment in tile .111100ot certified. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT fIo).%,e%cr, by issuing .1 Certificate for Payment, t2he Arch0i- 9.63.1 /\t least ten days before the date for each progress tect shall not thereby 2be de,@8miod to represent that-he 2has payment established in the 040wner-(.'t1n1r,-l( lor Agreement, VYh3LV;tiVe or continUOLIS 011-SitC inspections to t8he Contractor shall Submit to the Architect mi itemized check t8he ualily or uantity of' t2he Work Or that lie has Appli(ation for Payment, notarized if reuired, supported reviewcd the constrUdion ineans, methods, techniues, AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENIRAI CONDHIONs ()I fill CONIRACI [OR. (()N@2W'CTION - 11HRIFFNI'll IAMION - AUGUST 1976 1976 - IfIF AMERICAN INSTIfUll ()1 ARN-1111PAS, l7l; NF%V NORK AVENUt. NAV., WAIINGTON, D.(-. 20006 A201-1976 13 sequences or procedures, or that he has made any exam- .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com- ination to ascertain how or for what purpose tile Contrac- pleted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, tor has used the moneys previously paid on account of .5 damage to the owner or another contractor, the Contract Sum. .6 reasonable evidence- that the Work will not be com- 9.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS pleted within the Contract Time, or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accord- 9.5.1 After tile Architect has issued a Certificate for Pay- ance with the Contract Documents. ment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and 9.6.2 When the above grounds in Subparagraph 9.6.1 are within the lime provided in the Contract Documents. removed, payment shall be made for amounts withheld 9.5.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcon- because of them. tractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Subcon tractor's Work, tile amount to which said Subcon- tractor is entitled, reflecting the percentage actually re- Payment, through no fault Of the Contractor within seven tained, if any, from payments to tile Contractor on ac- days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Pay- count of such Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall, men(, or if the Owner does not pay tile Contractor within by an appropriate agreement with each Subcon tractor, re- seven days after the date established in the Contract qUire each Subcontractor to make payments to his Sub- Documents any amount certified by the Architect or subcontractors in similar manner. awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the ownerr and 9.5.3 The Architect may, on request and at his discretion, the Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount furnish to any SU bcon tractor, if practicable, information owing has been received. The Contract Sum shall be in- regarding tile percentages of completion or the amounts creased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable applied for by the Contractor and the action taken there- Costs Of ShUt-down, delay and start-up, which shall be ef- on by the Architect on account of Work done by such fected by appropriate Change Order in accordance with Subcontractor. Paragraph '123. 9.5.4 Neither the owner nor the Architect shall have any 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys 9.8.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or to any Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required a designated portion thereof which is acceptable to tile by law. Owner, is substantially complete as defined in Subpara- graph 8.1.3, the Contractor shall prepare for Submission 9.5.5 No Certificate for a progress payment. nor any to tile Architect a list of items to be completed or cor- progress payment, nor any partial or entire use or occu- rected. The failure to include any items on such list does pancy of tile Project by the Owner, shall constitute an not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete acceptance of any Work not in accordance with the Con- all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. tract Documents. When the Architect on tile basis of an inspection deter- 9.6 PAYMENTS WITHHELD mines that tile Work or designated portion thereof is sub'.. stantially complete, he will then prepare a Certificate of 9.6.1 The Architect may decline to certify payment and Substantial Comcletion which ;hall establish the Date of may withhold his Certificate in whole or in part, to the substantial Completion, shall state the responsibili ties of extent necessary reasonably to protect the Owner, if in the 0wner and. the Contractor for security. maintenance, his opinion lie is unable to make representations to tile heat, utilities, damage in the work, and insurance, and Owner a,; provided in SUbparagraph 9.4.2. If the Architect shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall com- is unable to make representations to the Owner as pro- plete the items listed therein. Warranties required by tile vided in Subparagraph 9.4.2 and to certify payment in the 'Contract Documents shall commence on the Date of Sub- stantial Completion of the Work or designated portion amount of the Application, lie will notify the Contractor as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If tile Contractor and thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of the Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the substantial Completion. The certificate of Substantial Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment completion shall be submitted to the Owner and the for the amount for which he is able to make such rep- contractor for their written acceptance of the responsi- resentatins in the owner, the Owner The Architect may also decline bilities, assigned to them such certificate. to certify payment or. because of subsequently disco- ered evidence or Subsequent observations. he may nullify 9.8.2 upon substanial completion of the Work fir desig- the whole or any part of any Certificate for Payment nated portion thereof and upon application by tire Con. previously issued, to such extend as may be necessary in tractor and certification by the Architect, the Owner shall his opinion in protect tile Owner from loss because of: make payment, reflecting adjustment in relainage. if any, .1 detective Work not remdied. for such Work or portion thereof. as provided in the Con- .2 third party claim, filed or reasonable evidence, incli- tract Documents. cating probable filing of SUCh Claims. 9.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT .3 failure of !he Contractor to make payment,; prop- 9.9.1 Upon receipt nf written notice that tile Work is erly to subcon tractors or for labor, materials or rearly for final inspection and acceptance and Upon re- equipment, ceipt Of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will AIA DOCUMENT A201 general conditions of the contract for consetruction Thirteen edition August 1976 14 A201-1976 AP\The ______ an ________ of architects 1735 New York Avenue. Nw. Washington , D.C. 20006 promptly make such inspection and, when he finds the 9.9.5 The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previ- Contract fully performed, he will promptly issue a final 0LJSIy made in writing and identified by the Contractor .Certificate for Payment stating that to the best -of his as unsettled at the time of the final Application for Pay- knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of ment. his observations and inspections, the Work has been com- ARTICLE 10 pieted in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY be due the Contractor, and noted in said final Certificate, 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that the 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, conditions precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and final payment as set forth in Subparagraph 9.9.2 have been programs in connection with the Work. fulfilled. 10.2 SAFETY Of PERSONS AND PROPERTY 9.9.2 Neither the final payment nor the remaining re- 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take all reasonable precau- tained percentage shall become due until the Contractor tions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that all payrolls, protection tb prevent damage, injury or loss to: bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness .1 all employees on the Work and all other persons connected with the Work for which the Owner or his who may be affected thereby; .property might in any way be responsible, have been paid .2 all the Work and all materials and equipment to or otherwise satisfied, (2) consent of surety, if any, to final be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or payment and (3), if required by the Owner, other data off the site, under the care, custody or control of establishing payment or satisfaction of all such obliga- the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or ti ons, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens aris- Sub-subcon tractors; and ing out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form J other property at the site or adjacent thereto, in- as may be designated by the Owner. If any Subcontractor cluding trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the roadways, structures and utilities not designated for Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to removal, relocation or replacement in the course the Owner to indemnify him against any such lien. If of construction. any such lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all mon- 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply eys that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety fees. of persons or property or their protection from damage, 9.9.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final injury or loss. completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as re- of the Contractor or by the issuance of Change Orders cluired by existing conditions and progress of the Work, affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, in- the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and ClUding posting danger signs and other Warnings against certification by the Architect, and without terminating hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying the Contract, make payment of the halance due for that owners and' users of adjacent' utilities. portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or cor- 10.2.4 When the Use or storage of explosives or other rected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Contract hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the Documents, and if bond,; have been furnished as provided execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the in Paragraph 7.5, the written consent of the surety to the .utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work '5LIpervision of properly qualified personnel. fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the 10.2.5 The Contractor -,hall promptly remedy all damage Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such or loss (other than damage or loss insured under Para- payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms graph 11.3) to any properly referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and conditions governing final payment, except that it and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, shall nnt constitute a waiver of claims. any SLIbcon tractor, any Su b-subcon tractor, or anyone di- 9.9.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- Waiver of all claims by the Owner except those arising one t ,or whose acts any of them may be liable and for from: \,%-hich the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 .1 unsettled liens, and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to the .2 faulty or defective Work appearing. after Substantial acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone Completion, directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by .3 failure of the Work to comply with the require- anyone for Whose acts either of them may be liable, and ments of the Contract Documents, or not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contrac- .4 terms of any special warranties required by the tor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in Contract Documents. addition to his obligations under Paragraph 4.18. AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSI`RUCTION - rHIRTEENTH EDITION - AUGUST 1976 AIA(9 1976 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 200M A201-1976 15 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible mem- coverages afforded under the policies will not be can- ber of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the celled until at least thirty days' prior written notice has prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contrac- been given to the Owner. tor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Contractor in writing to the Owner and the Architect. 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part and maintaining his own liability insurance and, at his of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as 10.3 EMERGENCIES will protect him against claims which may arise from 10.3.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons operations under the Contract. or property, the Contractor shall act, at his discretion, to 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall pur- compensation or extension of time claimed by the Con- chase and maintain property insurance upon the entire tractor on account of emergency work shall be deter- Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This mined as provided in Arlicle 12 for Changes in the Work. insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcon tractors in the ARTICLE 11 Work and shall insure against -:he perils of fire and ex- tended coverage and Shall include "all risk" insurance for INSURANCE physical loss or damage including, without duplication of 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief. If the Owner does not intend to purchase such insurance for 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such the full insurable value of the entire Work, he shall in- insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below form the Contractor in writing prior to commencement which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance operations under the Contract, whether such operations which will protect the interests of himself, his Subcontrac- be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone di- tors and the SUb-subcontractors in the Work, and by ap- rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- propriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged one for whose acts any of them may be liable: to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by failure of .1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensation the Owner to purchase or maintain such insurance and to disability benefit and other similar employee bene- so notify the Contractor. then the Owner shall bear all fit acts; reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. If not cov- .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury oc- ered Linder the all risk insurance or otherwise provided cupational sicknESS' or disease, or death Of his in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall effect employees; and maintain similar property inSUrance on portions of the Work stored off the site or in transit When such por- .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sick- tions of the Work are to he included in an Application ness or disease, or death of any person other than for Payment under Subparagraph 9.3.2. his employees; 11.3.2 The Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal in- and machinery insurance as may be required by the Con- jury liability coverage which are sustained 1 by tract Documents or by law. This insurance shall include anv person as a result of an offense directly or in- the interests of. the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontrac- directly related to, the employment of such person tors by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person; ,and Sub-subcontractors; in the Work. .5 clairms for damages, other than to the Work itself, 11.3.3 Any loss insured under Subparagraph -11.3.1 is to because of injury to or destruction of tangible be adjusted with the 0wner and made payable to the property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; Owner as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may and appear, Subject to the requirements of any applicable -.6 claims for damages because of bodily injury or mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.8. The Con- death of any person or property darn'age arising tractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any insurance moneys received by the Contractor, and by ap- motor vehicle. propriate agreement. Written where legally required for validity, shall require each subcontractor a to make pay- 11.1.2 The insurance requried by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall ments to his sub-subcontactors in similar manner. be *written for not less than any limits of liability specified 11.3.4 The Owner shall file a copy of all policie- with the in the Contract Documents, or required by law, Which- Contractor before an exposure to loss may occur. ever is greater. 11.3.5 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance 11.1.3 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 for risks other than those described in Subpara graphs shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to 11.3.1 and 11.3.2 or other special hazards be included in the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 4.18. the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if pos- 11.1.4 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the owner sible. include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall shall be filed with the Owner prior to cormmencement of be charged to the Contractor by 'appropriate Change the Work. These Certificates shall contain a provision that Order. AIA DOCUMENT A201 GENERAL CONDITIOSN OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION THIRTEENTH EDITION AUGUST 1976 16 A201-1976 AIA 1976 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 11.3.6 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against ARTICLE 12 (1) each other and the Subcontractors, Su b-s u bcon tractors,. agents and employees each of the other, and (2) the CHANGES IN THE WORK .Architect and separate contractors, if any, and th6ir sub- contractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, 12.1 CHANGE ORDERS for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent 12.1.1 A Change Order is a written order to the Contrac- covered by insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph tor signed by the Owner and the Architect, issued after 11.3 or any other property insurance applicable to the execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work, except such rights as they may have to the pro- Work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Con- ceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as trustee. tract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may The foregoing waiver afforded the Architect, his agents be changed only by Change Order. A Change Order and employees shall not extend to the liability imposed signed by the Contractor indicates his agreement there- by Subparagraph 4.18.3. The Owner or the Contractor, as with, including the adjustment in the Contract Sum or appropriate, shall require of the Architect, separate con- the Contract Time. tractors, Subcontractors and SUb-su bcon tractors by ap- propriate agreements, written where legally required for 12.1.2 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may validity, similar waivers each in favor of all other parties order changes in the Work within the general scope of enumerated in this Subparagraph 11.3.6. the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being 11.3.7 If required in writing by any party in interest, the adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall Owner as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured be authorized by Change Order, and shall be performed loss, give bond for the proper performance of his duties. under the applicable conditions of the Contract Docu- He shall deposit in a separate account any money so re- ments. ceived, and he shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in ac- 12.1.3 The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a cordance with an award by arbitration in which case the change in the Work shall be determined in one or mbre procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 7.9. If after of the following ways: such loss no other special agreement is made, replace- .1 by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly ment of damaged work shall be covered by an appropri- itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating ate Change Order. data to permit evaluation; .2 by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or 11.3.8 The Owner as trustee shall have power to adjust subsequently agreed upon; and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the .3 by cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon parties in interest shalf object in writing within five days by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or after the occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this percentage fee; or power, and if such objection be made, arbitrators shall be .4 by the method provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4. chosen as provided in Paragraph 7.9. The Owner as trustee shall, in that case, make settlement with the insurers in 12.1.4 If 'none of the methods set forth in Clauses accordance with the directions of such arbitrators. If dis- 12.1.3.1, 12.1.3.2 or 12.1.3.3 is agreed upon, the Contrac- tribution of the insurance proceeds by arbitration is re- tor, provided he receives a written order signed by the quired, the arbitrators will direct such distribution. Owner, shall promptly proceed with the Work involved. The cost of'such Work shall then be determined by the 11.3.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a Architect on the basis of the reasonable expenditures and portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Com- savings of those performing the Work attributable to the pletion thereof, such occupancy or use shall not com- change, including, in the case of an increase in the Con- mence prior to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner tract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. .and Contractor and to which the insurance company or '.IF) such case, arid also under Clauses 12.1.3.3 and 12.1.3.4 .companies providing the property insurance have con- above, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such sented by endorsement to the policy or policies. This in- forni as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized account- surance @hall not be cancelled or lapsed on account of in@ together with appropriate supporting data for inclu- such partial occupancy or use. Consent of the Contractor sion in a Change Order. Unless otherwise provided in and of the insurance company or companies to such the Contract Documents, cost shall be limited to the fol- occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. lowing: cost of materials, including sales tax and cost of delivery; cost of labor, including social security, old age .11.4 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE and unemployment insurance, and fringe benefits re- 11.4.1 The Owner, at his option, may purchase and main- quired by agreement or custom; workers' or workmen's tain such insurance as will insure him against loss of use compensation insurance; bond premiums; rental value of of his property due to fire or other hazards, however equipment and machinery; and the additional costs of caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Supervision and field office personnel directly attributable Contractor for loss of use of his property, including con- to the change. Pending final determination of cost to the sequential I losses due to fire or other hazards however Owner, payments on account shall be made on the Archi- caused, to the extent covered by insurance under this tect's Certificate for Payment. Th@ amount of credit to be Paragraph 11.4. allowed by the Contractor to the*Owner for any deletion AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - THIRTEENTH EDITION - AUGUST 1976 AIAS 1976 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK,AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 2ow6 A201-1976 17 or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract The Contractor shall carry out such written orders Sum will be the amount of the actual net cost as con- promptly. firmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved 'in ARTICLE 13 any one change, the allowance for overhead and profit UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, with respect to that change. 13.1 UNCOVERING Of WORK 12.1.5 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities Orig- 13.1.1 If any portion of the Work should be covered con- trary to the request of the Architect or to requirements inally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, Order that application of the agreed unit prices to the if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial in- his observation and shall be replaced at the Contractor's equity to the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable expense. unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 13.1.2 If any other portion of the Work has been covered 12.2 CONCEALED CONDITIONS which the Architect has not specifically requested to ob- 12.2.1 Should concealed conditions encountered in the serve prior to being covered, the Architect may request performance of the Work below the surface of the ground to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Con- or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing tractor, If such Work be found in accordance with the structure be at variance with the conditions indicated by Contract Documents, the cost of uncovering and replace- the Contract Documents, or should unknown physical ment shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to conditions below the surface of the ground or should the Owner. If such Work be found not in accordance with concealed or unknown conditions in an existing structure the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordi- Costs unless it be found that this condition wAs caused narily encountered and generally recognized as inherent by the 0Wner or a separate contractor as provided in in work of the character provided for in this Contract, be Article 6, in which event the Owner shall be responsible encountered. the Contract Sum shall be equitably ad- for the payment Of Such costs. justed by Change Order upon claim by either party made within twenty days after the first observance of the' 13.2 CORRECTION OF WORK conditions. 13.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct all Work rejected by the Architect as defective or as failing to con- 12.3 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST form to the Contract Document,,; whether observed be- 12.3.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an fore or after Substantial Completion and whether or not increase in (fie Contract Sum, lie shall give the Architect fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall written notice thereof within twenty days after the occur- bear all cost of correcting such rejected Work. including rence of the event giving rise to such claim. This notice compensation for the Architect's additional services made shall be given by the Contractor before proceeding to necessary thereby. execute the Work, except in an emergency endangering life or property in which case the Contractor shall pro- 13.2.2 If, within one year after the Date of Substantial ceed in accordance with Paragraph 10.3. No such claim Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or shall be valid unless so made. If the Owner and the Con- within one year after acceptance by the Owner of desig- tractor cannot agree on the amount of the adjustment in nated equipment or within such longer period of time as the Contract Sum, it shall he determined by the Architect. may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any appli- Any change in the Contract Sum resulting from such cable special warranty required by the Contract Docu- claim -hall he authorized by Change Order. ments, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in r 12.3.2 If the Contractor claims that additional cost is in- shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contracto volved because of, but not limited to, (1) any written from the Owner to do so Unless the Owner has previously interpretation pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.8, (2) any given the, Contractor a written acceptance of such condi- order by the Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Para- tion. This obligation shall survive termination of the graph 3.3 where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) any Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly written order for a minor change in the Work issued pUr- Ater discovery of the condition. Suantt to Paragraph 12.4, or (4) failure of payment by the Owner pursuant to Paragraph 9.7, [fie Contractor shall 13.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site all por- make such claim as provided in Subparagraph 12.3.1. tions of the Work which are defective or non-conforming and which have not been corrected under Subparagraphs 12.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 4.5.1, 13.2.1 and 13.2.2, unless removal is waived by the 12.4.1 rho Architect will have authority to order minor Owner. changes in the Work not involving an adjUstment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Tinw 'Ind 13.2.4 If the Contractor fail,; to correct defective or non- not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract docu- ronforming Work as provided in Subparagraphs 4.5.1, ments. Such changes shall be effected by written order, 13.2). 1 and 13.2.2, the Owner may correct it in accordance and shall be binding on the Owner and thee Contractor. with Paragraph 3.4. AIA DOCUMENT A201 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION THIRTEENTH EDITION AUGUST 1976 18 A201-1976 AlA 1976 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, NW. WASHINGTON, D.C. 2OO06 13.2.5 If the. Contractor does not proceed with the cor- having jurisdiction, or as a result of an act of government, rection of such defective or non-conforming Work within such as a declaration of a national emergency making a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Archi- materials unavailable, through no act or fault of the tect, the Owner may remove it and may store the,mate- Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employ- rials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If ees or any other persons performing any of the Work the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal under a contract with the Contractor, or if the Work and storage within ten days thereafter, the Owner may should be stopped for a period of thirty days by the upon ten additional days' written notice sell such Work Contractor because the Architect has not issued a Certifi- at auction or at private sale and shall account for the net cate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.7 or because proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs that should the Owner has not made payment thereon as provided in have been borne by the Contractor, including compensa- Paragraph 9.7, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi- tion for the Architect's additional services made necessary tional days' written notice to the Owner and the Archi- thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover all costs tect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner which the Contractor should have borne, the difference payment for all Work executed and for any proven loss shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate sustained upon any materials, equipment, tools, construc- Change Order shall be issued, If the payments then or tion equipment and machinery, including reasonable thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover profit and damages. such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER 13.2.6 The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good 14.2.1 If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or if he all work of the Owner or separate contractors destroyed makes a general assignment for the benefit of his credi- or damaged by such-correction or removal. tors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his in- 13.2.7 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13.2 shall be solvency, or if he persistently or repeatedly refuses or construed to establish a period of limitation with respect fails, except in cases for which extension of time is pro- to any other obligation which the Contractor might have vided, tO Supply enough properly skilled workmen or Linder the Contract Documents, including Paragraph 4.5 proper materials, or if lie fails to make prompt payment hereof. The establishment of the time period of one year to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or persistently after the Date of Substantial Completion or such longer disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders period of time as may be prescribed @y law or by the of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise terms of any warranty required by the Contract Docu- is guilty of a substantial violation of a provision of the ments relates only to the specific obligation of the Con- Contract Documents, then the Owner, upon certification tractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to by the Architect that ufficient cause exists to justify such the time within which his obligation to comply with the action, may, without prejudice to any right or remedy and Contract Documents may be sought to he enforced, nor after giving the Contractor and his Surety, if any, seven to the time within which proceedings may be com- davs' written notice, terminate the empicivnient of the menced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect Contractor and take possession of the site and of all mate- to his obligations other than specifically to correct the rials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and Work. I'llachinery thereon owned by the Contractor and may 13.3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NON-CONFORMING finish the Work by whatever method he may deem WORK expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be en- titled to receive any further payment until the Work is 13.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept defective or non- finished. conforming Work, he may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case a Change Order 14.2.2 If the Unpaid halance of the Contract Sum exceeds will be is-ued to reflect a reduction in the Contract Sum the costs of finishing the Work, including compensation where appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall for the Architect's additional services made necessary be effected whether or not final payment has been made. !hereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If -mch costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor ARTICLE 14 shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT paid to the Contractor ()r to the Owner, as the case may he qIwIl be certified I)v the ArchiteCt. U[10111 @11)pliC,160n, 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR in the manner provided in Paragraph 9.4, and this obliga- 14.1.1 if the Work is stopped for a period of thirty days tion for payment shall sur\ive the termination of the -Under an order of any court or other pUblic authority Contract. AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS or mE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION THIRTEENTH EDITION AUGUST 1976 AIAe 1976 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCIIIIECrS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 19 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL The Supplementary General Conditions contain changes and additions to the AIA General Conditions. Where any part of the AIA General Conditions is modified or voided by the Supp!ementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the provision shall remain in effect. Following is a list of subparagraphs added, modified or voided: 1.1 2.2.9 4.10.1 5.2.3 8.2.3 11.1.6 12.1.3 18.1 24.1 1.1.1 4.4 4.12 5.2.4 8.3 11.1.7 15.1 19.1 1.1.5 4.4.3 4.12.9 7.5 8.3.2 11.1.8 15.1.1 20.1 1.1.6 4.7 5.2 7.5.2 11.1 11.1.9 15.1.2 21.1 1.3 4.7.5 5.2.1 7.7 11.1.4 11.1.10 15.1.3 22.1 1.3.1 4.10 5.2.2 8.2 11.1.5 12.1 17.1 23.1 1 - I DEFINITIONS Revise first sentence of paragraph 1.1.1 as set forth below: The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary, and Other Conditions), Performance Bond, Labor and Materials Payment Bond, the Drawings, the Specifications, all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Agreement and all Modifications thereto. Add the following sentence to paragraph 1. 1. 1. Following are the Drawings which form a part of this Contract, as set forth in paragraph 1. 1. 1 of the General Conditions. List of Drawings T-1 Title Sheet L-I Site Plan L-2 Site Utilities & Details A-1 Plans and Schedules A-2 Elevations A-3 Sections A-4 Wall Sect ions/Deta i Is A-5 Details A-6 Bathroom Plans/Elevation S-1 Foundation Plan/Details S-2 Framing Plans P-1 Plumbing Plan and Schedules M-1 Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Schedules 1.1.5 The term "Provide" means furnish and install all materials and equipment incor- porGted in construction, or to be incorporated in construction, required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction. SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC- I FALLS TOWNSHIPWATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 1. 1.6 The term IlOwner" refers to the Township of Fal Is, Pennsylvania. 1.3 Copies Furnished and Ownership Add the following paragraph 1.3.1: The Owner will furnish ten (10) sets of Drawings and Specifications to the Contractor without charge, which are to be returned to the Architect or suitably accounted for upon request. In addition the Owner will furnish each Contractor, without charge, three copies of additional details or supplemental instructions issued during the course of construction. Additional copies of any documents shall be paid for by the Contractor requesting same. 2.2 Administration of the Contract Add the following sentences to 2.2.9: This shall be a conclition precedent to arbitration of any claim. Should the architect fail to render a written decision the provision of 2.2.12 shall govern. 4.4 Labor and Materials Add the following paragraphs: 4.4.3 It is the intent of these specifications to establish standards of quality and style of materials, equipment and products to be installed in this -project. Within a period of 45 days after the Con-tract has been awarded, if the Contractor desires he may submit to use materials or equipment or products other than those specified provided that the proposed substitution materi'31s, equipment and products are in no ways inferior in quality and style to those specified; it shall be the burden and obligation of the Contractor to demonstrate the lack of substantial differences in quality and style between the proposed substitute items and those specifed. The Contractor shall so request and state in a separate statement and provide a list of porposed substitutions (manufacturer brand name, catalog number, etc.) and slate what the difference each will make (addition, deduction, no change) in the Contract price (which Contract price shall be based solely on strict adherence to Contract Specifications in all respects). He shall also submit data showing that proposed substitution are not diffrerent from the specified types, or wherein they do differ. Bidders are instructed to pay particular attention to the true intent of these paragraphs. While there is not any intent to limit competition, it must be recognized that in instances where particular items or groups of items are specifically mentioned that it is the intent that competition be restricted to the specified level of quality. The term "equal" is not necessarily limited to the physical or technical properties of the product or material but is construed to encompass the finish, color, texture and other pertinent architectural qualities in like reclard. Failure to satisfy in any one respect may be sufficient cause for rejection of substitute materials. Where such substitution alters the design or space requirements indicated in the Contract, the Contractor shall include, absorb and list all items of cost for the revised design and construction, including cost of all allied trades involved. Under no circumstances will either the Architects or the Owner be liable for delays to the work incurred through Contractor's requests to have substitute materials approved. If testing is required the time thus expended shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, regardless of whether final judgement results in rejection or approval of the proposed substitution. SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution shall rest with the Owner based on the recommendations of the Architect. If requested, Contractor shall submit for inspection, samples of both the specified and proposed substitute items. No extra costs resulting from a substitution proposed by the Contractor shall evolve upon the Owner, the Architects or another Contractor. 4.7 Permits and Fees: Add the following paragraph 4.7.5: 4.7.5 The Contractor shall secure the complete approval of all authorities having jurisdiction and if necessary shall furnish all drawings and documents for such approval. He shall deliver photostatic copies of all permits and receipts for payment thereof to the Architect. 4.10 Progress Schedule Add the following sentence to paragraph 4. 10. 1: The progress schedule shall be revised and updated when requested by the Owner or the Architect. 4.12 Shop Drawings and Samples: Add the following paragraphs: 4.12.9 The Contractor shall keep one (1) copy of the approved shop and setting drawings at the project site. No work covered by shop and setting drawings shall proceed without (1) receipt by the Contractor of the Architect's or the respective Engineer's approval of said drawings and (2) distribution by the Contractor to the Owner's representative of required copies of said approved drawings. 5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work Delete paragraphs 5.2.1, 5.2.2, 5.2.3 and 5.2.4 and substitute the following: 5.2.1 The Contrator shall not award any work to any subcontractor without prior approval of the Architect. Such approval need not be given until the Contractor submits to the Architect a written statement concerning the proposed award to the subcontractor, which statement shall contain all information that the Architect may require. 7.5 Performance Bond and Labor and Materials Bond Add the following paragraph: 7.5.2 The Contractor shall be required to provide simultaneously, Performance Labor and Materials Payment Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price covering the faithful performance of the contract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder. The bonds shall be executed in the form specified herein. 7.7 Tests Add the following paragraph 7.7.5: SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 7.7.5 All material and workmanship shall be subject to inspection and tests by the Owner during construction and at oil other times and places, to the extent practicable. 8.2 Progress and Completion Add the following paragraph 8.2.3: It is the intent of the Owner to issue "Notice to Proceed" to the successful bidders as soon as possible after receipt of bids. Contractor shall commence work not more than ten (10) calendar days after receipt of such Notice. Such Notice shall be contingent upon successful bidder's satisfactory completion and execution of Agreement, Bond, Insurances and other Security forms required. Inasmuch as the performance of this Contract and completion of the work are for the- purpose of enabling the Owner to proceed with the construction of a greatly needed improvement in accordance with a pre-determined program, all provisions relating to the time of performance and completion of the work are the essence of this Contract, and it is hereby understood and mutually agreed, between Contractor and Owner, that the date of beginning, rate of progress and time of completion of the work required hereunder are essential conditions of the Contract. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time specified herein for completion of the work, is a reasonable time for completion of same. The Contractor agrees that the work will be performed in an orderly and organized manner and at such a rate of progress as will insure Substantial Completion of the entire work within a period of two hundred twenty (220) consecutive calendar days, such period to commence upon receipt of Notice to Proceed." 8.3 Delays and Extension of Time Delete paragraph 83.2 and add the new parograh 8.3.2: No extension of time shall be made for any one or more delays unless within five (5) days after the beginning of such delays a written request for additional time shall be filed with the Architect. In case of a continuing cause of delay only one request is necessary. The Contractor shall neither make or assert a claim for damage against the Owner by reason of any delays herein mentioned, including without limitation, delays arising out of change orders, and agrees that his sole claim in the event of any such delays is limited to extension of time for completion of the work. The Contractor's inability to secure sufficient manpower for the performance of the Contract shall not constitute a basis for an extension of time. 11. 1 Contractor's Liability Insurance Add the following sentences and paragraphs: 11.1.4 Add the following sentence at the end: "and shall certify that the Township of Falls and the County of Bucks are additional named insured on all policies." 11.1.5 The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract until he has obtained all the insurance required hereunder and such insurance has been approved by the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until all insurance required of the subcontractors has been so obtained and approved. The following parai'graphs list that insurance policies be extended to cover all work done by all of the Contractor's subcontractors. SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 11.1.6 The insurance required is as specified below and in the amount indicated: 1. Workmen's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance a. Statutory: Amounts and coverage as required by law of the place of the work. 2. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance a. Public Liability: Including Premises, Products, Completed Operations and Con- tractural Bodily Injury Liability $ 500,000.00 each person $1,500,000.00 each occurance 3. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance, including owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles a. 250,000.00 each person $ 1,000,000.00 each occurance b. Property Damage Liability $ 100,000.00 each occurance 11.1.7 Contractor shall maintain Completed Operations Insurance for a period of two (2) years after f i na I acceptance of the Contract. H. 1.8 Bodily injury and property damage coverage under both Comprehensive General and Comprehensive Automobile Insurance policies shall include the 110ccurancell basis wording which means an event or continuous or repeated exposure to conditions which unexpectedly causes injury during the policy period. 11.1.9 Comprehensive General Liability policies shall include Standard Broad Form property damage endorsement for the Contractor, his subcontractors and any and all other tradesmen engaged on the project. 11.1.10 Each Contractor agrees to assist in every manner possible in the reporting and investigating of any accident, and upon request, to cooperate with all interested insurance carriers in the handling of any claim by securing and giving evidence and obtaining the attendance of witnesses as required for any claim or suit. 12.1 Change Orders Revise paragraph 12.1.3.3 to read as follows: 12.1.3.3 By cost and a fixed precentage fee as stated below, the cost shall consist of: 1. For subcontracted work: Subcontractor's billings, plus 5% of subcontractor's billing for overhead and profit. 2. For Contractor's direct work: The net amount of Contractor's direct cost, labor (including payroll taxes, insurance and all other related payroll costs), materials, equipment, transportation and taxes, plus 15% for overhead and profit. 3. The addition of I and 2 above, where both apply. THE FOLLOWING NEW PARAGRAPHS ARE ADDED TO THE AIA GENERAL CON- DITIONS: SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC-5 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 15.1 Guarantees and Correction of Work 15.1.1 "General GUarantees" The Contractor guarantees all of the work, performed under his Contract, including such change orders as may be executed, for a minimum period of one (1) year from the date of Final Acceptance of the work as follows: Against all faulty of imperfect materials, and against all imperfect, careless and unskilled workmanship. The completed work shall resist damage successfully by exposure to foreseeable weather, and damage by intrusion of foreseeable wind, wind-borne water, and surface drainage. Against defacements, such as uncontrolled cracking, spoiling, delamination and peeling of finish surface such as concrete and masonry. General and Manufacturer's and Subcontractor's guarantees shall cover a longer period when and if so stipulated in respective Specification Sections. 15.1.2 "Manufacturer's and Subcontractor's Guarantees" In addition to the General Guarantees, the Contractor shall comply with and furnish any and all guarantees of whatever nature referred to in respective Specifications Section. As ,a condition precedent to his right of final payment, Contractor shall deliver to the Owner two (2) copies of all manufacturer's guarantees, service contracts, and other guarantees. In each'section of -the work in which a guarantee is required, the Contractor shall require each subcontractor to execute a satisfactory written guarantee in which the Contractor and the Owner are named as beneficiaries. 15.1.3 "Contractor's Continuing Responsibilities and Obligations" The guarantee obli- gations assumed by the Contractor under this Contract shall not be held or taken to be in any way impaired because of the Specification, indication or approval by or on behalf of the Owner of any article, materials, means, methods, arrangements, combinations or things used or to be used in the construction, performance and completion of the work or any part thereof. No acceptance or use of the work or any part thereof, nor any f ai lure to use the same, nor any repairs, adjustments or corrections made by the Owner due to the Contractor's failure to comply with any of his obligations under the Contract, shall impair in any way the Contractor's responsibility under this Contract. The specific contractural liability period of one year, for correction of observed defects in materials and workmanship not otherwise guaranteed for longer periods, shall not be construed to waive the Owner's rights u nder the Pennsylvania Statue of Limitations. 17.1 Meetings Progress Meetings :shall be held at least once each month at the job site at a regular time and day set by the Architect. The frequency may be changed by the Architect to suit current conditions. The Contractor, those of his subcontractors concerned with current progress or with scheduling of future progress, the Owner and the Architect shall each be represented at these Progress Meetings by persons familar with the details of the work and authorized to conclude matters relative to work progress, establishment of progress sche- SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC-6 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 dules, etc., as may be necessary to expedite completion of the work. The Contractor and his subcontractors attending these meetings shall present complete and definitive reports as to the status of their respective work, conditions of product and equipment, manu- facture, labor availability, productivity and cooperation, shipping data, time of completion of sequences of the work, and any other information bearing upon the execution of the Contract or subcontract. For the Owner's convenience, the Architect will chair the Meetings, will keep accurate minutes and will reproduce and promptly distribute a sufficient number of copies to all concerned. The Architect will, on behalf of the Owner, keep the Contractor informed of current change orders and field orders. 18.1 Subsurface Conditions Bidders may interpret for themselves the conditions underlying the surface of the project within the contract depths indicated on the drawings. If additional information is deemed necessary by the Bidder, it shall be his sole responsiblity to make such other investigation as he deems necessary to satisfy his requirements. Should unforeseen conditions be encountered the Contractor shall immediately give notice to the Architect of such condition. The Architect shall promptly -investigate the condition(s) and render an immediate decision in writing, setting forth such action as may be necessary to correct or remove the condition, setting forth such action as may be necessary to correct or remove the condition. 19.1 Use of Completed Parts The Owner shall have the right, with the written agreement of the Contractor, to make use of any completed or partially completed portion of the work, whether or not the time may have expired for completion but such use shall not be deemed an acceptance of the work so taken or used, or any portion thereof. Prior, however, to the Owner taking possession, an inspection shall be made by the Architect of the portions to be occupied to determine if same is in conformity with the contract and the Contractor will not be liable for any subsequent damage due to occupancy of the completed portion occupied. 20.1 Assignment All contracts are personal and the assignment by the Contractor of this Contract or any interest therein of any monies due or to become due by reason of the terms hereof or subletting any part of the work without prior written consent of the Owner shall be void. 2 1.1 Materials and Labor Contractor agrees to pay for all materials, skill, labor and instrumentalities used in or in connection with the performance of this contract when and as bills or claims therefore become due and to save harmless and indemnify and protect the premises and Owner from and against any such claims and the Owner may retain monies for such indemnification. 22.1 Strikes, Etc. The Owner assumes no obligation toward Contractor, directly or indirectly caused or arising from strikes, lockouts, action of the elements, changes in prices, costs or taxes, or other factors beyond the direct and full control of the Owner. SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC-7 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 23.1 Protection The Contractor will be responsible for breaking or otherwise damaging the facilities or premises; and any expense for repair or restoration thereof must be paid by the Contract, or the amount necessary therefore will be deducted from any money due or to become due under the Contract. 24.1 Employment Iractices The parties do hereby agree that the provisions of the H.U.D. dealing with discrimination in employment on public contracts, and the Rules and Regulations promulgated pursuant thereunto, are hereby made a part of this Contract and are binding upon the parties by reference hereto. END OF SECTIONSGC. SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC-8 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 NON DISCRIMINATION CLAUSE: During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: 1. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, creed, color, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, creed, color, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscriminating clause. 2. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, creed, color, or national origin. 3. The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice, to be provided by the agency contracting officer, advising the labor union or workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under Section 202 of the Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24,1965, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. 5. The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor, for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and orders. 6. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of such rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be cancelled, or terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by low. 7. The contractor will include the provisions of Paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or order of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section204 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with repsect to any subcontract or purchase order as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, howev, r, that in the event the contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a sub- NON-DISCRIMINATION CLAUSE I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 contractor or vendor'as a result of such direction by the contracting agency, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States." END OF NON-DISCRIMINATION CLAUSE NON-DI SCRI MINA TION CLAUSE 2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 ANTI-POLLUTION MEASURES Act No. 247 of the General Assembly of Pennsylvania, effective November 25, 1972, requires that the Township advise bidders on public works construction contracts of the federal and state statutes, rules, and regulations dealing with the prevention of the environment pollution and the preservation of public natural resources that apply to the project on which bids are being received. The bidder shall thoroughly acquaint himself with the terms of the statutes, rules, and regulations enumerated in this special requirement, and shall include in the bid prices all costs of complying with the terms of the listed statutes, rules, and regulations. No separate or additional payment will be made for such compliance. The bidder shall determine what, if any, local ordinances, codes, and regulations apply to his work. He shall comply with all such ordinances, codes and regulations. All those submitting bids agree that if awarded a contract, to construct all or any part of the project, they will undertake additional work which may be required by the enactment of new or the amendment of existing statutes, rules, or regulations occurring after the submission of the bid, and pertaining to the prevention of environment pollution and the preservation of public natural resources. If additional work is required by the enactment of new or the amendment of existing statutes, rules or regulations, the Owner is Guthorized to issue a change order setting forth the additional work that must be undertaken and such change order shall not invalidate the previously awarded contract. The awarding authority reserves the right to contract with another party with regard to the additiondl work required by the enactment of new or the amendment of existing statutes, rules and regulations occurring after the submission of the bids. The Contractor will be required to comply with the following acts and regulations, as amended. This list is comprised of three parts: Part I listing Pennsylvania's statutes and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder which are administered by the Depart- ment of Environmental Resources, Part 11 listing federal statutes in alphabetical order withg the regulations promulgated thereunder, and Part III listing other relevant Pennsyl- vania laws. END OF ANTI-POLLUTION MEASURES ANTI-POLLUTION MEASURES FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS 1. APPLICABILITY The project or Program to which the work covered by this contract pertains is being assisted by the United States of America and the following Federal Labor Standards Provisions are included in this Contract persuant to the provisions applicable to such Federal assist- ance. 2. MINIMUM WAGE RATES FOR LABORERS AND MECHANICS All laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this Contract shall be paid unconditionally and not less often than once each week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductins as are made mandatory by law and such other payroll deductions as are permitted by the applicable regula- tions issued by the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, pursuant to the Anti-Kickback Act hereinafter indentified), the full amount due at time of payment computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination decision of said secretary of labor (a copy of which is attached and herein incorporated by reference), regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the Contractor or any subcontractor and such laborers and mechanics. All laborers and mechanics employed upon such work shall be paid in cash, except that payment may be by check if the employer provides or secures satisfactory facilities approved by the Local Public Agency or Public body fort the cashing of the same without cost or expense to the employee. For the purpose of this clause, contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated under Section 1(b) (2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of section 5.5(a)(1)(iv) of Title 29. Code of Federal regulations. Also for the purpose of this clause, regular contribu- tions made or costs incurre4d for more than a weekly period under plans, funds, or programs, but covering the particular weekly period, are deamed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Insterts to follow at time of bidding pages 1 of 13pages FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION I A -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS GENERAL Applicable provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to the work in this section. TEMPORARY TOILET FACILITIES: The Contractor shall provide suitable temporary toilets, at an approved location on the site, prior to the start of any field work, and complying with State and local laws and Board of Health requirements. Toilets shall be rented from a commercial service organization. Toilets shall be of the portable chemical type with screened enclosures with door, each having a urinal and water closet, and mounted on skids. One unit shall be provided for each 30 employees.' Each unit shall be serviced by the commercial service organization, at least twice a week, including removal of waste matter, sterilizing, recharging tank, refilling tissue holders, and thorough cleaning and scrubbing of entire interior which shall be maintained in respectable condition. Remove units from site at completion of work when directed by Architect. TEMPORARY STAGING, FALSEWORK, SHORING, BRACING, PROTECTIVE ENCLO- SURES, DERRICKS, CRANES: The Contractor (and each subcontractor entering upon the work) shall arrange to furnish, install, erect, maintain, protect, dismantle and remove such temporary construction named above, for his own use during the project construction; wherever possible, for economy of time and effort, Contractor (and subcontrators) shall collaborate to avoid repetitious or redundant erection of temporary construction. The Contractor shall assume complete responsibility for stability, safety, wind and fire resistance, warning lights, signs, and operating signals and procedures and shall conform to all national safety standards, and Federal, State and Local laws and requirements. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment required to provide a system of temporary light and power for construction and paid for by him except as noted hereinafter. Provide the necessary distributing facilities and meter. The Contractor shall pay for the cost of electrical power for the work. TEMPORARY DRAINAGE OF WASTE, GROUND AND STORM WATER: Disposal in safe and satisfactory manner, by pumping and bailing and by conveying system to permit no standing water at any time on structure, temporary works, stored materials, 1;7--l fy--- I r 0 or subgrade-, is-the respons] 1r, y 0 e Contractor. He shall at all time protect and safeguard the safety, stability and integrity of temporary works, construction, structure, equipment and materials. If another Subcontractor excavates below the level of excavations required by the Contractor, the Subcontractor shall provide whatever pumping, bailing or conveying may be required to keep his excavation dry; Contractors shall de-water their own trenches. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS IA-I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 ACCESS ROUTE AND TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining access to the site. Access to site shall recognize traffic safety standards and shall be kept passable in all weather during process of the work. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner to protect and limit unauthorized access to the construction area. The Contractor shall be responsible for restoring all areas and existing municipal roads disturbed during the progress of the work to their original condition. STORAGE SHEDS, TOOL SHEDS, SHOPS, EMPLOYEES' SHEDS Each Subcontractor shall provide and maintain for his own use, and as each deems necessary, suitable and safe temporary storage, tool shops, employees sheds, for proper protection, storage, work and shelter respectively, maintain properly, remove them at completion of work. Locations shall be as directed by the Contractor, with the consent of the Owner. TEMPORARY SIGNS: No manufacturer's names or signs shall be permitted on the site. PROJECT SIGN: The Contractor shall erect a sign at the project site identifying the project and indicating that the Government is participating in the development-of the project. A four foot by eight foot sign, well braced and supported'by 4 x 4 treated posts shall be created at a prominent location approved by Falls Township and the Architect. Sign boards may be constructed from Exterior Grade B-C plywood, sanded both sides, with the 8 foot dimension horizontal. Lettering shall be in fast blue block letters of 41, and 31, minimum size. Engage an experienced sign painter to paint graphics required. The sign will incorporate the following: FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK FOR THE FALLS TOWNSHIP BOARD OF SUPERVISORS funded by OFFICE OF COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE UNIPLAN architects, engineers and planners CONTRACTOR A sign layout will be submitted to the Owner and Architect for approval before execution. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS I A-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 STAKING OUT: Before site clearing eGrthwork and site grading operations are started, the Contractor shall have the site completely staked out by an approved Engineer or Surveyor. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PROCEDURES: Provide facilities, establish procedures, and conduct construction activities in a manner which will ensure compliance with Owner's environmental impact statement and other regulations controlling construction activities at project site. Designate one person, the Construction Superintendent or other, to enforce strict discipline on activities related to generation of wastes, pollution of air/water/soil, generation of noise, and similar harmful and deleterious effects which might violate regulations or reasonably irritate persons at or in vicinity of project site. END OF SECTION IA. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS I A-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION I E - PROJECT CLOSEOUT GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and SuppleME!ntary Conditions and other General Requirements sections, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: Definitions: Closeout is hereby defined to include general requirements near the end of Contract Time, in preparation for final acceptance, final payment, normal termination of contract, occupancy by Owner and similar actions evidencing completion of the work. Specific requirements for individual units of work are specified in sections of Diviison 2 through 16. Speciel requirements for mechanical and electrical work are specified in 15A- and 16A-Series sections, respectively. Time of closeout is directly related to "Substantial Completion", and therefore may be either a single time period for entire work or a series of time periods for individual parts of the work which have been certified as substantially complete at different dates. That time variation (if any) shall be applicable to other provisions of this section, regardless of whether resulting from "phased completion" originally specified by the contract documents or subsequently agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. PREREQUISITES TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: General: Prior to requesting Architect's inspection for certification of substantial completion, as required by General Conditions (for either the entire work or portions thereof), complete the following and list known exceptions in request: In progress payment request coincident with or first following date claimed as losubstantially, complete", or list incomplete items, value of incompletion, and reasons for being incomplete. Include supporting documentation for completion. Submit statement showing accounting of change orders to the Contract Sum. Advise Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements. Submit specific warranties, workmanship/maintenance bonds, maintenance agree- ments, final certif ications and similar documents. Obtain and Submit releases enabling Owner's full and unrestricted use of the work and access to services and utilities, including (where required) occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. Deliver spare! parts, extra stocks of materials, and similar physical items to Owner. Make final change-over of locks and transmit keys to Owner, and advise Owner's personnel to change-over in security provisions. Complete start-up testing of systems, and instructions of Owner's operating/ maintenance personnel. Discontinue (or change over) and remove from project site temporary facilities and services, along with construction tools and facilities, mock- ups, and similar elements. PROJECT CLOSEOUT IE-I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Complete final cleaning up requirements. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes. At time of substantial completion on last major portion of the work, place legal notice in local newspaper, to effect that Contract has been fulfilled and project is being closed out. Comply with governing regulations for local registration and posting of notice. Inspection Procedures: Upon receipt of Contractor's request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise Contractor of prerequisites not fulfilled. Following initial inspection, Architect will either prepare certificate of substantial completion, or advise @ontractor of work which must be performed prior to issuance of certificate; and repeat inspection when requested and assured that work has been substantially complete. Results of complete inspection will form initial "punch-list" for final acceptance. All "punch-list" work is to completed within 60 days of *issuance of the certifi ate of substantial completion. The State Department of Education shall also perform final inspection of the facility to insure state law has been satisfied. The comments of th se inspections shall became an integral part of the punch-list. PREREQUISITES TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE: General: Prior to requesting Architect's final inspection for ce tification of final acceptance and final payment, as required by General Conditions, complete the following and list known exceptions (if any) in request: Submit final payment request with final releases and supportinc documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insura-r ce for products and completed operations where required. Submit certified copy of Architect's final punch-list of itenized work to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, endorsed and dated by Architect. Submit final meter readings for utilities, measured record of star d fuel, and similar data as of time of substantial completion or when Owner took possession of (Ind responsibility for corresponding elements of the work. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, damage or settlement survey, property survey, and similar final record information. i Submit specific warranties, workmanship/maintenance bond, aintenance agree- ments, final certifications and similar documents. Complete final cleaning up requirements, including touch-up of m( rred surfaces. Submit consent of surety. i Submit final liquidated damages settlement statement, acceptable to Owner. Revise and submit evidence of final insurance coverage complying with insurace requirements. PROJECT CLOSEOUT I E-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Reinspection Procedure: Upon receipt of Contractor's notice that work has been complete, including punch-list items resulting from earlier inspections, and excepting incomplete items delayed because of acceptable circumstances, Architect will reinspect work. Upon completion of reinspection, Architect will either prepare certificate of final acceptance of advise Contractor of work not completed or obligations not fulfilled as required for final acceptance. If necessary, procedure will be repeated. If necessary the State Department of Education will allso reinspect the work. RECORD DOCUME_NT SUBMITTALS: General: Specific requirements for. record documents are indicated in individual sections of these specifications. Other requirements are indicated in General Conditions, with additional provisions indicated in 15- and 16-Series sections for mechanical and electrical work, respectively. Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to record documents for Architect18 reference during normal working hours. Record Drawings Maintain a white-print set (blue-line or black-line) of contract drawings and shop drawngs in.clean, undamaged condition, with mark-up of actual installations which vary substantially from the work cis originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing "field" cond 'ition fully and accurately; however, where shop drawings are used for mark-up, record a cross-reference at corresponding location on contract drawings. Mark with red erasable pencil and, where feasible, use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of work. Mark-up new information which is recognized to be of importance to Owner, but was for some reason not shown on either contract drawings or shop drawings. Give particular attention to concealed work, which would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. Note related change order numbers where applicable. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on cover of each set. Maintenance Manuals: Organize maintenance-and-operating manual information into suitable sets of Manageable size, and bind into individual binders properly identified and indexed (thumb-tabbed); examples: Elevators, Food Serving Equipment, Finish Floor Maintenance, Lawn and Plant Maintenance, Roof Maintenance, Swimming Pool System. Include emergency instructins, spare parts listing, warranties, wiring diagrams, recom- mended "turn-arWndll cycles, inspection procedures, shop drawings, product data, and similar applicable information. Bind each manual of each set in a heavy-duty 211, 3-ring vinyl-covered binder, and include pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark identification on both front and spine of each binder. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES: General Operating IMaintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of work requiring continuing maintenance (by Owne-FT-oroperation, to meet with Owner's personnel, at project site, to provide basic instructions needed for proper operation and maintenance of entire work. Include instructions by manufacturer's representatives where installers are not expert in the required procedures. Review maintenance manuals, record documen- tGtion, tools, spare parts and materials, lubricants, fuels, indentification system, control sequences, hazards, cleaning and similar procedures and facilities. For operational equip- ment, demonstrate start-up, shut-down, emergency operations, noise and vibration adjustments, safety, economy/efficiency adjustments, and similar operations. Review maintenance and operations in relationwith appplicable warranties, agreements to main- tain, bonds, and similar continuing committments. Instruct the Owner on maintenance and preservation of live plant materials and lawns. PROJECT CLOSEOUT I E-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 FINAL CLEANING: General: General cleaning during progress of work is specified in General Conditions. Provide final cleaning of the work, at time indicated, consisting of cleaning each surface of unit of work to normal "clean" condition expected for a first-class building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturers' instructions for cleaning operations. The following are examples, but not by way of limitation, of cleaning levels required: Remove labels which are not required as permanent labels. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and window/door glass, to a polished condition, removing substances which are noticable as vision-obscuring materials. Replace broken glass. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes, including metals, masonry, stone, concrete, painted surfaces, plastics, tile, wood, special coatings, and similar surfaces, to a dirt-free condition, free of dust, stains, films and similar noticeable distracting substances. Except as otherwise indicated; avoid disturbance of natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to original reflective condition. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment clean, including elevator equipment and similar equipment in addition to that specified in Division 15 and 16; remove excess lubrication and other substances. Remove debris and surface dust from limited-access spaces including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, and similar spaces. Vacuum clean carpeted surfaces and similar soft surfaces. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains including those resulting from water exposure. Clean food service equipment to a condition of sanitation ready and acceptable for intended food service use. Clean light fixtures and lamps so as to function with full efficiency. Clean project site (yard and grounds), including landscape, development areas, of litter and foreign substances. Sweep paved areas to a broom-clean condition; remove stains, petro-chemical spills and ther foreign deposits. Rake grounds which are neither planted nor paved, to a smooth, even-textured surface. Pest Control: Engage an experienced exterminator to make a final inspection of project, and To -Cid project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Comply with governing regulations and applicable health and safety standards. Removal of Protection: Except as otherwise indicated or requested by Architect, remove temporary protection devices and facilities which were installed during course of the work to protect previously completed work during remainder of construction period. Compliances: Comply with safety standards and governing regulations for cleaning operations. Do not burn waste materials at site, or bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property, or discharge volatile or other harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems; remove waste materials from site and dispose of in a lawful manner. PROJECT CLOSEOUT I E-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE If Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated work have become Owner's property, dispose of these to Owner's best advantage as directed. CONTINUING INSPECTIONS: General: Except as otherwise required by specific warranties, agreements to maintain, workmanship/maintenGnce bonds, and similar continuing commitments, comply with Owner's requests to participate in inspections at end of each time period of such continuing commitments. Pcirticipate in general inspection of the work approximately one year beyond date of substantial completion. (Referred to as the eleven month inspection) END OF SECTION I E PROJECT CLOSEOUT IE-5 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 2A I - SITE CLEARING GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS- The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of clearing is within the limits of the grading lines and all areas noted on the drawing. It includes clearing, grubbing and removal of all trees, shrubs, brush, stumps, wood, slashings and other debris and materials of every name and nature not required to remain as part of the finished work. EXECUTION GENERAL: Before clearing operations are started, the site shall be completely staked out by an engineer or surveyor for the Architect's approval of layout and for his designation of trees to remain. The Contractor shall then notify the Architect to dispatch his representative to designate trees and/or shrubs to be left standing. The Contractor shall supply suitable tags of a permanent nature for identification and marking of those plants to remain. Removal of trees and shrubs shall include grubbing and excavating necessary to take out their entire root systems. All materials to be removed shall be disposed of away from the site as immediately (is possible. They shall not be allowed to accumulate excessively. Fi-Il depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS: All materials resulting from clearing and grubbing shall be disposed of off the site in a manner conforming to applicable laws and regulations. Disposal by burning is strictly prohibited. Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits for disposal of materials to be cleared from the site. END OF SECTION 2A 1. SITE CLEARING 2AI-I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 2130 - EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent, of excavation, filling and grading is shown on the drawings. Excavation for septic system is included as part of this work. Preparation of subgrade for building slabs, walks, and pavements is included as part of this work. Backfilling of trenches within the building lines is included as part of this work. Offsite fill as required. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Site Clearing: Section 2A 1. Bituminous PQVing: Section 2P 1. Septic System: Section 2,12 Concrete for Structures: Section 3AO. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable require- ments of governing authorities having jurisdiction. Testing and Inspec -ion Service: Employ, at Contractor's expense, a testing laboratory acceptable to Architect to perform soil testing and inspection service for quality control testing during earthwork operation. SUBMITTALS: Test Reports-Excavating, filling, and Grading: Submit 2 copies of the following reports directly to the Architect from the testing services, with copy to the Contractor: Test reportson borrow material Verification of each footing subgrade. Field density test reports. One optimum moisture-maximum density curve for each type of soil encountered. Report of actual unconfined compressive strength and/or results of bearing tests of each strata tested. EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 2130- 1 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 JOB CONDITIONS: Site Information: Dato on indicated subsurface conditions are not intended as representa- tions or warranties of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. It is expressly understood that Owner will not be responsible for i nterpretot ions or conclusions drawn therefrom by Contractor. Data are made available for the convenience of Contractor. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by Contractor at no cost to Owner. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in the areas of work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of protection during earthwork operations. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult the Utility Owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. Use of Explosives: The use of explosives is not permitted. Protection of Persons and PrQperty Attention is directed to the General Conditions and General Requirements clauses relating to protection of work, persons and property, as well as the requirements below. Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operations. PRODUCTS SOIL MATERIALS: Definitions: Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with American Association of Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) M145, soil classification Groups A- 1, A-2-4, A-2-5, A-3. Unsatisfactory soil materials are those defined in AASHTO M145 soil classification Groups A-2-6, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-6, and A-7; also peat and other highly organic soils. Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, crushed slog, natural or crushed sand, as acceptable to the Architect. Drainage Fill: Washed, uniformly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, with 100% passing a 1- 1/211 sieve and not more than 5% passing a No. 4 sieve. EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 2BO-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials free of clay, rock or gravel larger than 211 in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetable and other deleterious matter. EXECUTION INSPECTION: Examine the areas and conditions under which excavating, filling, and grading are to be performed and notify the Contractor, in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have beE!n corrected in an acceptable manner. EXCAVATION: Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material encountered when establishing required grade elevations. Excavation Classifications: The following classifications of excavation will be made when unanticipated rock excavation is encountered in the work: Do not perform such work until material to be excavated has been cross-sectioned and classified by Architect. Such excavation will be paid on basis of contract conditions relative to changes in work. Earth excavation includes removal and disposal of pavements and other obstructions visible on ground surface, underground structures and utilities indicated to be demolished and removed, material of any classification indicated in data on subsurface conditions, and other materials encountered that (ire not classified as rock excavation or unauthorized excavation. Rock excavation consists of removal and disposal of materials encountered that cannot be excavated with a -3/4 cubic yard capacity power shovel without drilling and blasting, or continuous use of a ripper or other special equipment, except such materials that are classified as earth excavation. Typical of materials classified cis rock are boulders 1/2 cu. yd. or more in volume, solid rock, rock in ledges, and rock-hard cementitious aggregate deposits. Intermittent drilling performed to increase production and not necessary to permit excavation of Material encountered will be classified cis earth excavation. Rock payment lines are limited to the following: Two feet ouside of concrete work for which forms are required, except footings. One foot outside the perimeter of footings. In pipe trenches, 611 below invert elevation of pipe and 2 feet wider than the inside diameter of pipe, but not less than 3 feet minimum trench width. Neat outside dimensions of concrete work where no forms are required. Under slabs on grade, 611 below the bottom of concrete slab. EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 2BO-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Unauthorized excavation consists of reniti.;z,' of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction uf Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Architect, shall be at Contractor's expense. Under footings, foundation bases, or retaining walls, fill unauthorized excavation by extending the indicated bottom elevation of the footing or base to the excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. Leon concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position, when acceptable to Architect. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed by Architect. . Additional Excavation: When excavation has reached required subgrade elevations, notify the Architect who will make an inspection of conditions. If unsuitable bearing materials are encountered at the required subgrade elevations, carry excavations deeper and replace the excavated material as directed by the Architect. Removal of unsuitable material and its replacement as directed will be paid on the basis of contract conditions relative to changes in work. Stability of Excavations: Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances having jurisTiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. Shoring and Bracing: Provide materials for shoring and bracing, such as sheet piling, uprights, stringers and cross-braces, in good serviceable condition. Establish requirements for trench shoring and bracing-to comply with local codes and authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of time period excavations will be open. Carry down shoring and bracing as excavation progresses. Dewatering Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. Convey water removed from excavations and rain water to collecting or run-off areas. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits for each structure. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 2BO-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Material Storage Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed, until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as herein specified. Excavation for StrLICtures: Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.101, and extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other construc- tion, and for inspection. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive concrete. Excavation for Pavements: Cut surface under pavements to comply with cross-sections, elevations and grades as shown. Excavation for Trenches: Dig trenches to the uniform width required for the particular item to be installed, sufficiently wide to provide ample working room. Excavate trenches to the depth indicated or required. Carry the depth of trenches for piping to establish the indicated flow lines and invert elevations. Beyond the building perimeter, keep bottoms of trenches sufficiently below finish grade to avoid freeze-ups. Where rock is encountered, carry the excavation 611 below the required elevation and backfill with a 611 layer of crushed stone or gravel prior to installing pipe. Grade bottoms of trenches as indicated, notching under pipe bells to provide solid bearing for the entire body of the pipe. Backfill trenches with concrete where trench excavations pass within 1811 of column or wall footings and which are carried below the bottom of such footings, or which pass under wall footings. Place concrete to the level of the bottom of adjacent footing. Concrete is specified in Section 3AO. Do not backfill *trenches until tests and inspections have been made and backfilling authorized by the Architect. Use care in backfilling to avoid damage or displacement of pipe systems. Cold Weather Protection: Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35 degrees F. COMPACTION: General: Control soil compaction during construction providing minimum percentage of density specified for each area classification. Percentage of Maxi'Imurn Density Requirement: Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density for soils which exhibit a well-defined moisture density relationship determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557; and not less than the following percentages of relative density, determined EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 2BO-5 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 in accordance with ASTM D 2049, for soils which will not exhibit a well-defined moisture- density relationship. Structures: Compact top 121, of subgrade and each layer of bGckf i I I or f i I I material at 95% maximum dry density or 90% relative dry density. Building Slabs and Steps: Compact top 1211 of subgrade and each layer of backfill or till material at 9517-6 maximum dry density or 90% relatively dry density. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Compact top 611 of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at YU"/o maximum dry density. Walkways: Compact top 611 of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95% maximum dry density or 90% relative dry density. Pavements: Compact top 1211 of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95% maximum dry density or 90% relative dry density for cohesive soil material. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade, or layer of soil material, to prevent free water appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operation. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by discing, harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value. BACKFILL AND FILL: General: Place acceptable soil material in layers to required subgrade elevations, for each area cl ssification listed below. In excavati2ns, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material. Under grassed areas, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material. Under walks and pavement, use subbase material, or satisfactory excavated or borrow material, or combination or both. Under sjtps, use subbase material. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following: Acceptance by Architect of construction below finish grade including, where appli- cable, dampproofing. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground utilities. Removal of concrete formwork. Removal of trash and debris. EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 2BO-6 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Ground Surface Preparation: Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills. Plow strip, or break-up sloped surfaces steeper than I vertical to 4 horizontal so that fill material will bond with existing surface. When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under "Compaction" for the particular area classification, break up the ground surface, pulverize, moisture- condition to the optimum moisture content, and compact to required depth and percentage of maximum density. Placement and Corn 19ction: Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 811 in loose aepth for materia compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4" in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide the optimum moisture content. Compact each layer to required percentage of maximum dry density or relative dry density for each area classification. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. Place backfill and f ill materials evenly adjacent to structures, to required elevations. Take care to prevent wedging action of backfill against structures by carrying the material uniformly around structure to approximately same elevation in each tiff. GRADING: General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section, including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerance, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are shown, or between such points and existing grades. Grading Outside Building Lines: Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain away from structures and to prevent ponding. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows: Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Finish areas to receive topsoil to within not more than 0. 101 above or below the required subgrade elevations. Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and cross-section, with fi@@ish surface! not more than 0. 101 above or below the required subgrade elevation. Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, grade and cross-section' with finish surface not more than 1/211 above or below the required subgrade elevation. Grading Surface of Fill Under Building Slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids, compacted as specified, and to required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of 1/21, when tested with a 10' straightedge. Compact ion: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and percentage of maximum density for each area classification. EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 280-7 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 PAVEMENT SUBBASE COURSE: General: Subbase course consists of placing subbase material, in layers of specified thickness, over subgrade surface to support a pavement base course. See other Division 2 sections for paving specifications. Grade Control: During construction, maintain lines Grid grades including crown and cross- slope of sub67ase course. Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders Of acceptable soil materials, placed in such quantity to compact to thickness of each subbase course layer. Compact and roll at least a 1211 width of shoulder simultaneously with compacting and rolling of each layer of subbase course. Placing: Place subbase course material on prepared subgrade in layers of uniform thickness, conforming to indicated cross-section and thickness. Maintain optimum mois- ture content for compacting subbase material during placement operations. When a compacted subbase course is shown to be 611 thick or less, place material in a single layer. When shown to be more than 611 thick, place material in equal layers, except no single layer more than 611 or less than 311 in thickness when compacted. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Quality Control Testing During Construction: Allow testing service to inspect and approve subgrades and fill layers before further construction work is performed. Perform field density tests in accordance with ASTM D 1556 (sand cone method) or ASTM D 2167 (rubber balloon method), as applicable. Footing Subgrade For each strata of soil on which footings will be placed, conduct at least one test to verify required design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of each footing subgrade may be based on a visual comparison of each subgrade with related tested strata, when acceptable to Architect. Paved Areas and Building Slab subgrade Make at least one field density test of subgrade for every 2000 sq. ft. of paved area or building slob, but in no case less than 3 tests. In each compacted fill layer, make one field density test for every 2000 sq. ft. of overlaying building or paved area, but in no case less than 3 tests. if, in the opinion of Architect, based on testing service reports and inspection, subgrade or fills which have been placed are below specified density, provide additional compaction and testing at no additional expense. MAINTENANCE: Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to specified tolerances. EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 2BO-8 FALLS TOWNSHIPWATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by Tu-bsequer;-t construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, re-shape, and compact to required density prior to further construction. DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS: Removal to Design ited Areas on Owner's Property Transport acceptable excess excavated material to designated soil storage areas on the Owner's property. Stockpile soil or spread as directed by Architect. Removal from Owner's Property Remove waste materials, including unacceptable excavated material, trash and debris, and dispose of it off the Owner's property. END OF SECTION2130 -AVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 2BO-9 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 2H I - WATER WELL GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Provide well with producing capacity of approximately 20 gallons of water per minute. Water well work is based on the following criteria: Drill well to a depth of 300 feet. Place 6-inch diameter casing full depth of drilling. Minimum 3-inch thick cement grout to a depth of not less than 25-feet from grade. Well screen to extend not less than 10-feet from end of casing. Water well work includes the following: Applications and permits for drilling and developing well. Drilling pilot hole. Drilling for final water well depth. Placing and grouting well casing. Development of well. Testing and disinfection. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Protecting Water Quality: Take precautions to prevent contaminated water or water having undesirable physical or chemical characteristics from entering stratus from which well is to draw its supply. Prevent contaminated water, gasoline, etc., from entering well either through opening or by seepage through ground surface. If well becomes contaminated or water having undesirable physical or chemical charac- teristics enters well due to neglect, provide casings, seals, sterilizing agents or other materials to eliminate contamination or shut off undesirable water. Provide remedial work at no cost to Owner. Exercise care in performance of work to prevent breakdown or caving in of strata overlaying that from which water is to drawn. Develop, pump or bail well until water pumped from well is substantially free from sand. WATER WELL 2HI-I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Protect work to prevent either tampering with well or entrance of foreign matter. Upon completion, provide temporary well cap. Driller's Requirem mts: Experienced foreman or driller to be constantly in control of well site and who has authority to take orders from Architect and, upon request, furnish well drilling information desired by Architect. ABANDONMENT OF DRILLING: If it becomes necessary to abandon drilling operation before completion of water producing well, follow regulations for abandonment of well as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. Should abandonment of drilling be necessary due to poor workmanship or negligence on part of Contractor, no compensation will be allowed. Should abandonment of drilling be necessary due to inadequate supply of good quality water, or for such other reason that Architect deems to be no fault of Contractor, compensation for work will be based on unit prices in Contract. SUBMITTALS: Samples, Records and Reports: Take samples of substrata formation at ten foot intervals and at changes in formation throughout entire depth of well. Carefully preserve samples at site in glass jars proper ly labeled for indentif ication. Furnish samples of water-biecring formation to qualified testing laboratory and well screen manufacturer for mechanical sieve analysis. Provide Architect with the following information for record purposes: Casings: Diameter, thickness, weight per foot of length, depth below grade. Screen: Diameter, opening size. Pumping Test: Static water level, maximum safe yield, drawdown at maximum yield. Log: Formation log indicating strata encountered. Alignment: Certification that well is aligned and plumb within specified tolerances. Provide Architect with bacteriological, physical and chemical analysis of water from finished well. Make analysis, certified by an approved testing laboratory, in accordance with local authority requirements, including the following: Bacteriological Evaluation: Coliform: Provide testing and report results for either multitube fermentation technique or membrane filler technique. WATER WELL 2H 1-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Physical and Chemical: Color pH Sulfate (as S04) Odor ALk. to pH 4 C02 Turbidity Nitrate (as N03) C02 Total Solids Fluoride Iron Chloride Total Hardness Manganese PRODUCTS CASING: Provide permanent seamless and welded carbon steel pipe casing for well complying with ANSI/ASTM A 589, Type IV, size, wall thickness and weight per lineal foot as indicated. Joints may be welded or threaded coupling. Provide galvanized pipe complying with ANSI/ASTM A 120. GROUT: Cement: ANSI/ASTM C 150, Type to suit project conditions. Water: Potable WELL SCREEN: Construct screen of AISI type 302/304 stainless steel, continuous slot type, fabricated by welding. Provide V-shaped openings, widening inwardly. For joints connecting screen sections, use butt-type stainless steel coupling rings. Provide screen with necessary fittings to close bottom and to provide tight seal between top of screen and we[ I casing. EXECUTION WELL CONSTRUCTION: Drill a pilot hole, minimum 411 diameter, to design depth and collect samples of formation for record and for analysis to select final screen and well depth. Provide information to Architect on static level of ground water, level of water for various pumping rates, and depth to water bearing strata. Architect will advise as to final well casing and grouting depth. Enlarge pilot hole and install permanent casing, screen and grout. Provide first section of casing with hardened steel driving shoe of standard commercial quality having an outside diameter slightly larger than casing couplings where threaded couplings are used. Mix grout with proportions of one cubic foot of cement (94 lb. sack) with 5 to 6 gallons of water. Bentonite clay may be added in amounts of 3 to 5 pounds per cubic foot of cement. If bentonite clay is added, water may be increased to 6.5 gallons per cu. ft. of cement. Place grout continuously to insure entire filling of annular space in one operation. Drilling operations or other work in well will not be permitted within 72 hours after grouting of casing. If quick-setting cement is used this period may be reduced to 24 hours. Provide permanent casing with a temporary well cap. Top of casing 3611 above existing grade, unless otherwise indicated. WATER WELL 2H 1-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 DEVELOPMENT: Develop well by such methods as will effectively extract from water-bearing formation maximum practical quantity of sand, drilling mud and other fine materials in order to bring well to a maximum yield per foot of drowdown and to a sand-free condition. Perform work in a manner that does not cause settlement and disturbance of strata above water bearing formation nor disturb seal effected around well casing, reducing sanitary protection otherwise afforded by such seal. Continue development of well until water pumped from well at maximum testing pumping rate is clear and free from sand. Water shall be considered sand-free when no samples, taken during test pumping, contain more than 2 parts per million of sand by weight. TESTING FOR PLUMBNESS AND ALIGNMENT: Set casing and liners round, plumb and true to line. Tests for plumbness and alignment must be made after construction of well and before its acceptance. Additional tests, however, may be made during performance of work. Test plumbness and alignment by towering into well, to depth of lowest anticipated pump setting, a section of pipe 40 feet long. Provide outer diameter of plumb not less than 1/211 smaller than diameter of that part of casing or hole being tested. TESTING FOR YIELD AND DRAWDOWN: After well has* been constructed and cleaned out and depth of well accurately measured, conduct final pumping test. Provide a Bailer or air ejection test as a preliminary determination of expected yield. make preliminary tests at depths where evidence is found of sufficient quantity of water to satisfy desired yield. Provide two preliminary tests as part of this work. Provide a variable capacity test pump with minimum capacity of maximum expected yield at a total head equal to drawdown in well, plus head loss in pump column and discharge pipe. Provide necessary discharge piping for pumping unit to conduct water to a point of disposal so as to avoid a nuisance or endanger adjacent property. Provide and maintain equipment of adequate size and type for measuring flow of water, such as a weir box, orifice or water meter. Measure elevation to water level in well. Provide labor, motive power, and other necessary materials, equipment and supplies required to operate pumping unit. Final testing shall consist of 8 hours of continuous pumping after maximum drawdown has been reached. After completion of final test, remove by boiling, sand pumping or other methods, sand, stones or other foreign materials that may become deposited in well. After test pump and auxiliary equipment have been installed, make arrangements for conducting pumping test and notify Architect three days prior to starting test. Note water level elevations, referred to an assigned datum in well, test pump started and adjusted to required pumping rate. Record readings of water level in well and pumping rate at 30 minute intervals. When drawdown in well is 5 feet above top of suction screen after designated time, record maximum yield of well. Upon completion of pumping test, record returning water levels in well for a sufficient period, at time intervals so that a curve of recovery rate of well may be plotted. WATER WELL 2H 1-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 DISINFECTION: Use disinfection procedures as required by governing authorities. Clean the completed, tested and developed well of foreign substances. Swab casing thoroughly using alkalis, if necessary, to remove foreign substances. Disinfect well with chlorine solution of sufficient strength to provide a minimum of 100 parts per million chlorine to water within well. Introduce solution into well using gravity, pump or drop feeder. Allow a contact period of 24 hours and then pump well until chlorine residual is less than 0.2 parts per million. UNIT PRICES: Following unit price items shall goven additions to or deductions from quantities included in lump sum Base Bid for work under this section and quantities actually incorporated in project. Insert unit prices on Proposal Form, in spaces provided. Cost of drilling, developing and testing (per foot). Cost per foot of each size casing (in place.) Cost per foot of grouting (in place.) Cost per foot of well screen (as specified in place.) Cost per hour of test pumping. END OF SECTION 2H 1. WATER WELL 2H 1-5 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 2J I - STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM INCLUDING EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the contract, including General, S upplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of work includes furnishing and installation of drain pipes, manholes, and catchbasins. Catchbasins, manholes and drain pipes shall be of the sizes, quantity and at locations shown. TESTING: Upon completion of fabrication and before any enclosing in any day, furnish all fees, materials and labor to test all piping and joints for leaks in a manner acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction. All tests shall be maintained for a length of time adequate for careful check but not less than one 12 hour test. All tests shall be made in the presence:of a representative of the Architect, and the Owner, as required. Give not less than 5 days notice to these parties before making tests. Test structures by 'filling with water at least 12 hours. All leaks shall be corrected with new materials. Pay for and make good for all damage to work and materials resulting from tests. SHOP DRAWINGS: After receiving approval on the equipment manufacturers submit for approval, without delay and previous to purchase or fabrication, six (6) copies of each of the detailed, dimensioned drawings of the following: All drainage pipe. Cast iron frame and grates for catchbasins and yard drains. Cleanouts Approval of shop drawings shall not be considered as a guarantee of measurements of installation conditions. Where drawings are approved, said approval does not mean that drawings have been checked in detail. Said approval does not in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility nor necessity of furnishing materials or performed work required by the contract drawings and specifications. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS: As work progresses, record on one plan all changes and deviations from contract drawings in sizes, lines and grade. Record and relate final location of lines by offset distances in feet and tenth, to surface improvements such as building curbs or edges of walls, make measurements to locate definitely all lines. STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM INCLUDING EXCAVATION & BACKFILL 2-11-1 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 At completion, submit the above required information on a tracing to the Architect and obtain his written approval. Drawings shall be of the some size and scale as the contract drawings. After approval of the drawings by the Architect, the tracing shall be turned over to the Architect for his records. PRODUCTS: MATERIALS AND APPLICATION SYSTEMS: Catchbasins and yard drains shall be built of heavy weight solid concrete block units equal to "Multiplex" with 1/211 coat of Portland cement mortar and 1:2 mix on interior, with cast iron frames and grates as detailed and conforming to ASTM A48-64, Class 30-B, or as, detailed. Frame and cover or grate shall be grouted at elevations shown. Brick for collars shall conform to AASI 10 Spec. M91, Grade NA. Exterior of all concrete and masonry structures shall receive two (2) coats of heavy duty pitch equal to Koppers Bitumastic No. 50 applied at the rate of one gallon per 80 square feet. No concrete shall be placed on water or in wet griound. Cement mortar for masonry joints shall consist of I part Portland cement, I part lime and 6 parts mason's sand. Concrete blocks for catchbasins and yard drains shall be laid with shove joints completely filled with mortar. Horizontal joints shall not exceed 3/411. Vertical joint 1/411 on their interior face. Strike interior joints smooth with face of the wall. Contractor has options of using precast reinforced concrete catchbasins, yard drains, etc. in lieu of masonry units. Precast concrete catchbasins shall consist of vertical precast reinforced concrete in accordance with ASTM C-478 and poured in place bases as detailed. In precast structures, joints shall be sealed with round continuous rubber ring gaskets in accordance with ASTM C-361. Submit shop drawings indicating all structure character- istics including dimensions as being equal to or greater than dimensions indicated on the drawings. Set castings at exact finished grades as shown on the drawings. Grating is to be set temporarily at subgrade in order to keep the site dry. Storm drainage shall be reinforced concrete pipe (extra strength, meeting ASTM Specifi- cation C-76-T, Class IV). Joint tolerance must comply with ASTM C-361. EXECUTION: INSTALLATION OF STRUCTURES AND PIPING: All trench and pit excavation, removal and backfilling required for this section of the work, includes all required shoring, bracing and pumping, protection for safety and property, cutting, repairing and repaving. Support all piping in perfect alignment so as to permit complete drainage. Cover, cap or otherwise protect open ends of all piping, and conduits during construction to prevent damage and entry of foreign matter. Promptly install drains and piping after excavation or cutting for same has been done. No piping shall be permanently closed up or covered before the examination and the approval of same by the Architect. STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM INCLUDING EXCAVATION & BACKFILL 2J 1-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Under no circumstances lay piping or install appurtenances in water. Provide all labor and equipment necessary to remove water continuously from all excavated areas including trenches and structures and maintain "dry" conditions at all times until concrete work and backfilling are complete. Exercise care to protect the roots of trees to remain. Within the branch spread of such trees, perform all trenching by hand. Open the trench only when the utility can be installed immediately; prune injured roots cleanly; backfill as soon as possible. Perform all this work under the direction of the Architect. Backfill materials shall contain no roots, no clay, no debris and no stones above 31, diameter. Excavation shall not be opened for more than 100 feet in advance of the piping laying, nor left unfilled more than 100 feet in the rear of the piping laying. Piping shall be inspected and approved before backf i I I ing of trenches. Trench widths shall be at least pipe diameter plus 24 inches. All piping shall be laid on a 611 layer of compacted granular material. After piping is installed, backfill -with additional granular Material for a height of 60% of the pipe diameter. The previous paragraph's description of granular material bedding and backfilling may be waived if, in the Architect's opinion, the excavation is in good bearing soil. In such case, the piping shall be laid on a flat bottom trench. Granular material shall consist of hard, durable crushed stone or gravel. It shall be free of any significant amount of flat, laminate elongated pieces and shall be devoid of all shells, clay, linestone or other deletrious material. Size and graduations shall be 1/41, to 1/211 with 75% less than 3/4. Pipe laying shall commence at the lowest point in the systems and lay the pipe with the upgrade. Test pipe for soundness and clean interior and joint surfaces before lowering the pipe into the trench. Lay pipe in straight lines and on uniform grades between points where changes in alignment or grade are shown. Bed the pipe barrel uniformly. Check the line and invert grade of each pipe from a top line carried on batter boards not over 25 feet apart. Fit the pilx.- to form a smooth uniform invert. Keep a stopper in the pipe mouth when laying pipe is not in progress. Backfilling: Backfill trenches only after piping has been successfully inspected tested (Ind locations of pipe and appurtenances have been recorded. No backfilling shall be done before receiving authorization from the Architect or his representative. Backfill by hand around pipe for a depth of 61, above the pipe; tamp firmly in layers not exceeding 611 in thickness, taking care not to disturb the pipe. Compact the remainder of the backfill thoroughly with a rommer of suitable weight or with an approved mechanical tamper, provided tkat under the pavements, walls and other surfacing the backfill shall be tamped solidly in layers not thicker than 911 to a minimum of 95% density at optimum moisture content as determined and controlled by the American Association of State Highway Officials 'Standard Method T-180, or by equivalent American Society for Testing and Materials Standard Method D- 1557, latest edition. STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM INCLUDING EXCAVATION & BACKFILL 2J 1-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Uncut or backf ill areas in locations to be landscaped and not otherwise specified above shall be compacted to not less than 90% of he referenced density test, or as required to prevent noticeable sinkage or settlement. Where, in the Architect's opinion, the excavated material is unsuitable, granular material shall be used as backf ill. Where rock is encountered, it shall be removed as directed by the Architect. Where rock occurs in the bottom of the trench, it shall be excavated below the bottom of the pipe sufficiently to permit at least 61, depth of suitable earth or fill which shall be tamped and formed to fit the pipe as hereinafter described. Adjusting existing rims of catchbasins, manholes, etc. shall be as directed and approved by the Architect. Restore all surfaces disturbed or damaged during installation of work. Puddling with water will not be permitted for consolidating fill or backfill; it shall be sprinkled if dry or turned and spread out to dry if soaked, as needed to attain the optimum moisture content specified. Install piping passing through concrete or masonry walls within watertight cast iron or wrought iron sleeves. Cover, cup or otherwise protect open ends of all piping during construction to prevent damage and entry of foreign matter. Promptly install drains and piping after excavating or cutting for same has been done. No piping shall be permanently closed up, furred in or covered before the examination and approval of same by Architect. Under the Plumbing Section, leader drains will be installed and terminated 51-011 outside the building. The Contractor shall install drain pipe connection and approved clean-outs to the storm water drains of the type and sizes shown on the drawings. MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING: Flush and clean all storm sewers included within the work of this section. Use water in sufficient volume to obtain free flow through each line. Remove all obstructions and correct all defects discovered. Remove all silt and trash from basins and manholes. Piping and structure must be kept reasonably clean throughout progress of project work. In addition, they must be cleaned again just prior to final acceptance of the work. END OF SECTION 2J 1. STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM INCLUDING EXCAVATION & BACKFILL 2J 1-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 2,12 - SEPTIC SYSTEM GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of septic system work is shown on drawings. Septic system work includes but is not limited to the following: Septic tank Distribution box Drainage field Comply with requirements of applicable Division 2 sections for excavations and backtilling required in connection with septic system. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Installer Qualifications: Not less than two years experience installing septic systems. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Comply with requirements of local regulatory agencies having jurisdiction and National Standard Plumbing Code (NSPC). SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Submit product data and installation instructions for septic system components. Maintenance Data: Submit septic system manufacturer's recommendations for periodic maintenance. PRODUCTS SEPTIC TANK: Provide precast reinforced concrete septic tank, of size and capacity shown on drawings. DISTRIBUTION BOY,: Provide precast reinforced concrete distribution box, of size and configuration as shown on drawings. Construct of same materials as septic tank, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements of NSPC. DRAINAGE FIELD: Furnish drainage pipe complete with bends, adapters, couplings, collars, and joint mate- rials, to suit project. SEPTIC SYSTEM 2J2-1 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Drains: Perforated polyvinyl chloride pipe, ANSI/ASTM D 2729. Filter Material: Washed, crushed stone or gravel, graded from 2-1/21, to 3/411, ANSI/ASTM D 448, Size 24. EXECUTION INSPECTION Installer must examine areas to receive septic system to verify complete excavation to elevations and slopes indicated. INSTALLATION: Filtering Material: Place supporting layer of filtering material over compacted trench base to compacted depth as indicated, or if,not indicated, to a compacted depth not less than 611 below botton of pipe. Laying Drain Pipe: Lay drain pipe solidly bedded in filtering material. Provide full bearing for each pipe section throughout its length, to true grades and alignment, and continuous slope in direction of flow. Lay perforated pipe with perforations down and joints tightly closed in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations. Provide collars and couplings (is required. After drain lines have been installed, place additional filtering material around sides and top to compacted depth as indicated or, if not indicated, to a compound depth of 811 above top of pipe. Testing Drain Lines: Test or check drain lines before backfilling to assure free flow. Remove obstructions, replace damaged components, and retest system until satisfactory. Backfill: Immediately backfill trench with excavated soil, mounding but not compacting soil above original grade. Do not permit construction equipment on backfilled trenches. END OF SECTION 2J2. SEPTIC SYSTEM 2-112 FALLS TOWNSHIPWATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 2P2 - BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General, Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of the bituminous concrete paving is shown on the drawings. The following are included as part of this work: Subgrade for roads and parking areas. Bituminous roads and parking areas. Road and parking painted lines and markings. QUALITY ASSURANCE: - Codes and Standards: Bituminous concrete paving materials and placement methods covered in this section shalf conform to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Transportation (PennDOT), Specifications Form 408. All work shall comply with any other applicable PennDOT standards and regulations. Where "Engineer" is mentioned in the Penn(DOT specification, it shall mean "Architect". Paragraphs entitled "Basis of Payment" PennDOT specification shall not apply. PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION: General: All work shall be installed under the requirements of applicable sections as specified herein. Protect paving against traffic until surface has properly cured. Provide temporary barriers, warning lights and other protection as necessary. Remove when no longer required subject to Architect's approval. SUBGRAIDE PREPARATION: Alter and refine and grade as necessary to bring subgrade, after compaction, to required grades and sections as shown on the drawings. Extend this refinement 12 inches horizontally beyond edges of the paving. spongy and otherwise unsuitable material and replace with approved material. Loosen Add water to filled areas to provide optimum moisture content and tamp or roll. Remove exceptionally hard material and recompact to density of the entire subgrade. Compaction shall be done wherever possible with a roller weighing approximately seven to ten tons. Where compaction cannot be accomplished by rolling, hand tampers shall be used. BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING 2P2-1 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Penn DOT Specification Section 210 shall apply. PAVING MATERIALS: The bituminous concrete mixture shall be hot-mixed, hot-laid asphaltic concrete. The mixture shall be produced in an approved plant meeting the requirements of ASTM Designation D-995 of either the batch type or continuous mix type, capable of maintaining a satisfactory product. The mixture shall be transported to the site of placing in clean, tight vehicles. The loads shall be covered with tarpaulins while in transit to maintain temperature of the mixture and protect it from the elements. The Material shall be uniformly spread over the entire area by means of a self-propelled paving machine. All work shall meet the applicable requirements of Specifications Form 408, Section 400, Bituminous Pavements; Section 401 - Plant Mix Pavements. All paving shall be placed to continuous wood or metal forms at edge and/or edges mechanically cut to provide true line and shape. The mixture shall be placed to provide spec if i ed surface course th ickneSS at edges. If forms are used, they shall be removed when the material has cured, and the area brought to' grade with new topsoil and seeding. PAVING INSTALLATION: Crushed Aggregate Base Course: Provide a crushed aggregate base course laid in courses fully choked and rolled to the compacted thickness indicated on the drawings. Crushed aggregate base course shall comply with PennDOT Specifications Form 408, Section 310. Bituminous Concrete Base Course (Black Base): Provide a base course of hot-mixed, hot- laid bituminous concrete over specified stone aggregate base course, in strict conformance with PennDOT Specification Form 408, Section 305, Bituminous Concrete Base Course and compacted to thickness indicated on the drawings. Bituminous Concrete Paving: Provide a bituminous concrete surface course conforming the PennDOT Specification Form 408, Section 420, Bituminous Concrete Surface Course, ID- 2A. Bituminous concrete surface source shall consist of a binder course and a wearing course constructed on specified base course. Binder course shall be ID-2A, 1-1/2 inches in thickness after compaction by not less than a 10 ton roller. Wearing course shall be ID-2A, I inch in thickness after compaction by not less than a 10 ton roller. Surface course shall have a total thickness of 2-1/2 inches and weigh not less than 275 lbs. per sq.yd. after compaction. When wearing course does not follow base course work promptly, before applying wearing course repair any damage to base course and apply tack coat to base course. Tack coat shall conform to AASHO M-140, Type RS-I, rapid-setting type, and be applied at .05 to .07 go[./sq.yd. BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING 2P2-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 ROAD AND PARKING PAINTED LINES AND MARKINGS Paint shall be chlorinated rubber-alkyd type FS TT-P-I IS, Type Ill. Paint 4-inch wide parking stripes and road markings as shown on the drawings. Apply by brush or zone marking equipment, one coat. Lines shall be carefully laid Out and edges shall be even -and true. END OF SECTION 21P2 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVING 2P2-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 2V3 - LAWNS GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of work includes spreading of topsoil from stockpiles, furnishing of ground limestone, phosphate and potash, fertilizer and provision of maintenance. GUARANTEE: All seeded areas shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year. See section 2V7 for additional information regarding guarantee of plant materials. JOB CONDITIONS: Prior to the commencement of the seeding operation a site inspection shall be made by the Owner's Representative, Architect, General Contractor and Seeding Contractor. A letter of acceptance of the site shall be received by the General Contractor from the Seeding Contractor prior to commencement of the seeding operation. All rough grades and drainage swales shall be established to an acceptable elevation of +1". All materials furnished in accordance with the requirements of this specification shall be delivered where applicable in sealed, unbroken bags bearing the brand and maker's named, and shall be stored on platforms and be properly covered to protect them from the weather and damage. Seeding may be accomplished between March 15th and May 15th, or between August Ist and October Ist. Any seeding time other than the above specified period must have prior approval of the Architect. SUBMITTALS: Contractor shall pay for and submit to Architect for approval, a certified analysis of all fertilizer and seed used on this project and in addition, furnish all weight and/or load slips for materials delivered to the job site. This requirement will be strictly adhered to. Do not sow seed until Architect has approved the analysis. PRODUCTS GENERAL: When construction work is finished and after rough grading has settled and been approved, sticks, stones, or foreign material 2 inches or greater shall be removed from the subgrade. The surface shall be harrowed and otherwise loosened to a depth of 311. Larger stones and boulders shall be removed or buried 1811 below finished grade in areas where no trees are to be planted. LAWNS 2V3-1 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Topsoil shall be spread from the stockpiles over all areas within Contract Limit Lines, previously stripped of topsoil, so that after natural settlement it will conform smoothly to the lines, grades and elevations shown. After spreading topsoil, all large stiff clods, hard lumps, roots, litter, other foreign matter and stones larger than I'11 in greatest dimension shall be raked up from the topsoil areas and removed from the premises. All topsoiled areas shall be raked to a smooth, uniform surf (ice. Additional topsoil required to complete work shall be supplied at no extra cost to the Owner. All additional topsoil shall consist of natural fertile agricultural soil of good texture, free from subsoil and from an area free from roots, sods, rubbish, Japanese Beetles and other dangerous insect larvae. Topsoil shall have come from arable areas with good normal drainage and shall contain no toxic substances which may be harmful to plant growth. The sourcl@' of additional topsoil shall be approved in writing by the Architect. Topsoil shall contain at least 3% decayed organic matter (humus). P-lacement of topsoil shall be performed only when it can be followed within a reasonable time by the seeding operation. MATERIALS: LIME: Shall be raw ground limestone with not less than 90% total carl@@nates, 98% passing in a 20 mesh sieve, and a maximum of 40% of content passing a 100 mesh sieve. PHOSPHATE AND POTASH: Shall be commercially produced grade, containing not less than 20% phospheric- @@cidand 20% potash with a formula of 0-20-20. FERTILIZER: Fertilizer for lawn areas shall be ureaform type (50% nitrogen shall be from ureaform source), having an analysis of 10% nitrogen, 6% phosphorus and 4% potassium. Fertilizer shall be uniform in composition, dry and free flowing material suitable for application with standard fertilizer equipment. Fertilizer shall be delivered in bags or suitable containers, each fully labeled with the manufacturer's guaranteed anaylsis. Fertilizer which has become damaged or caked will be deemed unsuitable for use, and unacceptable by the! Architect. LAWN SEED: Furnish grass seed for permanent lawn mixture. Seed shall be fresh recleaned seed of the latest crop, delivered in standard sized original packages, unopened, bearing guaranteed analysis, name of vendor and mixed in the following proportions: Percentage Percent Percent Maximum by Weight Type Purity Germination Weed Content 50% Pennstar Kentucky Bluegrass 98% 85% 0.5% 40% Jamestown Red Fescue 95% 85% 0.5% 10% Manhatten Ryegrass 98% 85% 0.5% MULCH: Mulch shall be a known wood cellulose paper fiber mulch, such as that produced gy -the Weyerhauser Company or approved equal. EXECUTION Examine all areas marked Seed to insure that they have been brought to proper elevations and that all underground work has been completed as required by the Contract Documents. LAWNS 2V3-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 The rough grade must be approved by the Architect before finish grading begins. Seeding Contractor shall notify the General Contractor in writing, of his acceptance of the site in its rough graded conditions. Specified lime shall be spread uniformly over the designated areas at the rate of 1,100 pounds per acre or 50 pounds per 1000 sq. f t. Ground limestone shal I be incorporated at the time of seeding and sodding. Phosphate and potash specified shall be spread at the rate of 1100 pounds per acre, or 25 pounds per 1000 sq. ft., by approved distributor or other suitable device. After application of the lime, phosphate and postash, and prior to ureaform fertilizer, the areas to be seeded shall be thoroughly loosened with a double disc or other suitable device, to a depth of not less than 4 inches. Any surface irregularities shall be corrected in order to prevent pockets or low area formations which will allow water to stand. Clean surface of stones, sticks, roots or other substances which will interfere with turf development or subsequent mowing operations. The ureaform fertilizer shall be distributed uniformly over the lawn areas at a rate of 1100 pounds per acre, or 25 pounds per 1000 sq. ft. Seed shall be distributed with wheelbarrow seeder, drill or suitable methods at the rate of 3 pounds per 1000 sq. ft., 130 pounds per acre. Seed shall be divided into two equal portions and the seeding made in dual posses over the area, the second pass being at right angles to the first. Areas shall be firmed after seeding by light rolling or cultipacking unless a cuttipacker seeder is employed. All seeded areas shall be mulched with known wood cel lulose paper fibre mulch, installed by properly equipped hydromulcher and performed by an experienced operator. The fibre mulch shall be evenly spread over the entire area at the rate of 1400 pounds of fibre mulch per acre. MAINTENANCE: The Contractor shall properly water, mow and otherwise maintain all seeded areas to the satisfaction of the Architect until final acceptance. Prior to final approval of the work, any areas which shall have been damaged from erosion, washout, or other causes or fail to show a uniform stand shall be repaired by filling with topsoil rolled at the Contractor's expense. Reseeding shall be repeated until all areas are satisfactorily covered with gross. Mow gross to a height of 1-1/2" to 211 as directed by the Architect. Contractor shall be responsible for a minimum of two mowings. During the installation and the germination of the seeded section, the Contractor shall irrigate these areas. After the seed has germinated and after the last mowing, the subsequent water application shall be the responsibility of the Owner. The water will be supplied and paid for by the Owner, however, temporary irrigation equipment shall be supplied by the Contractor if the Owner has not provided same. END OF SECTION 2V3. LAWNS 2V3-3 FALLS TOWNSHIPWATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 2V_7 - TREES GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provislions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of work includes the furnishing and planting of trees as shown on the drawings, also fertilizing, providing topsoil and peatmoss, mulching, spraying with anti-dessicant, wrapping, staking or guying, pruning, maintenance, final clean-up and guarantee. GUARANTEE OF PLANTING: Prior to the expiration of a one-year period from the date of final acceptance the Contractor shall replace at his expense and in accordance with the drawings and these specifications all plant materials furnished and planted under this contract which are dead or, in the opinion of the Architect, are in an unhealthy or disfigured condition due to defective workanship, dead branches, or other valid cause. All other material -that is removed for the purpose of replacement of plant material under guarantee shall be replaced as originally detailed and is to be part of'this guarantee. PRODUCTS: Plant names shall agree with nomenclature of "Standarized Plant Names" as adopted by the American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature, current edition, size and grading standards shall conform to those of the American Association of Nurserymen unless otherwise specified. No substitutions shall be permitted except by written permission of the Architect. The quality of all plants shall be typical of their species or variety. They shall have normal, well-developed branches and vigorous root systems. They shall be free of fibrous defects, disfiguring knots, sun-scaled injuries, abrasions of the bark, plant diseases, insect eggs, borers, and all forms of infestations. All plants shall be nursery grown unless otherwise stated; they shall have been growing under the some climatic conditions as the locations of this project for at least two years prior to the date of planting on this project. Plants held in cold storage will be rejected. If collected plants are allowed and selected, they shall be taken from a subgrade favorable to good root development. All collected materials shall be clean, sound stock, free from decaying stumps. The time of planting shall be determined by the Architect. For measurement purposes, a plant shall be dimensioned as it stands in its natural position. Trees shall be calipered 6 inches above ground. Stock furnished shall be a fair average of the minium and maximum sizes specified. Large plants cut back to sizes specified will not be accepted. In preparing plants. for moving, all precautions in good nursery practice shall be taken and workmanship that -fails to meet the highest standards shall be rejected. All plants shall be dug to retain as many fibrous roots as possible. The size of the ball of balled and TREES 2V7-1 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 burlapped, and balled and platformed plants shall be at least 1211 in diameter for every inch of the maximum caliper size specified. The ball shall be solid ball of earth, securely held in place by burlap and stout rope. Oversize or exceptionally heavy plants are acceptable if the size of ball or spread of the roots is proportionately increased. Loose, broken or fabricated balls of earth will be rejected. Balled and platformed plants shall be securely tied with stout rope to sturdy platforms equal in size to the diameter of the upper half of the bal I of earth. For delivery, all plants shall be packed, transported and handled with utmost care to insure protection against injury. Each shipment shall be certified by State and Federal authorities to be free from disease and infestation. Any inspection certificate required by law to this effect shall accompany each shipment invoice or order of stock. On arrival, the certificate shall be filed with the Architect. Balled and burlapped plants shall be set on the ground and the balls covered with moist soil. Until planted, all plant material shall be properly maintained to the satisfaction of the Architect. All plants are subject to inspection and approval at point of origin before or after award of contract. No plant material shall be planted until inspected and approved. Any rejected plan, material shall be immediately removed from the site and replaced with acceptable plant material at no extra cost. Plant materials shall be planted at such times as are approved by the Architect. Beds of topsoil previously spread in accordance with these specifications shall be reworked until they are friable, free from mortar and debris, accurate to line and grade and otherwise suitable for planting operations. EXECUTION: Planting of trees shall be in pits twice as wide as the diameter of the ball and 611 deeper than the depth of the ball or root system. Plant pits shall have vertical sides unless otherwise directed. Subsoil from planting excavations shall be removed from site. Plants shall be planted plumb at the some level at which they have grown unless otherwise specified on the drawings. The balls of earth of balled and burlapped plants shall not be loosened or otherwise damaged during planting operations. All large and fleshly roots which are bruised or broken shall be pruned with a clean cut before planting. The burlap shall be cut away from upper half of ball and remaining burlap adjusted to prevent formation of air pockets. Soil shall be firmed at 6 to 8 inch intervals and thoroughly settled with water. Backfill shall be one part peat, three parts topsoil mixture. To the topsoil used in backfilling tree pits, thoroughly incorporate commercial raw bonemeal as follows: 5 pounds for major trees 2 to 3 inches in caliper. Trees and plant areas shall be mulched with 311 thick layer of an approved prepared Pine Bark Mulch (medium size) and fertilizer as directed by the Architect with commercial fertilizer. They shall be cultivated and raked over and they shall be left in a clean, orderly condition with shallow basins or "saucers" at least as large as the holes in which the trees and plants have been planted. Submit samples of the bark mulch for approval. TREES 2V7-2 FALLS TOWNSHIPWATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 All trees shall be staked or guyed securely in accordance with standard practice. Care shall be taken so thl3t stakes and guy wires will not create pedestrian or vehicular hazards. Stakes for supporting trees shall be 211 x 211 x 81 No. I sound Douglas Fir, or 81 long cedar posts with bark. Wire shall be No. 10 gouge, pliable, galvanized. Hose shall be new 2 ply reinforced garden hose. Use black color throughout the project. Each tree shall be pruned to preserve the natural shape and character of the plant. In general, at least 113 of the wood of deciduous plants shall be removed by thinning the branches, but no leaders shall be cut. All soft wood or slicker growth and all broken, dead, or badly bruised branches shall be removed with clean cuts. All pruning cuts sh,311 be made with sharp tools and shall be sharp tools and shall be sharp and clean. Pruninq cuts over 3/411 diameter shall be painted with approved tree surgery paint, immediately after they are made. Immediately after planting and staking, all plant material shall be sprayed with an approved anti-dessicant, using an approved power sprayer for applying an adequate film over trunks, branches and leaves. Anti-dessicants shall be used in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and shall be delivered to the site in manUfGCturer's sealed containers. Tree trunks shall be securely wrapped after spraying with a 611 new burlap bandage, securely tied at the top and bottom and at 21 intervals along the trunk of the tree, or krinklekraft paper :30.30.30 from the bottom to height of the lowest branches. Provide 50% overlap with wrappi'ng material. All plants shall be! thoroughly watered during and after planting operations as weather conditions require for the entire maintenance period. Due care shall be exercised to avoid "washing out" of the mulched soil. Minimum watering is considered as one socking per week. All planted trees and all planting areas within the limits of this contract shall be maintained until all work under contract is approved and accepted by the Architect. Maintenance shall include watering, weeding, cultivating and pruning; adjustment and repair of stakes, anchors and wires, repair of minor washouts and gullies and other horticultural operations necessary for the proper growth of plants and maintaining a neat appearance of all work under contract. Weeds shall not be allowed to attain a growth over 611 before being removed. The Architect's abstaining from disapproval of work in the course of operations, or during the inspection of -the work shall not be interpreted as acceptance of the work not in conformance with -these specifications. Improper work and/or materials shall be corrected whenever discovered. FINAL CLEAN-UP: The Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all his rubbish and surplus material as fast as it accumulates and shall not permit it to be scattered about the building or site. If he fails to atterd to this clean-up promptly and satisfactorily, the Owner shall have the right to employ others for the work and charge to cost of such employment against his obligations to the Contractor. TREES 2V7-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 MAINTENANCE: The Contractor will be held responsible for the maintenance of all work and parts thereof prior to final acceptance. Maintenance shall include watering of seeded areas, mowing, weeding, cleaning up, edging, repairs of washouts and gullies, repairs to protecting fences, necessary work of main- tenance. After final acceptance by Owner, the Contractor will not thereafter be required to do any of the above listed work, except that nothing contained herein shall release the Contractor from his obligations under the Contract. END OF SECTION 2V7. TREES 2V7-4 FALLS TOWNSHIPWATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 3AQ - C01'-4CRETE WORK RELATED.DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment required to perform the work of this section as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein. In general, the work shall include but not necessarily be limited to the following: Footings and Foundations, concrete piers and footings on earth. Building into concrete of all embedded items, furnished by -this section and (311 other trades. Grouting of base plates. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS: The Contractor will be required to coordinate the related work of other sections with the work of tFI-s-section and be responsible for the timely and expeditious performance of same. TECHNICAL SPECIF I CATIONS: The current issue of ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" is a part of this specification and applicable to the entire project. A minimum of one (1) copy of the ACI Field Reference Manual (Publication SP-15) containing ACI 301 shall be in the project field office! at all times for reference by the Architect and Owner's Representa- tives. The publication i@ available from: American Concrete Institute PO Box 19150 Redford Station Detroit, Michigan 48219 The following requirements shall be inserted, added or substituted as revised items into the designated sections. of ACI 301 Specifications. 1.5 The following standards and recommendations are considered mandatory for purposes of Th-i-s -Specifications and all workmanship and procedures shall comply with them when applicable. ACI 211.1, ACI 221.2, ACI 212, ACI 214, ACI 302, ACI 614, ACI 304, ACI 605, ACI 306, ACI 308, ACI 609, ACI 315, ACI 318, ACI 347, AWS, D12.1, CRSI Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars. 2.2.1.2 All concrete shall contain the water-reducing set controlling admixture "Pozzolith" by Masters Builders Company or "Eucon WR-7511 by Euclid Chemical Company or approved equal, exceeding the requirements of ASTM C494, of type and quantity as by the manufacturer. The Manufacturer shall provide a qualified concrete technician at no cost to the Owner, to assist in the proportioning of concrete for optimum use of the admixture. CONCRETE WORK 3AO- I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 3.7.1 The use of admixtures containing chloride or other chloride salts in excess of 2% by weight of cement is prohibited. 3.8 Each class and type of concrete shall require a separate submission for proportioning of ingredients. The brand of aggregates shall be stated in the mix proportions and shall not be changed during the duration of the project without specific approval by the Architect. The General Contractor shall provide at his own expense preliminary mix proportions and test results which shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. The name of the testing laboratory shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. 5.1.1 Reinforcing Bar Shop drawing shall contain elevations of all concrete walls, drawn to scale of at least 1/4 inch to the foot, which shall show the top and bottom level of walls as well as reinforcing. 8.3.4 All concrete shall be consolidated using mechanical vibrators. Concrete Materials: Cement shall be "Type I" ASTM C150 one brand from one source. Fine and course aggregate shall conform to the Specifications for Concrete Aggregate ASTM C33. Water shall be clean, free of deleterious material which would impair strength or bond. TYPES OF CONCRETE: Structural Concrete: All concrete shall be stone concrete having an ultimate strength of 3000 15SI at 28 days. Submit concrete mix design reports for each type and class of concrete to the Architect for review and approval. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: Grout shall be non-shrinking grout equal to "Embecoll from Masters Builders Company. Furnish and install wedge type inserts as specified herein. Wedge inserts shall be malleable iron, 3/41, bolt tFpe, with a rated working load capacity of 4500 tbs. type HW-340, Hohmann and Barnard or approved equal. Furnish and install dovetail slots, reglets, anchors and rods, required to be built into the work of this section, as shown on the drawings, and required to complete the work of other trades. All concrete exposed to weather in the finished building shall contain an approved air- entraining admixture conforming to ASTM C260. All concrete surfaces not covered by additional finish shall receive an application of "Mostercron" by Masters Builder Co., "Surflex" by Euclid Chemical Co. or equal. Such application shall be performed at a rate not less than 1/2 pounds per square foot. High chairs, bolsters and other supports, where concrete surfaces are exposed to view and legs of supports are in contact with formwork, shall have plastic tipped legs. FORMWORK: Provide charnfers at all corners where indicated on drawings. CONCRETE WORK 3AO-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 CONTROL OF DRYING SHRINKAGE: Proportions of ingredients for concrete shall be such as to minimize the effects of shrinkage. Provide hard aggregates with high density and modulus of elasticity and with moderate porosity or absorption. Test data for these properties shall be submitted. Water cement ratio shall be as low as practicable. Curing practices shall be such that shrinkage will be held to a minimum. END OF SECTION CONCRETE WORK' 3AO-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 5J I - MISCELLANEOUS METAL, GENERAL GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Miscellaneous metal work, includes fabricated iron and steel shapes, plates, bars, strips, tubes, pipes and castings which are not a part of the structural steel or other metal systems in other sections of these specifications. The types of miscellaneous metal items include, but are not limited to the following: Carpenter's iron work Ladders and ship ladders Loose steel lintels Shelf angles Miscellaneous framing, bracing, and supports for window wall framing, folding doors and walls, smoke door supports, and exterior soffit. Miscellaneous steel trim Pipe railing, handrails and supports Steel pan stairs Provide all fasteners, anchorages, inserts, etc. for the proper completion of all work specified herein. QUALITY ASSURANCE Codes and Standards: Comply with the provisions of the following codes, standards and specifications, except as otherwise shown and specified. AISC "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings", including "Commentary of the AISC Specification". AISI "Specifications for the Design fo Cold-Formed Steel Structural Membersil. AWS "Code for Welding in Building Construction" ASTM A6 "General Requirements for Delivery of Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling and Bars for Structural Uses. Qualif icGtions for Welding Work: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure.,, MISCELLANEOUS METALS, GENERAL 5,11-1 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of the work. However do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting wherever the taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay the work. Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in concrete or built into masonry for the installation of miscellaneous metal work. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorage devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. See concrete and masonry sections of these specifications for installation of inserts and anchorage devices. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site. Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinate installation. SUBMITTALS: Manufacturer's Data; Miscellaneous Metal: For information only, submit 2 copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams, anchor details and installation instructions for products to be used in the fabrication of miscellaneous metal work, including paint products. Indicate by transmittal that copy of instructions has been distributed to the Installer. Shop Drawings, Mis -ellaneous Metal: Submit shop drawings for the fabrications and erection of all assemblies of miscellaneous metal work which are not completely shown by the manufacturer's data sheets. Include plans and elevations at not less than Ill to 11-011 scale, and include details of sections and connections at not less than 311 to 11-011 scale. Show anchorage and accessory items. PRODUCTS MATERIALS: Metal Surfaces, Ge ieral: For the fabrications of miscellaneous metal work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding, or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating and application of surface finishes including zinc coatings. Steel Plates, Shape; and Bars: (Except plates to be bent or cold-formed) ASTM A36. MISCELLANEOUS METALS, GENERAL 5J 1-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Steel Plates to be Bent of Cold-Formed: ASTM A 283, Grade C. Steel Bars and Bar-Size Shapes: ASTM A 306, Grade 65, or ASTM A 36. Steel Tubing: (Hot-formed, welded or seamless), ASTM A 501. Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Bars: ASTM A 575, grade as selected by the fabricator. Cold-Finished Steel Bars: ASTM. A 108, grade as selected by fabricator. Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets and Strips: ASTM A 568 and ASTM A 569; pickled and oiled. Cold-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets: ASTM A336 Galvanized Carbon Steel Sheets: ASTM A 526, with ASTM A 525, G90 zinc coating. Cold-Drawn Steel TubinT_ ASTM A 512, sink drawn, butt welded, cold welded, cold finished and stress relieved. Gray Iran Castings: ASTM A 48, Class 30. Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A 47, grade as selected Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; type as selected; Grade A; black finish unless galvanizing is required; standard weight (Schedule 40) unless other shown or specified. ANCHORS: Threaded Type Concrete Inserts (TCD: Galvanized castings, internally threaded to receive 3/4-11 diameter machine bolts; either malleable iron complying with ASTM A 47 or cost steel complying with ASTM A27; hot dip galvanized in compliance with ASTM A 153. Wedge Type Concrete Inserts (WCO: Galvanized box type ferrous castings and galvanized anchors attached to concrete reinforcing rods, designed to accept 3/411 diameter bolts having special wedge-shaped heads; either malleable iron complying with ASTM A 47 or cast steel complying with ASTM A 27; hot dip galvanized in compliance with ASTM A 153. Provide carbon steel bolts having special wedge-shaped heads, nuts, washers and shims; all galvanized in compliance with ASTM A 153. Slotted Type Concrete Inserts (SCO: Galvanized 1/811 thick pressed steel plate complying with ASTM A 283; box-type welded construction with slot designed to receive 3/41, diameter square head bolt and with knockout cover; hot-dip galvanized in compliance with ASTM A 386. Masonry Anchorage Devices: Expansion shields FS FF-S-325. FASTENERS: General: Provide zinc coated fasteners with galvanizing complying with ASTM A 153, for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class required for the installation of miscellaneous metal items. MISCELLANEOUS METALS, GENERAL 5J 1-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Standard Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A 307, Grade A, regular hexagon head. Lag Bolts: FS FF-B-56 1, square head type. Machine Screws: FS FF-S-02, cadmium plated steel. Plain Washers: FS F*F-W-92, round, general assembly grade carbon steel. Lock Washers: FS FF-W-84, helical spring type carbon steel. PAINT: Metal Primer Point: Rust-inhibitive alkaline primer #85-555 Azeron Primer as manufactured by TNEMEC Co., Inc. or approved equal. Primer point selected must be compatible with the required finish coats of paint. Coordinate selection of metal primer with finish paint requirements specified in Division 9 of these Spec if ications. Galvanizing Repair Point shall be #90-93 as manufactured by TNEMEC Co., Inc. or approved equal, for touch-up and repair of galvanized steel. FABRICATION, GENERAL Workmanship: Use materials of the size and thicknesses shown, or if not shown, of the required size and thickness to produce adequate strength and durability in the finished product for the intended use. Work to the dimensions shown or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use the type of materials shown or specified for the various components of work. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/3211 unless otherwise shown. Form bent metal corners to the smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the work. Weld corners and seams confluously and in accordance with the recommendations of AWS. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush, to match and blend with adjoining surfaces. Form exposed connections with hairlines joints which are flush (Ind smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of the type shown or, if not shown, use Phillips f lathead (countersunk) screws or bolts. Provide for anchorage of the type shown, coordinated with the supporting structure and the progress schedule. Fabricate and space anchoring devices as shown and as required to provide adequate support for the intended use of the work. Cut, reinforce, drill and top miscellaneous metal work as may be required to receive finish hardware and Sirnill3r items of work. Use hot-rolled steel bars for work fabricated from bar stock, unless work is indicated to be fabricated from cold-finished or cold-rolled stock. MISCELLANEOUS METALS, GENERAL 5J 1-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Galvanizing: Provide zinc coating for those items shown on the drawings or specified to be galvanized, using the hot-dip process after fabrication. ASTM A 153 for galvanizing of iron and steel hardware. ASTM A 123 for galvanizing of rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and stri ' thick and heavier. IS s 178' ASTM A 386 for galvanizing of assembled steel products. Shop Painting: Shop paint miscellaneous metal work, except those members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or masonry, surfaces and edges to be field welded and galvanized surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Remove scale, rust and other deleterious materials before the shop coat of point is applied. Clean off heavy rust and loose mill scale in accordance with SSPC SP-2 "Hand Tool Cleaning", or SSPC SP-3 "Power Tool Cleanng" or SSPC SP-7 "Brush-Off Blast Cleaning". Remove oil, grease and similar contaminants in accordance with SSPC SP-1 "Solvent Cleaning". Apply one shop coat of metal primer paint to fabricated metal items, except apply 2 coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from the first. Immediately after surface preparation, brush or spray on metal primer paint, applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and at a rate to provide uniform dry film thickness of 2.0 mils for each coat. Use painting methods which will result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges and all exposed surfaces. MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS: Carpenter's Iron Work: Furnish bent or otherwise fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or securing woodwork to concrete or other structures. Straight bolts and other stock rough hardware are specified in Division 6 sections. Manufacture or fabricate items of sizes,shapes and dimensions required. Furnish malleable iron washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood structural connections; elsewhere furnish steel washers. Ladders and Ship Ladders: Fabricate ladders for the locations shown, with dimensions, spacing details and anchorages as required. Comply with the requirements of ANSI A 14.3. Provide 1/211 x 2-1/211 continuous structural steel flat bar side rails with eased edges, spaced 1811 apart. Provide 3/411 square twisted solid structural steel bar rungs, spaced 12" o.c. MISCELLANEOUS METALS, GENERAL 5J 1-5 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Fit rungs into punched holes in centerline of side rails, plug weld and ground smooth on outer rail faces. Support each ladder at top and bottom and at intermediate points spaced not more than 5'.. 011 o.c. Use welded or bolted steel brackets, designed for adequate support and anchorage, and to hold the ladder 611 clear of the wall surface and other obstructing construction. Extend rails 4211 above top rung, and return rails to wall or structure unless other secure handholds are provided. If the adjacent structure does not extent above the top rung, goose-neck the extended rails back to the structure to provide secure ladder access. Provide sloping ladders (ship's ladder) where indicated. Fabricate of open type construction with structural steel c@annel or steel plate stringers, pipe handrails and open steel gratino treads, unless otherwise indicated. Provide all necessary brackets and fittings for installation. Steel Shelf Angles: Provide structural steel shelf angles of sizes shown for attachment to steel framing. Provide horizontal slotted holes to receive 3/411 bolts, spaced not more than 611 from ends and not more than 2411 o.c., unless otherwise shown. Galvanize shelf angles to be installed in exterior cavity wall. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide miscellaneous steel framing and supports where shown on the drawings as required to complete the work. Fabricate miscellaneous units to the sizes, shapes and profiles shown or, if not shown, of the required dimensions to receive adjacent grating, plates, doors or other work to be retained by the framing. Except as otherwise shown, fabricate from structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars, of all welded construction using mitered corners, welded brackets, and splice! plates and a minimum number of joints for field connection. Cut, drill, and top units to receive hardware and similar items to be anchored to the work. Equip units with integrally welded anchor straps for costing into poured concrete or building into masonry wherever possible. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is poured. (See concrete sections for installation of inserts). Except as otherwise shown, space anchors 21-011 o.c. and provide minimum anchor units of 1-1/4, x 1/41, x 81, straps. Galvanize exterior miscellaneous frames and supports. Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Provide shapes and sizes as required for the profiles shown. Except as otherwise noted, fabricate units frorn structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars, with confluously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Use concealed field splices wherever possible. Provide cutouts, fittings and anchorages as required for coordination of assembly and installation with other work. Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel trim. MISCELLANEOUS METALS, GENERAL 5J 1-6 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Provide steel pipe railings, consisting of top rail, intermediate.rail and posts, and handrails at WGIIS. Unless otherwise shown, provide 1-1/211 nominal size, standard weight, carbon steel pipe complying with ASTM A 53, Type E or Type S, Grade A. Join,posts, rails and corners by one of the following methods: Flush type steel railin fittings, welded and ground smooth with railing splice locks secured with 3/811 hexagonal-recessed-head set screws. Mitered and welded joints made by fitting post to top rail and intermediate rail to post, mitering corners, groove welding joints, and grinding smooth. Butt railing splices and reinforce a tight fitting interior sleeve not less- than 611 long. Railings may be bent at corners instead of joining, provided the bends are uniformly formed in jogs, with cylindrical cross section of pipe maintained throughout the entire bend. Adjust railings prior to securing in place to insure proper matching at butting joints and correct alignment throughout their length. Space posts as shown on the drawings. Plumb posts in each direction. Secure railing system as shown on the drawings. Galvanize exterior railings, including pipe, fittings, brackets, fasteners, and other ferrous metal components. Steel Pan Stairs: Construct stair units to conform to sizes and arrangements as shown. Construct entire assembly to support a minimum live load of 100 lbs. per sq. ft., unless otherwise shown. Provide all metal framing, hangers, columns, struts, clips, brackets, bearing plates and other components as required for the support of stairs and platforms. Erect stair work to line, plumb, square and true with runs registering level with floor and platform levels. Provide brackets and bearing surfaces cis detailed and as required to anchor and contain the stairs on the supporting structure. Fabricate strings of structural steel channels, or plates, or a combination thereof, as shown. Provide closures for exposed ends of strings. Construct platforms of structural steel channel headers and miscellaneous framing members, as shown. Bolt framing members to strings and headers. Form metal pans of 0.104611 thick structural steel sheets (12 gauge), complying with ASTM A 245 or ASTM A 570, Grade B. Shape pans to conform to the configuration shown. Construct riser and subtread metal pans with steel angle supporting brackets, of size shown, welded to strings. Secure metal pans to brackets with rivets or welds. Secure subplatform metal pans to platform frame with welds. EXECUTION: INSPECTION: Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which miscellaneous metal items are to be installed. Notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper MISCELLANEOUS METALS, GENERAL 5J 1-7 FALLS TOWNSHIP 'WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. PREPARATION: Furnish setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions and directions for the instal- lation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate the delivery of such items to the project. INSTALLATION: Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal items to in-place construction, including threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screws (Ind other connectors as required. Cutting, Fitting an Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for the installation of the miscellaneous metal items. Set the work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb. level, true and free of n3ch, measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items which are to be built into concrete, masonry of similar construction. Fit-exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld connec- tions which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind joints smooth and touch-up shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have ben hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for the procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding, the appearance and quality of welds made, and the methods used in correcting welding work. Touch-Up Painting: Cleaning and touch-up painting of field welds, bolts connections and abraded areas of the shop point on miscellaneous metal is specified in Division 9 of these specifications. END OF SECTION 5J I MISCELL ANEOUS METALS, GENERAL 5J 1-8 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 6E I - CARPENTRY, GENERAL GENERAL: RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of "Carpentry" work is shown on drawings and in schedules. Materials and installation requirements for other work, commonly assigned to carpentry trade, (ire specified in other sections of these specifications. The types of carpentry work specified in this section include (but are not necessarily limited to) the following: Wood furring, Wood grounds, nailers, blocking and sleepers. Wood framing. Wood sheathing. Wood subf looring. Miscellaneous wood framing: Exterior wood-product panels. Roof framing with trusses and plywood sheathing. All fasteners and miscellaneous accessories required to complete this work. Additional miscellaneous carpentry items include but are not limited to the following: Door installation as specified in Division 8. Hardware installation as specified in Division 8. Carpentry formwork as specified in Division 3. Installation of all inserts, supports and hangers into concrete formwork not installed by other trades. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Lumber Standard: Comply with PS 20 for each indicated use, including moisture content and actual sizes related to the indicated nominal sizes, except as otherwise indicated. Plywood Standard: Comply with PS 1, except as otherwise indicated for each use. CARPENTRY,GENERAL 6EI-I FALLS TOWNSHIPWATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Factory-mark each piece of lumber and plywood with type, grade, mill and grading agency identification; except omit marking from surfaces to receive transparent finish, and submit mill certificate that material has been inspected and graded in accordance with require.. ments if it cannot be marked on a concealed surface. Certificate of inspection and grading by a recognized grading agency, approved by American Lumber Standards Committee, may be submitted with each shipment, in lieu of factory-marking, at Contractor's option. Shop fabricate carpentry work to the greatest extent possible, using equipment and workmanship control methods which will result in work of better quality than feasible for on-site fabrication. SUBMITTALS: Wood Treatment Data, Carpentry, General For information only, submit of chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for proper use of each type of -treated material. Pressure Treatment: For each type specified, include certification by treating plant stating chemicals and process used, net amount of salts retained and conformance with applicable standards. For water-borne preservatives, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to a maximum of 15% prior to shipment to project site. Fire-Retardant Treatment: Include certification by treating plant that treatment material complies with governing regulations, and treatment will not bleed through finished surf aces. ,PRODUCT HANDLING: Keep careentry materials dry during delivery, storage and handling. Store lumber and plywood in stacks with provisions for air circulation within stacks. Protect bottom of stacks against contact with damp surfaces. Protect exposed materials against weather. Do not store dressed or treated lumber of plywood outdoors. Store materials for which a maximum moisture content is specified, only in areas where relative humidity has been reduced to a level where specified moisture content can be maintained with a tolerance of plus or minus 1%. JOB CONDITIONS: Time delivery and installation of carpentry work to avoid delaying other trades whose work is dependent on or affected by carpentry work, and to comply with protection and storage requirement. Advise Contractor of heating or cooling requirements for installation areas, and for maintaining required ambient conditions during and after installation. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar supports so that attached work will comply with design requirements. CARPENTRY,GENE-RAL 6E 1-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 PRODUCTS MATERIALS Framing Lumber: Light Framing: For framing 211 to 411 thick and not exceeding 41, width, provide: Construction grade, any species. Structural Framinq: For framing 211 to 41, thick and more than 411 width, provide the following grade and species: Select Structural Grade for all exposed structure including truss members, columns, etc. No. I Grade for all concealed structure. Douglas Fir complying with the following: Fiber stress rating (bending) of 1500 psi (Fb), and modulus of elasticity of 1,500,000 psi. Board Lumber: General: Where lumber less than 211 in nominal thickness is shown or specified, provide boarTs--dressed S4S. Exposed Boards: Where boards will be exposed in the finished work, provide the following: Moisture Content: 15% maximum, mark boards 11MC-1511or "K-D". For transparent finish (or natural finish), where shown or scheduled, provide the following: Select Heart Boards, Douglas Fir. No. I Grade T & G Douglas Fir for roof decking. For point finish, where shown or scheduled, provide the following: No. I Boards, Douglas Fir Concealed Boards: Where boards will be concealed by other work, provide the following unless otherwise indicated: Moisture Content: 15% maximum, mark boards "MC- 1511 or "K-D". Species and Grade: Provide the following: Southern Pine (SPIB) No. 2 Boards. CARPENTRY, GENERAL 6E 1-3 FALLS TOWNSHIPWATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Miscellaneous Lumber: Provide wood for Support or attachment of other work such cis cant strips, bucks,.nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping and similar members. Provide lumber of sizes shown or specified, worked to shapes shown, and as follows: Moisture Conient: 15% maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment. Grade: Construction Grade light framing size lumber of any species, or board size lumber, @!s Trequired. Provide Construction Grade boards (RIS or WCLIB) or No. 2 boards (SPIB of' WWPA). Plywood Exposed to Exterior: Smooth Surface for Paint Finish: A-C/EXT-APA with G face exposed. Concealed Plywood Plywood Concealed by Applied Exterior Finish: C-D/INT-APA with exterior glue. Interior Concealed Plywood (Pwd): C-D PLUGGED/ I NT-APA. Electrical Panels: For backing panels of electrical and communication equipment, provide C-D/INT-APT-With exterior glue, fire-retardant treated. Plywood Underlayment: UNDERLAY MENT/ I NT-APA with Exterior glue, touch-sanded. Particleboard: Particleboard Underlay ent: 40 pcf minimum average density, complying with CS 236 and National Particleboard Associations' "Physical Property Specification for Mat Formed Wood Particleboard for Floor Underlayment-11 Anchorage and Fastening Materials: Select proper type, size, material and finish for each application. Comply with the following: Nails and Sta les: FSFF-N-105. Wood Screws: FS FF-S- I 11. Bolts and Studs: FS FF-B-575. Nuts: FS FF-N-836. Washers: FS FF-W-92. Lag Screws or Lag Bolts FS FF-B-561. Concrete Anchoring Devices: For expansion shields, nails and drive screws, comply with FS -FF-S-72T. Tog2le Bolts: FS FF-B-588. Bar or Strop mchors: ASTM A 575 carbon steel bars. CARPENTRY, GENERAL 6E 1-14 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD: General: Treat lumber and plywood, where indicated as "Trt-Wd" or "Treated", to comply with applicable requirements of American Wood Preservers Bureau, available from AWPI. Mark each treated item to comply with AWPB Quality Mark requirements. Pressure treat the following items with water-borne preservatives for above ground use, complying with AWPB LP-2: Wood cants, noilers, blocking stripping and similar members in connection with roofing, flushing, vapor barriers and waterproofing. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete or below grade. Exposed interior woodwork shown or scheduled as "Trt-Wd" or "treated", and wood members less than 1811 above grade. Kiln-dry wood to a maximum moisture content of 15%, stamped "DRY", after treatment. FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED WOOD: Where,"Fire Retardant" lumber or plywood is indicated, comply with AWPA standards C20 and C27 for pressure impregnation with f ire-returdant chemicals to achieve a f lame spread rating of not more than 25 when tested in accordance with UL Test 723 or ASTM E 84. Where transparent or paint finish is shown or scheduled for "Fire Retardant" wood, use a fire-retardant treatment which will not bleed through or adversely affect bond of finish. Complete fabrication prior to treatment, wherever possible, to minimize cutting and jointing after treatment. Coat surfaces cut after treatment with a heavy brush coat of the some f ire-retardant chemical. Kiln-dry lumber to a maximum moisture content of 15% and plywood to a maximum moisture content of 15%, of ter treatment. Inspect each piece of lumber and plywood after drying; do not use twisted warped, bowed or otherwise damaged or defective pieces. Provide UL label on each piece of fire-retardant treated lumber and plywood. EXECUTION INSPECTION: Installer must examine substrates and supporting structure and conditions under which carpentry work is to be installed, and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to work. Do not preceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. CARPENTRY,GENERAL 6E 1-5 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 INSTALLATION: General: Discard units of moterial which are unsound, warped, bowed, twisted, improperly treated,, not adequately seasoned or too small to fabricate work with a minimum of joints or- optimum jointing arrangement. Fit carpe itry work to other work. Scribe and cope for accurate fit. Set carpentry work 13CCurately to required levels and lines with members plumb and true. Shim with metal or slate for bearing on concrete and masonry substrates. Where indicated, 5-rout with 1:3 PortI13nd cement-sand grout for full-bearing. Securely attach carpentry work to substrates by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recogniZed standards. Provide washers under bolt heads and nuts in contact with wood. Nail plywood in accordance with recommendations of the American Plywood Associa- tion. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. Fasteners: Use common wire nails, except as otherwise shown or specified herein. Use finishing nails for exposed work. Do not wax or lubricate fasteners that depend on friction for holding power. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required. Do not drive threaded friction type fasteners; turn into place. Tighten bolts and log screws at installation and retighten as required for tight connections prior to closing in or at comple- tion of work. WOOD GROUNDS, AAILERS, BLOCKING AND SLEEPERS: Provide wherever shown and where required for screening or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached or screened. Coordinate location with other work; refer to shop drawings of such work, if any. Attach to substrates securely with anchor bolts or other attachment devices as shown and as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build into masonry as work progresses, cutting to fit masonry unit size involved. Anchor to formwork before concrete placement. Provide grounds of dressed, key-bevelled lumber not less than 1-1/211 wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material involved. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. Where indicated as permanent grounds, provide treated lumber. Provide wood sleep rs of size and spacing shown for support and attachment of flooring. Avoid unneccessary penetrations of moisture barriers when installing wood sleepers. CARPENTRY,GENIERAL 6E 1 -6 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 FRAMING: General: Comply with applicable recommendations of N.F.P.A. or applicable codes for the fabrication and installation of wood framing, sheathing and subf looring. PLYWOOD: General: Comply with recommendations of American Plywood Association (APA) for the f F_ a rication and installation of plywood work. Provide thickness shown, or if not shown, provide as recommended by APA "Guide to Plywood Sheathing for Floors, Walls, and Roofs" for spacing of supports and types of substrates involved in work. Provide plywood underlayment over other substrates where shown. Install underlayment just prior to laying of finish f ring. Stagger end joints between panels in relation to each other and all joints in relation to substrate jointing. Allow 1/3211 space between panel ends and edges for expansion. Coordinate work with requirements of finish flooring. Nail 611 o.c. at panel ends and edges and 811 o.c. each way in field of panel using 3d ring-shank nails for panels 1/211 and less and 4d ring-shank nails for thicker panels. ' In lieu of nailing, panels may be stapled 311 o.c. at panel ends and edges and 611 each way in field of panel using 18 gouge staples with 3/1611 crown for 1/411 panels of 16 gauge with 3/811 crown for thicker panels, and of a length to penetrate not less than 5/811 or ompletely through subf looring. CJust prior to installation of finish flooring, fill damaged or open areas wider than 1/1611, set nails 1/161, (staples 1/32"), but do not fill. Sand rough area at joints, nails (or staples) and in field of panel. END OF SECTION 6E I CARPENTRY,GENERAL 6EI-7 FALLS TOWNSHIPWATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 6GO - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of each type Of architectural woodwork is shown on drawings and in schedules. Architectural woodwork is defined to include (in addition to items so designated oil drawings) miscellaneous exposed wood members commonly known as "Finish Carpentry" or "Millwork", except where specified under another section of these specifications. The types of architectural woodwork include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: Standing and running trim. The work includes the following: All interior and exterior trimwork and all other related finished woodwork. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Refer to 8G sections for factory-fabricated wood windows, not including standing-and- running trim to receive fixed glass. Refer to 9L sections for wood flooring. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Subcontract the fabrication and installation of wood casework to a firm that has successfully produced casework similar to the quality specified and in the quantity shown for a period of not less than five years. Quality Standards: Except as otherwise shown or specified, comply with specified provisions of the following: Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI)"Quality Standards". Quality Marking: Mark each unit of architectural woodwork with mill's or Fabricator's identification and grade mark, located on surfaces which will not be exposed after installation. Arrange for the fabrication and installation of architectural woodwork, with sequence matched wood veneers, to be produced by a single firm. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 6GO- I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each item of factory- fabricated woodwork. Quality Certification: Submit manufacturer's (Fabricator's) cer -tification, stating that the f Gbricated work meets the woodwork grade(s) specified. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large scale details, attachment devices and other components. Indicate compliance with specified Standards and other specified requirements for mate- rials and workmanship. Samples: Submit the following samples for each species and cut or pattern of architectural woodwork: Wood for transparent finish; set of 3 pieces, 611 x 3/411 x 21-011, finished on one side and one edge. Samples will be reviewed for appearance and finish only. Compliance with other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. Do not deliver woodwork, until painting, wet work, grinding and similar operations which could damage, soil or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If, due to unforeseen circumstances, woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas meeting requirements specified for installation areas. JOB CONDITIONS: Conditionin_q: Installer shall advise Contractor of temperature and humidity requirements for woodwork installation areas. Do not install woodwork until required temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in installation areas. Maintain temperature and humidity in installaiton area as required to maintain moisture content of installed woodwork within a 1.0 percent tolerance of optimum moisture content, from date of installation through remainder of construction period. The fabricator of woodwork shall determine optimum moisture content and required temperature and humidity conditions. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 6GO-2 FALLS TOWNSHIPWATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication where possible to ensure proper fitting of the work. However, do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting wherever the taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay the work. PRODUCTS BASIC MATERIALS AND FABRICATION METHODS: General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with following requirements for Grchi_ T,ectural woodwork not specifically indicated as prefabricated or prefinished standard products. Wood Moisture Content: Provide kiln-dried (KD) lumber with an average content range of 6% to 1176 -for interior work. Maintain temperature and relative humidity during fabrication, storage! and finishing operations so that moisture content values for woodwork at time of installation do not exceed the following: interor Wood Finish: 5%-10% for mild regions (as.defined by AWD. Wood for Transearent Finish: Provide species and grade or cut as follows, unless otherwise indicated: Solid Wood: Douglas Fir, Select grade heart wood. Wood for Pointed Fi@nish: Comply with quality standards for selection of species, grade and cut. Quality Standards: For following types of architectural woodwork; comply with indicated standards as applicable: Standing and Running Trim: AWI Section 300. Miscellaneous Work: AWI Section 700. Redesign and Construction Features: Comply with details shown for profile and construc- tion of architectur431 woodwork; 5-n-d, where not otherwise shown, comply with applicable Quality Standards, with alternate details as Fabricator's option. Pre-Cut Openinqs: Fabricate architectural woodwork with pre-cut openings, wherever possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams for proper size and shape. Smooth edges of cutouts and, where located in countertops and similar exposures, seal edges of cutouts with a water-resistant coating. Measurement: Before proceeding with fabrication of woodwork required to be fitted to other construction, obtain measurements and verify dimensions and shop drawing details as required for accurate fit. Where sequence of measuring substrates before fabrication would delay the project, proceed with fabrication (without field measurements) and provide ample borders and edges to allow for subsequent scribing and trimming of woodwork for accurate fit. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 6GO-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK TYPES: STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM: Grade: Custom. Fabricate wood trim and jambs (if any) to dimensions, profiles and details shown. Rout or groove reverse side (backed-out) of trim members to be applied to flat surfaces, except for members with ends exposed in finished work. FINISH FOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK: General: The entire finish of architectural woodwork is work of this section, regardless of whether shop applied or applied after installation. Shop Finishing: The extent to which the final finish is applied on architectural woodwork at the shop or factory prior to delivery is Contractor's option, except shop- apply at least prime/base coat to greatest extent possible prior to delivery. Preparations for Finishing Comply with AWI Quality Standards, Section 1500, for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, back priming and similar preparations for finishing of architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work. Transparent Finish: General Finish Standard: AWI Finish System No. 3, Premium Grade,.open grain finish. Shop Application: Stain and sealer as per paint schedule. Final Finish: Sanding, followed by 2 coats of clear alkydureG conversion varnish, rubbed to medium sheen or as per paint schedule. EXECUTION INSPECTION Examination: The Installer must examine substrates and conditions under which work is to be installed, and notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. PREPARATION: Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas prior to installing. Pre-installation Meeting Meet at project site prior to delivery of architectural woodwork and review coordination and environmental controls required for proper installation and ambient conditioning in areas to receive work. Include in meeting the Contractor, Architect and other Owner Representatives (if any), installers of architectural woodwork, wet work such as plastering, other finishes, painting, mechanical work and electrical work, and firms or persons responsible for continued operation (whether temporary or permanent) of HVAC system as required to maintain temperature and humidity conditions. Proceed with woodwork installation only when everyone concerned agrees that required ambient conditions can be properly maintained. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 6GO-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Deliver concrete inserts and similar anchoring devices to be built into' substrates, well in advance of time substrates are to be built. Prior to installation of architectural woodwork, examine shop fabricated work for completion, and complete work as required including back priming and removal of packing. INSTALLATION: Install the work pl imb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/81, in 81-01, for plumb and level (including countertops); and with 1/1611 maximum offset in flush adjoining surfaces, 1/811 maximum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces. Scribe and cut work to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full- length pieces (fro i-maximum length of lumber available) to the greatest extent possible. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Cope at returns, miter at corners, and comply with Quality Standards for joinery. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built-in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, -steipping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Except where prefinished matching fasteners heads are required, use fine finishing nail for exposed nailings, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork, and matching final finish where transparent finish is indicated. ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING, FINISHING AND PROTECTION: Repair damaged and defective woodwork wherever possible to eliminate defects function- ally and visually; where not possible to repair properly, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. Clean hardware, lubricate and make final adjustments for proper operation. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch-up shop-applied finishes to restore damageR or soiled areas. Complete the fini�!91 work specified (is work of this section, to whatever extent no completed at shop or prior to installation of woodwork. Protection: Installer of architectural woodwork shall advise Contractor of final protection and maintained conditions necessary to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration at tinie of acceptance. Cover completed work with 4-mil polyethylene film protective enclosure, applied in a manner which will allow easy removal and without damage to woodwork or adjoining work. Remove cover immediately before time of final acceptance. END OF SECTION 6GO ARCHITEECTURAL. WOODWORK 6G0-5 I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 7G3 - ROOF DECK INSULATION GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Provide insulation work on roofs. The application of roof insulation include the following: Urethane rigid board insulation with 3/411 perlite backing, R = 14.3, 2V211 total thickness. QUALITY ASSURANCEt Installer: Subcontract each type of insulation work in this section to the installer of the associated roofing or waterproofing, for undivided responsibility. Fire and Insurance Ratings: Comply with fire-resistGnce ratings as shown, and as required by governing authorities and codes. FM requirements for "Class P construction. Thermal Conductivity: The thicknesses shown are for the thermal conductivity (k-value at 75 degrees F.) specified for each material. Provide adjusted thicknesses as directed for the use of material having a different thermal conductivity. SUBMITTALS: Manufacturer's Data, Roof and Deck Insulation: For information only, submit 2 copies of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of insulation required. Include data substantiating that the materials comply with specified requirements. Indicate by copy of transmittal form that Installer has received copy of manufacturer's instruction. PRODUCT HANDLING: Protection from Deterioration: Do not allow insulation materials to become wet or soiled, or covered with ice or snow. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling storage and protection during installation. Protect plastic insulation from exposure to sunlight. Fire-Hazard: Do not deliver insulation materials to the project site ahead of time of installation. Protect at all time against ignition. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of work. ROOF DECK INSULATION 7G3-I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Do not overload the building structure with the storage of materials or use of equipment on The -deck. Consult the Architect for allowable loading factors. JOB CONDITIONS: Do not proceed with installation of roof or deck insulation unless the materials, equipment and tradesmen required for the installation of the roofing or waterproofing membrane over the insulation are at the project site and ready to follow with this work immediately (same day) behind the insulation work. Do not install any more insulation each day than can be covered with waterproof membrane by the end of that working day. Examination and Substrate: The Installer must examine the substrate and the conditions under which the insulation work is to be performed, and notify the Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the insulation work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. MATERIALS: Isocyanurate Plastic Board Roof Insulation: Rigid, isocyanurate foam core board, fiberg loss reinforced complying with FS HH-1-530A, with asphalt saturated asbestos facers integrally laminated (C Factor .06) R-Factor 16.7, m(:xnUfGCturer's standard sizes. Products/Manufacturers: Provide the following or equal by a specified roof manufacturer. Celotex Tempchek Plus Substitutions must be approved prior to bidding. Miscellaneous Materials: Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: The type recommended by the insulation manufacturer for bonding edge joints between units and filling voids in the work. Mastic Sealer: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for bonding edge joints between un nd filling voids in the work. Mechanical Anchors: Type and size as recommended by the insulation manufacturer for the type of deck usgTd, and complying with fire and insurance rating requirements. Building Paper: 6-lb. rosin sized paper. Coated Base Sheet: ASTM D 2626, Type 1 (37 lbs. per square, asphalt coated). EXECUTION- Preparation of Substrate: Prepare substrate as recommended by the insulation manufacturer. INSTALLATION: General: ROOF DECK INSULATION 7G3-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Comply with manufacturer's instructions for the particular conditions of installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to the project conditions, consult the manufacturer's technical representative for specified recom- medations before proceeding with the work. Laying Insulation Units: Apply a single layer of insulation of the required thickness, unless otherwise required to make up the total thickness. Stagger joints one direction as recommended by the manuf acturer. Set units in adhesive' applied in accordance with the requirements of applicable fire and insurance ratings, and applied in accordance with the recommendations of the manu- facturers of both the insulation and adhesive. PROTECTION: Do not permit construction period traffic over completed insulation work, except as required for roofing and waterproofing. Protect insulation work from exposure from moisture, damage and deterioration, primarily by prompt installation of roofing or waterproofing work shown to be placed over the .nsulGtion. Remove and replace insulation work which has become wet, damaged or deteriorated before proceeding with other work. Test for moisture content, by suitable means, wherever there is a possibility that exposed insulation work has acquired moisture in excess of the maximum content for optimum Gppl ication of roof ing or waterproof ing. PERFORMANCE: It is required that roof insulation work withstand the uplift forces of wind, -as defined by the roofing guarantee. Failures of the insulation work in bond or anchorage to the substrate, or between courses of insulation, or within the insulation will be considered failures of materials or workmanship under the guarantee. END OF SECTION 7G3. ROOF DECK INSULATION 7G3-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 7G7 - BUILDING INSULATION GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF INORK: The extent of each type of general building insulation work is shown on the drawings. The applications of building insulation include the following: Concealed blanket-type building insulation. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Fire and Insurance Ratings: Comply with fire-resistance and flammability ratings (is shown and specified; and comply with governing regulations as interpreted by authorities. Thermal Conductivity: The thickness shown are for-the thermal conductivity (k-value at 75 degrees F.) specifie for each material. Provide adjusted thicknesses as directed for the equivalent use of material having a different thermal conductivity. SUBMITTALS: Manufacturer's Doto, Building Insulation: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of insu- lation required. Include data substantiating that materials comply with specified require- ments. PRODUCT HANDLING: Protection from Deterioration: Do not allow insulation materials to become wet, soiled, or covered with ice or snow. Comply with manufacturer's reocrnmendations for handling, storage and protection during installation. JOB CONDITIONS: Examination of Substrate: The Installer must examine the substrate and the conditions under which the insulation work is to be performed, and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. PRODUCTS MATERIALS: Mineral/Glass Fiber Blanket/Batt Insulation: BUILDING INSULATION 7G7-1 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Glass or other inorganic fibers, formed into flexible, resilient blankets or semi-rigid sheets; complying with FS HH-1-521, Type as indicated; density as indicated but not less than 1.0 lb. per cu.ft.; approximate thermal conductivity (k-value at 75 degrees F.) of 0.27; thicknesses as indicated or cis required to yield the 11R11 values as indicated; manufacturer's standard lengths and widths as needed to coordinate with structural elements of spaces to be insulated. Type III: Units with reflective vapor barrier facing of aluminum foil on one face (the *de) rated !.0 perm maximum; provide only highly permeable facing on cold warm sl side. Provide I" flanges along edges of units, unless not required for attachment of units. Provide unit 611 thick, R 19. Provide unit 9" thick, R30. Provide units with foi I facing which has been tested with a f lame spread of 25 or less (ASTM E 84). Miscellaneous Materials: Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: The type recommended by the insulation manufacturer, and complying with fire-resistaiTce requirements. Mechanical Anchors: Type and size shown or, if not shown, as recommended by the insulation Manufacturer for the type of application shown and condition of substrate. INSTALLATION: General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions for the particular conditions of installation in each case; including method of support or anchorage to the substrate, (Is appropriate for each application indicated. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to the project conditions, consult the manufacturer's technical representative for specific recom- mendations before proceeding with the work. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire surface to be insulated. Cut and fill tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. Apply to single layer of insulation of the thickness indicated or the required thickness for the thermal value indicated, unless otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. Unit-Type Building Insulatio : Apply insulation units of the type shown to the substrate by the method indicated. If not otherwise indicated and except for units resting on horizontal surfaces, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. Set vapor barrier faced units with vapor barrier to warm side of construction (usually 'Fe- toward inside), except as ot rwise shown. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces, except for f irestopping. BUILDING INSULATION 7G7-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Tape Joints and ruptures in vapor barriers, using adhesive tape of type recommended by insulation manufacurer, and seal each continuous area of insulation to surrounding construction so as to ensure vapor-tight installation of the units. Set reflectivity foil-faced units accurately with air space in front of foil as shown. Provide not less than 0.75110ir space wherever possible. END OF SECTION'7G7 BUILDING INSULATION 7G7-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 7J I - SHINGLES GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of the shingles is shown on the drawings and is hereby defined to include units employed as weather protection for walls as well as for roofs. The types of shingle applications specified in this section include the following: Wood shingle roofing. Wood shingle siding. SUBMITTALS: Manuf acturer's Data: For information only, submit 2 copies of the manufacturer's technical data for each manufactured product, including certification that each product complies with the speci- fied requirements. Samples: Submit full range of samples for color and texture selection. After selection, submit 2 full-size shingles for verification of each color/style/texture selected. Mock-up Construct 41 x 41 panel to serve as standard of quality. Maintenance Stock: 2% of each type/color/texture shingle used in the work. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: Deliver materials in manufGCturer's unopened, labeled containers. Store materials to avoid water damage, and store rolled goods on end. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for job-site storage and protection. JOB CONDITIONS: Substrate: Proceed with shingle work only after substrate construction and penetrating work have been completed. Weather Conditions: Proceed with shingle work only when weather conditions are in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations and when substrate is completely dry. SPECIFIED PRODUCT WARRANTY: Provide shingle manufacturer's warranty on installed work, agreeing to pay for repair or replacement of defective shingles as necessary to eliminate leaks. Period of warranty is 20 years from date of substantial completion. SHINGLES 7JI-I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 PRODUCTS WOOD SHINGLE MATERIALS: Wood Shingles: No. I Blue Label sawn and kiln-dried western red cedar shingles, 181, length. Provide fire-retardant pressure treated units in packages bearing UL Class 1101 label. Class 111311 Underlay-nent: Plastic coated steel foil, 2 mils thick, for installation on deck to comply with UL C143SS 111311 labeled construction using Class 1101 labeled wood shingles. Asphalt-Saturated Felt: No. 30 minimum, asphalt saturated organic felt, unperforated, complying @WFthAST_MD 226, 3611 wide rolls. Nails: Box or common nails, hot-dipped zinc coating or aluminum of sufficient length to penetrate at least 1/211 into roof sheathing. Metal Flashing: Minimum 26-gouge stainless steel sheet job-formed to sizes and configura- tions shown or re quired. EXECUTION INSPECTION: Installer of shingles must examine substrate and conditions under which shingling work is to be performed and must notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the shingling work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. PREPARATION OF' SUBSTRATE: Clean substrate of any projections and substances detrimental to shingling work. Cover knotholes or other minor voids in substrate with sheet metal flushing secured with roofing nails. Coordinate installotion of shingles with flashing and other adjoining work to ensure proper sequencing. Do not install shingle roofing until all vent stacks and other penetrations through roofing have been installed and are securely fastened against movement. INSTALLATION: General: Comply 'with instructions and recommendations of shingle manufacturer, except to extent more stringent requirements are indicated. Wood Shingles: Class 111311 Underla ment: Install foil underloyment in accordance with UL requirements for Class 111311 construction. Felt Underlayment: Lay 3611 wide starter strip of roofing felt along lower edge before application of double starter course of shingles. Place 1811 interiGyment strip over upper portion of first course before applying second course, and repeat interleaving for subsequent courses. SHINGLES 7J 1-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Flas!I!M Install metal flashing and vent flashing as shown and in accordance with details and recommendations of the NRCA Steep Roofing Manual. Double shingles at first course, projecting 1- 1/211 beyond sheathing; space adjoining shingles 17-4-117TTIF211 apart, nailing each shingle with two nails spaced 3/411 from edge and W above butt line of subsequent course; stagger joints minimum of 1-1/211 in succeeding courses. EXTRA STOCK: Provide minimum of 2% of installed quantity of each type/color/texture shingle used in the work. Provide in unopened clearly labeled containers. END OF SECTION 7J I SHINGLES 7J 1-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 7PO - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of each type of flashing and sheet metal work is shown on the drawings. The following type of work are specified in this section: Metal f lashing and counter flashing Metal expansion joints SUBMITTALS Manufacturer's Data, Flashing and Sheet Metal: For information only, submit 2 copies of specifications, installation instructions and general recommendations by the manufacturer of flashing and sheet metal materials. Include published data or certified test data for each material showing compliance with the requirements. Indicate by transmittal form that one copy of each installation instruction has been distributed to the Installer. Samples, Flashing nd Sheet Metal: Submit 3, 1211 square samples of each specified metal which is to be exposed with a shop finish, as flashing, trim or rain drainage. Samples will be reviewed by Architect for color and texture only. Compliance with other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. JOB CONDITIONS: Do not proceed with the installation of flashing and sheet metal work until substrate construction, cant strips, blocking, reglets and other construction to receive the work is completed. The Installer must examine the substrate and the conditions under which flashing and sheet metal work is to be performed, and notify the Contractor in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. PRODUCTS MATERIALS: Metal Flashing (an I Counter Flashing): Stainless Steel Sheet: AISI Type 302/304 stainless sheet or strip, complying with ASTM A 167; dead soft, except as otherwise indicated; No. 2D conventional dull finish, 0.0151, thick (24 gouge) except as otherwise indicated. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 7PO- I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Miscellaneous Materials: For metal work, provide the type solder and fasteners recommended by the producer of the metal sheets, for fabrication and installation. Roofing Cement: FS SS-C- 153, Type 1, asphaltic base. Bituminous Coating: FS TT-C-494, or Mil-C-18480, or SSPC Point 12, cold-applied bituminous mastic, compounded for 15-mil dry film-thickness coating. FABRICATED PRODUCTS: Fabricated Metal Flashing and Trim: Shop fabricate metal flashing, trim, expansion joints, and similar items to comply with profiles and sizes shown, and to comply with standard industry details as shown and to comply with standard industry details as shown by SMACNA in the "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual". Except as otherwise to form a hem on the concealed side of exposed edges. Comply with metal producers recommendations for tinning, soldering, and cleaning flux from metal. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate work from the following metal: Stainless steel sheet. Metal Expansion Joints: Manufacturer's standard fabricated units, including prefabricated corner and intersection units, constructed of a flexible center flashing strip, insulated inside with 1/21, thick closed cell flexible foam, anchored between metal flanges of the size and profile shown, fabricated in 101-011 minimum lengths prepared for jointing, and including standard accessories for installation and jointing. Center Strip: Neoprene elastic sheet flashing Size: Provide units 411 wide between flanges. Flanges: Lead coated copper sheet. EXECUTION GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: Compl@ with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for handling and installation of flashing and sheet metal work. Performance: Coordinate the work with other work for the correct sequencing of items which make up the entire system of weatherproofing, waterproofing and rain drainage. It I s required that the flashing and sheet metal work be permanently watertight and not ' deteriorate in excess of manufacturer's published limitations. INSTALLATION OF METAL WORK: Comply with details and profiles as shown, and comply with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" recommendations for installation of the work. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 7PO-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 For non-moving s @ams provide soldered flat-lock seams, except as otherwise indicated. Comply with metal producers recommendations for tinning, soldering and cleaning the joints. _ I Provide for thermal expansion of all exposed sheet metal work exceeding 151-01, running length, except as otherwise indicated. Flashing and Trim: 101011 maximum spacing, and located 21-011 from corners and inter- sections. Conceal fasteners and exeansion provisions wherever possible. Fold back edges on concealed side of exposed edges, Fo form a hem. Insert flashings in@o reglets as shown. Anchor by mechanical means, including driven wedges of lead or other compatible metal, spaced 21-011. Seal the joint with sealant as indicated. Refer to 7T Series sections for sealants. Separate stainless steel work from dissimilar metals and from wood and cementitious" materials. Separate wirtT a course of polyethylene underlayment wherver possible. Apply a 15-mil dry film-thickness bituminous coating to either the substrate or stainless steel where underlayment cannot be used for separation. Separate copper work from dissimilar metals by a 15 mil dry-film thickness bituminous coating, or by a heavy tinning of solder at spot-contacts. Extruded Aluminum Work: Bed base members in roofing cement. Anchor and seal in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Clean exposed surfaces promptly to prevent the start of non-uniform oxidation or electrolytic action. Apply 15 mil dry-film thickness bituminous coating to concealed aluminum surfaces which will be in contact with cementitious surfaces, dissimilar metals, wood or other absorptive substrates. END OF SECTION 7PO FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 7PO-.3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 7T I - SEALANTS, CAULKING AND JOINT FILLERS GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of each type of sealant, caulking and joint filler work is indicated on the drawings, aInd by provisions of this section. The required applications of sealants and caulking include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following general locations: Flashing reglets and retainers. Exterior wall joints. Interior sound-sealed and air-sealed joints. Flooring joints. Isolation joints, between structure and other elements. Joints at penetrations of walls, decks and floors by piping and other services and equipment. Joints between items of equipment and other construction. Glazing Refer to 8A section for sealants and other compounds and gaskets required for installation of glass. Joint Fillers: Refer to Section 3AO for additional concrete joint filler requirements and Section 4AG-for additional masonry joint filler requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE-. Manufacturers: Firms with not less than 5 years of successful experience in production of types of sealants and caulking compounds required for this project. Obtain elastomeric sealants from a manufacturer which will, upon request, send a qualified technical representative to project site, for purpose of advising Installer on proper procedures for use of products. Installer: A firm with a minimum of 5 years of successful experience in application of types of materials is required. Prepare a mock-up installation of each major type and use of sealant. Install sealant between materials Matching those used on project, complying with conditions similar in every respect to anticipated project conditions. Prepare mock-up well in advance of scheduled installation, so that nominal cure-time is allowed and final adjustments can be made, if necessary, before proceeding with installation. SEALANTS, CAULKING AND JOINT FILLERS 7TI-I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SUBMITTALS: Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, recommendations and installation and instructions for each type of sealant, caulking compound and associated miscellaneous material required. Samples Submit 3, 1211 long samples of each color required (except black) for each type of sealant and caulking compound exposed to view. Install sample between 2 strips of material similar to or representative of typical surfaces where compound will be used, held apart to represent typical joint widths. JOB CONDITIONS: Pre-Installation Meeting: At Contractor's direction, Installer, sealant manufacturer's technical representative, and other trades involved in coordination with sealant work shall meet with Contractor at project site to review procedures and time schedule proposed for installation of seal,ants in coordination with other work. Review each major sealant application required on project. Condition of Other Work: The Installer must examine joint surfaces, backing, and anchorage or units forming sealant rabbet, and conditions under which sealant work is to be performed, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work and performance by sealants. Do not proceed with sealant work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. Weather Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions, or when temperatures are below or above manufacturer's recommended temperature range for installation. Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable for proper cure and development of high early bond strength. Where joint width is affected by ambient temperature variations, install elastomeric sealants only when temperatures are in lower third of the manUfGCturer's recommended installation temperature range, so that sealant will not be subjected to excessive elongation and bond stress at subsequent low temperatures. Coordinate time schedule with Contractor to avoid delay of project. Statement of Non-Compliance Where it is necessary to proceed with installation of sealants or caulking compound under conditions which do not fully comply with requirements (because of time schedule or other reasons which Contractor determines to be crucial to project), prepare a written statement for Owner's record (with copy to Architect) indicating the nature of non-compliance, reasons for proceeding, precautionary measures taken to ensure best possible work, and names of individuals concurring with decision to proceed with installation. SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY (GUARANTEE): Sealant Warranty: Provide written warranty, signed by Contractor and Installer; agreeing to, within warranty period, replace/repair defective materials and workmanship defined to include: instance of significant leakage of water or air; failures in joint adhesion, material cohesion, abrasion resistance, weather resistance, extrusion-from-joint resistance, migra- SEALANTS, CAULKING AND JOINT FILLERS 7T 1-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 tion resistance, strain resistance, or general durability; failure to perform as required, and the general appearance of deterioration in any other manner not clearly specified in manufacturer's published product literature as an inherent characteristic of the sealant material. Warranty includes responsibility for removal and replacement of other work (if any) which conceals or obstructs the replacement of sealants. Warranty covers the following types of sealants on this project, for the following periods of time: Elastomeric sealants of every type. Warranty period is 10 years after date of substantial completion. PRODUCTS MATERIALS, GENERAL; Colors: Provide black or other natural color where no other standard or custom color is available. Where material is not exposed to view, provide manufacturer's standard color which has best overall performance characteristics for application shown. Provide manufacturer's standard colors as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. Hardnesses shown and -specified are intended to indicate general range necessary for overall performance. Consult manufacturer's technical representative to determine actual hardness recommended for conditions of installation and use. Upon request, Architect will furnish information concerning anticipated joint movement related to actual joint width and installation temperature. Except as otherwise indicated or recommended, provide compounds within the following ranges of hardness (Shore A, fully cured, at 750F.). 5 to 20 for high percentage of movement and minimum exposure to weather and abrasion (including no exposure to vandalism). 15 to 35 for moderate percentage of movement and moderate exposure to weather and abrasion. 30 to 60 for low percentage of movement and maximum exposure to weather and abrasi3n-Oncluding foot traffic on horizontal joints). Modulus of Elasticity For joints subject to movement, either thermal expansion or dynamic movement, select sealants from among available variations which have lowest modulus of elasticity which is consistent with exposure to abrasion or vandalism. For horizontal joints subject to traffic, select sealants with high modulus of elasticity as required to withstand indentation by stiletto heels. Comply with manufacturer's recom- mendations where no other requirements are'indicated. Compatibility Before selection and purchase of each specified sealant, investigate its compatibility with joint surfaces, joint fillers and other materials in joint system. Provide only materials (manufacturer's recommnded variation of specified materials) which are known to be fully compatible with actual installation conditions, as shown by manu- facturer's published data or certification. SEALANTS, CAULKING AND JOINT FILLERS 7T 1-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 TWO-COMPONENTELASTOMERIC SEALANTS: Two-Component P lysulfide Sealant: For exterior building joints. Polysulfide-based, 2-part elastomeric sealant, complying with FSTT-S-00227, Class A, Type 2 (non-sag) unless Type I (self-leveling) recommended by manufacturer for application shown. Provide two component polysulfide sealant bearing Thiokol Chemical Corp. seal of approval. Provide one of the following products: Versalostic Sealant; Applied Polymers of America, Inc. Sonolastic Two-Part; Contech/Sonneborn. DAP Flexiseal Two-Part; DAP, Inc. Duralse(31 No. 1; Dural International Corp. Euco Thiokol; Euclid Chemical Col. Hornf lex; A.C. Horn Co. Synthacalk GC-5, Dynatrol 11; Pecord Corp. Thiocaulk; Steelcote Mfg. Co. Lasto-Mieric; Tremco, Inc. Chem-Calk 200, 250; Woodmont Products, Inc. Optional Sealant: At Contractor's option, provide "Dymeric" sealant by Tremco Mfg. Co. (3-component epoxidize urethane complying with FS TT-S-00227), in lieu of 2-component polysulfide sealant. Nonporous-Bond Type Silicone Rubber Sealant: For joints where both bond surfaces are non-porous (metal, glass, plastic). Acid-type silicone rubber based, one-part, non-sag, elastomeric sealant, complying with FS TT-S-001543, Class A; recommended by manufacturer for non-poruous exterior joint surfaces. Provide one of the following products: Silicone Rubber Sealant; Dow Corning Corp. Silglaze, Const. 1200 Sealant; General Electric Co. Rhodorsil Sealant 313; Rhodia Inc. Chemicals Div. Proglaze Construction Sealant; Tremco, Inc. CAULKING COMPOUNDS: Oleo-Resinous Caulking Compound: For all interior building joints except flooring joints and expansion joints. Oil-based resinous caulking compound complying with FS TT-C-00598, non-staining, non- bleeding, paintable. Provide one of the following products: Kaukit; Contech/Sonneborn. DAP Arch. Grade Caulk; DAP, Inc. Vulcate:K; A.C. Horn Co. SEALANTS, CAULKING AND JOINT FILLERS 7TI-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Pariflex; Parr, Inc. 20OR2 Arch. Calking; Pecora Corp. Chem-Calk 700; Woodmont Products, Inc. JOINT FILLERS: CELLULAR/FOAM EXPANSION JOINT FILLERS: Closed-Cell Synthetic Rubber Joint Filler: Provide expanded synthetic rubber complying with ASTM D 1056, Class SC-E (oil-resistant and medium swell), of 2 to 5 psi compression deflection (Grade SCE 41); except provide 13 to 17 psi compression deflection (Grade SCE 44) where filler is applied under sealant exposed to traffic. Provide one of the following products: Closed Cell Neoprene; D. S. Brown Co. Neoprene SCE; Construction Gaskets INc. Closed Cell E.P.D.M.;Fel-Pro Bldg. Prod. Inc. Closed Cell Neoprene; Kirkhill Rubber Co. FF I Closed Cell Neoprene; Progress Unlimited, Inc. Closed Cell Neoprene; Rubatex Corp. Neoprene NN; Williams Products, Inc. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: Joint Cleaner: Provide type of joint cleaning compound recommended by sealant or caulking compound manufacturer, for joint surfaces to be cleaned. Joint Primer/Sealer: Provide type of joint primer/sealer recommended by sealant manufacturer, for joint surfaces to be primed or sealed. Bond Breaker Ta2e: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer, to be applied to sealant-contact surfaces where bond to substrate or joint f i I ler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide self -adhesive tape where applicable. Sealant Backer Rod: Compressible rod stock polyethylene foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethaFe -foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible, permanent, durable non-absorptive material cis recommended for compatibility with sealant by the sealant manufacturer. Provide size and shape of rod which will control joint depth for sealant placement, break bond of sealant at bottom of joint, form optimum shape of sealant bead on back side, and provide a highly compressible backer to minimize possibility of sealant extrusion when joint is compressed. Oakum Joint Filler: Provide untreated hemp or jute fiber rope, free of oil, tar and other compounds which might stain surfaces, contaminate joint walls, or not be compatible with sealants. Foamed- in-P lace Joint Filler: Urethane or similar one-part foamed-in-place compound of 2-5 pcf density, rigid or semi- rigid, 50% (min.) closed-cell content with 60% (min.) recovery from 50% compression; SEALANTS, CAULKING AND JOINT FILLERS 7TI-5 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 recommended by manufacturer for filling and insulating joints of less than 10% total movement, concealed either by liquid sealants using filler as backing or by other work (not for direct exterior exposure). EXECUTION JOINT SURFACE PREPARATION: Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant or caulking compound. Remove dirt, insecure coating, moisture and other substances which would interfere with bond of sealant or caulking compound. For elastomeric sealants, do not proceed with installation of sealant over joint surfaces which have been pointed, lacquered, waterproofed or treated with water repellent or other treatment or coating unless a laboratory test for durability (adhesion), in compliance with Paragraph 4.3.9 of FS TT-S-00227 has successfully demonstrated that sealant bond is not impaired by coating or treatment. If laboratory test has not been performed, or shows bond interference, remove coating or treatment from joint surfaces before installing sealant. Roughen joint surfaces on vitreous coated and similar non-porous materials, where sealant manufacturer's dato inaicates; lower bond strength than for porous surfaces. Rub with fine abrasive to produce a dull sheen. INSTALLATION: Comply with sealant manufacturer's printed instructions except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified and except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified and except where manufacturer's technical representative directs otherwise. Prime or seal * 'nt surfaces where shown or recommended by sealant manufacturer. Do not allow primer/sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces. Install sealant backer rod for liquid sealants, except where shown to be omitted or recommended to be omitted by sealant manufacturer for the application shown. Install bond breaker tape where shown and where required by manufacturer's recom- mendations to ensure that elastomeric sealants will perform properly. Employ only proven installation technig2es, which will ensure that sealants will be deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete 'Iwetting" of joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except as otherwise indicated, fill sealant rabbet -to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt. Install sealants to depths as shown or, if not shown, as recommended by sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitations, measured at center (thin) section of bead. For joints s aled with non-elastomeric sealants and caulking compounds, fill joints to a depth in the range of 75% to 125% of joint width. SEALANTS, CAULKING AND JOINT FILLERS 7T 1-6 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Spillage Do not allow sealants or compounds to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces, or to migrate into voids of adjoining surfaces including exposed aggregate panels and similar rough textures. Use masking tape or other precautionary devices to prevent staining of adjoining surfaces, by either primer/sealer of the sealant/caulking compound. Remove excess and spillage of compounds promptly as the work progresses. Clean adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage, without damage to adjoining surfaces or finishes. Polysulfide Sealant Installation: Comply with standards issued by Thiokol Chemical Corp., except where more stringent requirements have been shown or specified, or have been issued by sealant manufacturer as either requirements or recommendations. CURE AND PROTECTION: Cure sealants and caulking compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strenth and surface durability. Do not cure in a manner which would significantly alter material's modulus of elasticity or other characteristics. Installer shall advise Contractor of procedures required for curing and protection of sealants and caUl-king compounds during construction period, so that they will be without deterioration or damage (other than normal wear and weathering) at time of Owner's acceptance. TEST FOR PERFORMANCE: After nominal cure of exterior joint sealants which are exposed to weather, test for water leaks. Repair sealant installation at leaks or, if leakage is excessive, replace sealant installation as directed. Where nature of observed leakage indicates possibility of inadequate joint bond strenth, Architect will direct that additional testing be performed at a time when joints have been fully cured, followed by natural exposure through both extreme temperature, and returned to lowest range of temperature in which it is feasible to conduct testing. Repair or replace work as required. Perform testing at a reasonable time within 24 months of installation date, as directed. END OF SECTION 7T I SEALANTS, CAULKING AND JOINT FILLERS 7TI-7 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 8AO - GLASS AND GLAZING GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provision of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OFWORK: The extent of glass and glazing work is indicated on drawings, and by provisions of this section. The types of work or locations requiring glass and glazing include (but are not necessarily limit@a to the following: Window units Interior doors to be glazed. Interior partitions to be glazed. The types of glass required include the following: Clear f loot (or plate) glass. - GL. Color (tinted) float (or plate) glass. - TINT GL. Clear mesh wire glass - W. GL. Tempered f103t (or plate) glass - TEMP. GL. Insulating glass - INSUL. GL. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Prime Glass Standard: Comply with FS DD-G-45 1. Safety Glass Standards: Comply with the following as applicable: Consumer Product Safety Commission 16 CFR 120 1. Industry Standards ANSI Z97. 1. Sound Transmission Test Standard: Comply with ASTM E 90. Insulating Glass Seal Standard: Comply with proposed standard ASTM E6-P3, Test Methods P I and P2. Manufacturers: Provide each type of glass from a single manufacturer with not less than 5 years of successful experience in the production of materials similar to those required. GLASSAND GLAZING 8AO- I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Provide one of the following: ASG Industries C-E GLass Div. Fourco Glass Co. Libbey-Owens-Ford Co. PPG Industries, Inc. Installer (Glazier): Firm with not less than 5 years of successful experience in glazing work similar to required work. SUBMITTALS: Manufacturer's Data, Glass and Glazing: Submit manufacturer's product specifications, including documentation of compliance with requirements, and instructions for handling, storing, installing, cleaning and protecting each type of glass and glazing material. Samples, Glass and Glazing Materials: Submit 2 samples of each type of glass and glazing material required, except for single- pane clear glass (including annealed, tempered and laminated). Submit 1211 square glass samples, and '1211 lengths of instal led (mocked-up) glazing materials. Submit insulating glass Samples with completed edge-seat construction. (hermetic sea[ need not be maintained insample). PRODUCT HANDLING: Comply with manufacturer's instructions for shipping, handling, storing and protecting glass and glazing materials. Exercise exceptional care to prevent edge damage to glass, and damage/deteriorGtion to coatings (if any) on glass. JOB CONDITIONS: Pre-Installation Meeting: Comply with General Requirements for pre- installation meeting of Glazier and other trades affected by glass installation. Inspection: Glazier must examine framing and substrate work to receive glass and glazing materials, and conditions under which glass is to be installed, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Glazier. Weather- Do not proceed with glazing under adverse weather conditions. Install liquid sealants when temperatures are within lower or middle third of temperature range recommended by manufacturer. PRODUCTS PRIME GLASS: Float/Plate Glass: Type 1, Quality q3. Inboard Glass: Clear GLASS AND GLAZING 8AO-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONTPARK - PHASE 11 Outboard Glass: Bronze. Manufacturer's standard color; 56% to 59% light transmit.- tance and 56% solar energy transmittance for 3/16". Polished Wired Glass: TYpe III, Kind A, Form 1, Quality q 11, clear and polished both faces. Mesh: Type rn3, square. Fire Rating lProvide glass listed and labeled by UL for "fire resistance". PROCESSED GLASS: Tempered Glass: Provide glass of color and type indicated, which has been heat treated to strengthen glass in bending to not less than 4.5 times annealed strength. FABRICATED UNITS: Heat-Glare-Light- ',educing Insulating Glass Provide 2 sheets of glass as follows: dry air or gas-filled space with -20-F dew point, with Class A sealant-type edge construction to maintain a hermetic seal; fabricated to provide the following overall performance characteristics: 5/811 Insulated Units: Glass: Clear float glass, Quality q3, 3/1611 thick. -e: 1/411 thick. Air Spa. Temper both sheets of glass in each unit indicated as "Safety Glass". Warranty: Provide manufacturer's standard 10-year product warranty on maintained etic seal.. GLAZING SEALANTS AND COMPOUNDS: General: Provide color of exposed sealant/compound indicated or if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors, or black if no color is so selected. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for selection of hardness, depending upon the location of each application, conditions at time of instal- lation, and perforniance requirements as indicated. Select materials, and variations or modifications, care-fully for compatibility with surfaces contacted in the installation. 2-Part Polysulfide Glazing Sealant: Elastomeric polysulfide sealant complying with FS TT- 5-M, Class A, lype Z; specially compounded and tested to show minimum of 20 years, resistance to deterioration in normal glazing applications. Optional Sealant: "Dymeric" by Tremco, Inc. Butyl Rubber Glazing Tape: Part ly-vu Ican i zed, self-adhesive, non-staining, elastomeric butyl rubber tape. 98% solids, intended for 35% compression, no appreciable deterioration for 3000 hour test in Atlas Weatherometer; either plain or pre-shimmed as required for proper installation of glass. Acrylic-Emulsion Glazing Sealant: Emulsion of acrylic, with or without latex rubber modification; compounded specifically for glazing; nonhardening, nonstaining and non- bleeding. GLASS AND GLAZING 8AO-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 GLAZING GASKETS: Molded Neoprene Glazing Gaskets: Molded or extruded neoprene gaskets of the prof i le and hardness required for watertight construction; comply with ASTM D 2000 designation 26C 415 to 3BC 620, black. MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS: Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. Setting Blocks: Neoprene, 70-90 durometer hardness, with proven compatibility with sealants usFd-. Spacers Neoprene, 40-50 durometer hardness, with proven compatibility with sealants used. Compressible Filler Rod: Closed-cell or waterproof-jacketed rod stock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam, proven to be compatible with sealants used, flexible and resilient, with 5- 10 psi compression strength for 25% deflection. EXECUTION STANDARDS AND PERFORMANCE: Watertight and airtight installation. of each piece of glass is required, except as otherwise, shown. Each installation must withstand normal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loading (for operating sash and doors), without failure including loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and air-tight, deterioration of glazing materials and other defects in the work. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation, and subsequent operation of glazed components of the work. Glazing channel dimensions cis shown are intended to provide for necessary bite on glass, minimum edge clearance and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerance. The Glazier is responsible for correct glass size for each opening, within tolerances and necessary dimensions. Comply with combined recommendation of glass manufacturer and manufacturer of sealants and other materials used in glazing, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified, and except where manufacturer's technical representatives direct otherwise. Comply with "Glazing Manual" and other applicable publications by Flat Glass Marketing Association except as shown and specified otherwise, and except as specifically recom- mended otherwise by manufacturers of glass and glazing materials. Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation, and discard pieces which have significant edge damage or face imperfections. Unify appearance of each series of lights by setting each piece to match others as nearly as possible. Inspect each piece and set with pattern, draw and bow oriented in the same direction as other piece. GLASS AND GLAZING 8AO-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Cut and install colored (tinted), heat-absorbing and coated glass as recommended in "Technical Services Report No. 10411 (latest edition) by PPG Industries, or similar reports by other manufacturers. Install polysulfide sealants as recommended by Thiokol chemical Corp., except as otherwise recommended by the sealant manufaturer. Install insulating ilass units to comply with recommendations by Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association, except as otherwise specifically indicated or recommended by glass and sealant manufacturers. PREPARATION FOR GLAZING: Clean glazing chainel and other framing members to receive glass, immediately before glazing. Remove coatings which are not firmly bonded to substrate. Remove lacquer from metal surfaces where elastomeric sealants are used. Apply primer or sealer to joint surfaces where recommended by sealant manufacturer. GLAZING: Install setting blocks of proper size in sill rabbet, located 1/4th of glass width from each corner. Set blocks in thin course of heel-bead compound, if any. Provide spacers inside and out, or proper size and spacing, for glass sizes larger than 50 united inches, eXCE@pt where gaskets are used for glazing. Provide 1/811 minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width, except with sealant tape use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. Voids and Filler F@ods: Prevent exudation of sealant or compound by forming voids or installing filler rods in channel at heel of jambs, and head (do not leave voids in the sill channels), except cis otherwise indicated and depending on light size, thickness and type of glass, and complying with manufacturer's recommendations. Do not attempt to cut, seam, nip or abrade glass which is tempered or heat strengthened, including glass which is heat-treated as a result of a coating process. Force sealants into channel to eliminate voids and to ensure complete "wetting" or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. Tool exposed surfaces of glazing liquids and compounds to provide a substantial "wash" away from glass. Install pressurized tapes and gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel, so as to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. Clean and trim excess glazing materials from glass and stops or frames promptly after installation, and eliminate stains and discolorations. Where wedge-shap@-d gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage to ensure that gasket will not "walk" out when installation is subjected to movement. Anchor gasket to stop with matching ribs, or by proven adhesives, including embedment of gasket tail in cured heel bead. GLASS AND GLAZING 8A0-5 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Gasket Glazing: Miter cut and bond ends together at corners where gaskets are used for channel glazing, so that gaskets will not pull away from corners (Ind result in voids or leaks in glazing system. CURE, PROTECTION AND CLEANING: Cure glazing sealants and compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength (Ind surface durability.' Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately upon installation, by use of crossed streamers attached to framing and held away from glass. Do not apply markers to surfaces of glass. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, craked, abraded or damaged in other ways during construction period, including natural causes, accidents cind vandalism. Maintain glass in a reasonably clean condition during construction, so that it will not be damaged by corrosive action and will not contribute (by wash-off) to deterioration of glazing materials and other work. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Wash and polish @lass on both faces not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of substantial completion in each area of project. Comply with glass manufacturer's recommendations for final cleaning. END OF SECTION 8AO GLASS AND GLAZING 8AO-6 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTIOI',l 8G9 - WOOD WINDOWS GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of each type (operation) of wood window unit, hereby defined to include wood units clad with other materials, is shown on drawings. Applications of wood windows on project include the following: Individual units seT in conventional wall construction. Continuous horizontal window strips, with mullions. Wood Trim: Refer to sections of Division 6 for interior and exterior wood trim not specified as integral components of window units, (i.e. casings, moldings, stools, aprons, subsills, mullion covers and similar components.) Glazing: Refer to "Glass and Glazing" section for glazing all window units, including those specified herein to be factory preglazed. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Manufacturer: Provide wood window units produced by a single fabricator, capable of showing prior succiessful production of units similar to those required. Drawings are based on wood window units produced by Pella Window and Door Co. of Pella, IA Provide wood window units in sizes noted on drawings, produced by Pella, one of the following, or approved equal: Caradco W & D Division, Scovill; Rantoul, IL Weather Shielld Mfg., Inc.; Medford, WI Performance and Testi : Provide windows which habe been tested and labeled for structural performUnc ASTM E 330), air infiltration (ASTM E 283), and water penetration (ASTM E 331); and with results complying with NWMA Standard I.S.2-73 for Class "All window units. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, standard details, and recommenda- tions for each type of wood window unit required. Include manufacturer's certified test report, indicating that each type of unit has been tested and complies with requirements for performance as specified. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings, including wall elevations at 1/411 scale, unit elevations at 3/411 scale, and half-size section details of every typical composite member, including glazing. WOOD WINDOWS 8G9--l FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Samples: Submit samples of specified finish, on 1211 length of typical window member. Architect reserves right to require additional sample submittals which will show fabrication techniques and workmanship, hardware and accessory designs. PRODUCTS MATERIALS: Wood: Ponderosa Pine or other suitable fine-grained lumber which has been treated with water repellent preservative after machining and kiln-dried to a moisture content of 6 to 12 percent at time of fabrication. Fasteners: Comply with NWMA requirements for fabrication and with manufacturer's recommendations and standard industry practices for type and size of installation fasten- ers. For fabrication of wood windows, use zinc-coated or nonferrous nails and screws. For installation of wood window units, use zinc-coated or nonferrous nails or screws. For hardware and accessory installation use brass screws. Compression Weatherstripping: Manufacturer's standard nonferrous spring metal or vinyl gasket, designed for permanenily resilient sealing under bumper or wiper action, complete- ly concealed when window sash is closed. Wire Fabric (insect): 18 x 14 mesh of 0.0 1311 diameter aluminum wire, complying with FS RR-W-365, Type V11; except black anodized or "gun metal" coating on wire. Insect Screens Frames: Manufacturer's standard formed aluminum or extruded aluminum frames, with anodized aluminum finish or baked-on organic Coating; removable vinyl fabric-retainer spline. Finish Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard design for operation indicated. Provide solid bronze hardware, with plated steel or brass/bronze operating bars and rods. Aluminum Cladding: Provide manufacturer's standard formed sheet and/or extruded aluminum cladding applied on exterior exposure of wood members, finished with baked-on acrylic coating in color selected by Architect'from manufacturer's standards. Glass and Glazin@ Materials: Refer to "Glass and Glazing" section for requirements applicable to wood window units. WINDOW TYPES (OPERATIONS): General: Following paragraphs define operating arrangement for sash (ventilators) in @;@indow7units. Drawings show which panels of each unit are operable and which are fixed. Refer to NWMA I.S.2-73 for minimum operating requirements. WOOD WINDOWS BG9-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Fixed Wood Windows: No operating hardware or equipment, other than accessory items, is required for fixed window units. Awning Wood Windows: Units containing swing-out projected sash requiring 2 balance support arms, pivots with friction shoes, carri latch or other standard latching hardware with lever handle or pull or, if located more then 61011 above floor, provide remote control crank mechanism. For projected units located less than 61-011 above floor, provide manufacturer's standard under-screen roto-type or geared-lever operator and latch mechanism. FABRICATION: Sizes and Profiles: Conform to size and profile limitations as shown. Scope of each window unit, except as otherwise indicated, includes sash or sashes, frame, stops, sill (including undersill or nosing), exterior casing and moldings, integral mullions and muntins, hardware and accessories. Provide weatherstripping at perimeter of each operating sash. Provide removable insect screen for each operating sash, with location determined by manufacturer except as otherwise indicated. Preglaze wood window units at shop before delivery, except do not preglaze light sizes in excess of 100 uniieT-in-ches, and do not preglaze insulating glass which is either metal- bound or exposed-sealant-bound. Fused-glass edge insulating units may be preglazed. Provide removable double glazing panels for each sash of window units (fixed and _T Frame,, preglaze, and attach to sash in accordance with fabricator's published opera-ring standards. Omit double glazing panels on sash indicated to be glazed with insulating glass. Provide one pole operator and pole hanger for each room of project where pole-operated Fa_rUware is proviiied on window sash more than 61-011 above floor. Provide tubular aluminum pole of proper length, with remote control crank and rubber cap at bottom. EXECUTION INSTALLATION: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of wood window units, hardware, accessories, and other components of work. Set units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of frames or sash. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. Refer to Division 7 for joint fillers and sealants required for installation. WOOD WINDOWS 8G9-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 ADJUST AND CLEAN: Adjust operating sash and hardware to provide smooth operation with tight, weatherproof closure. Lubricate hardware and moving parts. Clean glass of window units promptly after installation; comply with requirements of "Glass and Glazing" section for cleaning and maintenance. Institute protection required through remainder of construction period, to ensure that wood window units will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance. END OF SECTION 8G9 WOOD WINDOWS 8G9-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 8J2 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in the section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of hollow metal doors and frames is shown on drawings and schedules. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Provide hollow metal doors and frames manufactured by a single firm specializing in production of this type of work, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. Fabricate side panels and transom panels to match doors in all respects unless otherwise indicated. Provide doors and Frames complying with the Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifi- cations, Standard Steel Doors and Frames" (SDI- 100), and as herein specif ied. Manufacturers offering products to comply with requirements for hollow metal doors and frames include the following: Amweld Building Products Div. Ceco Corp. Curries Mfg. Inc. Fenestr13. Mesker Industries, Inc. Republic Builders Prod. Corp. Steelcraft Mfg. Co. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Where fire-resistance classification is shown or scheduled for hollow metal doors and frames, provide fire-rated doors investigated and tested as a fire door assembly, complete with type of hardware to be used. Identify each fire door with recognized testing laboratory labels, indicating applicable fire rating of steel doors. Construct and install assemblies to comply with NFPA Standard No. 80, and as herein specified. Oversize Assemblies: Wherever hollow metal assemblies are larger than size limitations established by NFPA, provide manufacturer's certification that assembly has been con- structed with materials and methods equivalent to labeled construction. Temperature Rise Rat!2T. At stairwell enclosures, provide doors which have a Tempera- ture Rise Rating of not more than 4500 F. maximum in 30 minutes of fire exposure. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 8,12-1 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Submit manufacturer's product data for fabrication and installation instructions. Transmit one copy of instructions to Installer. Shop Drawings: Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of steel doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforce- ments, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings. Label Construction; Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Submit manufacturer's certification for oversize fire-rated doors and frames that each assembly has been constructed with materials and methods equivalent to requirements for labeled construction. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: Deliver hollow metal work cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided finish items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damage items as directed. Store doors and frames at building site under-cover. Place units on at least 411 high wood sills or on the floors in a manner that will prevent rust and damage. Avoid use of non- vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide a 1/411 space between stacked doors to promote air circulation. PRODUCTS MATERIALS: Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A 569 and ASTM A 568. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc-coated carbon steel sheets of commercial quality, complying with ASTM A 526, with ASTM A 525, G60 zinc coating, mill phosphatized. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 8,12-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 18 gouge galvanized sheet steel. Inserts, Bolts and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units, except hot-dip galvanized items to be built into exterior walls, complying with ASTM A 153, Class C or D cis applicable. Shop-Applied Paint: For steel surfaces, use rust-inhibitive enamel or paint, either air-drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish points. FABRICATION, G --NERAL: Fabricate hollow metal door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or bluckle. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently Jactory-assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at project site. Weld exposed joints coninuously, grind, dress, and make smooth, flush and invisible. Metallic filler to conceal Manufacturing defects is not acceptable. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of nonflush units, from only cold-rolled steel. Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers and mould- ings from either cold-rolled or hot-rolled steel (at fabr icator's option). Fabricate exterior doors, panels and frames from galvanized sheet steel. Exposed Fasteners: Provide countersunk flat Phillips heads for exposed screws and bolts. After installation of exposed fasteners fill head of exposed screws and bolts and grind smooth to render invisible. Finish Hardware Preparation Prepare hollow metal units to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware, including cutouts, reinforcint'g, drilling and tapping in accordance with final Finish Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A 115 "Specifications for Door and Frame Preparation." Reinforce hollow metal units to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied finish hardware may be done at project site. Locate finish hardware as shown in Section 8SI of the specifications and as shown on final Jr- shop awings or, if not shown, in accordance with "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware", published by the Door and Hardware Institute. Shop Painting: Clean, treat and _ea!!:Lt exposed surfaces of fabricated hollow metal units, including galvanized surfaces. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 8_12-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt and other foreign materials before the application of shop coat of point. Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide a uniformly finished surface ready to receive field-applied paint. HOLLOW METAL DOORS: Provide metal doors of types and styles indicated on drawings or schedules and complying with SDI-100 for minimum materials and construction requirements. Exterior doors shall be Type 111, Extra Heavy Duty, Style 3. Interior doors shall be Type 11, Heavy Duty, Style 2. HOLLOW METAL FRAMES: Provide metal frames of the types and styles indicated on drawings or schedules and complying with SDI- I U-0 for minimum materials and construction requirements. Provide metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other openings, cis shown on the drawings. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames with mitered and welded corners full depth and width of frame. Form exterior frames of hot dip galvanized steel, and either cold or hot-rolled sheet steel for interior. Gauge: Not less than 14 gauge for exterior. Gauge Not less than 16 gauge for interior. Finish Hardware Reinforcement: Reinforce frames for required finish hardware, as follows: Hinges and Pivots: Steel plate 3/161, thick x 1-1/211 wide x 61, longer than hinge, secured by not less than 6 spot-welds. Strike Plate Clips Steel plate 3/1611 thick x 1-1/211 wide x 311 long. Surface-Applied Closers: 12 gauge steel sheet, secured with not less than 6 spot- w eTc Fs-. Mullions and Transom Bars: Provide closed or tubular mullions and transom bars where indicated. Fasten mullions and transom bars at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. Reinforce joints between frame members with concealed clip angles or sleeves of some metal and thickness cis frame. Provide false head member to receive lower ceiling where frames extend to finish ceilings of different heights. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 8J2-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Head Reinforcing Where installed in masonry, leave vertical mullions in frames open at the top so they can be filled with grout. Jamb Anchors: Furnish jamb anchors as required to secure frames to adjacent construction, formed of not less than 18 gouge galvanized steel. Wood Stud Partitions: Insert type with notched clip to engage wood stud, welded to back of frames. Provide at least 4 anchors for each jamb for frames up to 71-61, in height; 5 anchors up to 81-011 jamb height; one additional anchor for each 241, or fraction thereof over 81-011 height. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion which extends to floor, formed of not less than 14 gauge galvanized steel sheet, as follows: Wood Flooring System: Adjustable type with extension clips, allowing not less than 211. height adjustment.- Terminate bottom of frames at finish floor surface. Head Anchors: Provide 2 anchors at head of frames exceeding 4211 wide for frames mounted in wood stud walls. Head Strut Supports: Provide 3/811 x 211 vertical steel struts extending from top of frame (it each jamb to supporting construction above. Bend top of struts to provide flush contact for securing to supporting construction above. Provide adjustable bolted anchorage to frame jamb members. Structural Reinforcing Members: Provide structural reinforcing members as a part of frame assembly, where indicated at mullions, transoms, or other locations which are to be built into frame. Spreader Bars: Provide removable! spreader bar across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. Rubber Door Silencers: Drill stop to receive 3 silencers on single-door frames and 4 silencers on double-door frames. Instal I plastic plugs to keep holes clear during construction. Plaster Guards: Provide 26 gauge steel plaster guards or dust cover boxes, welded to frame, at back of finish hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware installation. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 8J2-5 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 STOPS AND MOLDINGS: Provide stops and moldings around solid, glazed and louvered panels in hollow metal units and in frames to receive doors, where indicated. Form fixed Stops and moldings integral with frame, unless otherwise acceptable to the Architect. Provide fixed stops on inside of hollow metal units exposed to exterior and on corridor side of interior units, unless otherwise indicated. Provide removable stops and molds at other locations, formed of not less than 20 gauge steel sheets; exterior, galvanized and interior cold-rolled. Secure with countersunk machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 1,211 o.c. Form corners with butted hairline joints. Coordinate width of rabbet between fixed and removable stops with type of glass or panel and type of installation indicated. Provide terminated stops on interior door frames, where shown on the drawings. Unless otherwise shown, terminate stops 611 above the finish floor with a 45 degree angle cut, and close open end of stop with steel sheet closure. Cover opening in extension of frame with a welded steel filler plate, with welds ground smooth. EXECUTION INSPECTION: Installer must examine substrate and conditions under which steel doors and frames are to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. INSTALLATION: General: Install hollow metal units and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings and manufacturer's data, and as herein specified. Placing Frames Comply with the provisions of SDI-105 "Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames", unless otherwise indicated. Except for frames located at drywall installations, place frames prior to construction of enclosing walls and ceilings. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. Install fire-rated frames in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 80. In wood stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. In wood stud partitions, attach studs to wall anchors with topping screws. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 8,12-6 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Door Installation: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in their respective frames, within clearances specified in SDI- 100. Place f ire-rated doors with clearances as specified in NFPA standard No. 80. Finish hardware is specified in 8S-Series sections. ADJUST AND CLEAN: Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating finish hardware items in hollow metal work prior to final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including doors or fra mes which (ire warped, bowed or otherwise damage. Prime Coat Touch-t2@. Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer. END OF SECTION 8J2. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 8,12-7 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 8S I - FINISH HARDWARE GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Provide finish hardware as shown on the drawings and in schedules and as required. Finish hardware is hereby defined to include all items known commercially as Builders' Hardware, as required for swing doors, except special types of hardware specified in the some section as the door and door f rame. The hardware sp if ied herein is intended to cover (311 necessary material required to fully complete the hardware requirements of the building. It is the intention and it shall be understood that the hardware herein specified shall be figured in sufficient quanitites to fill the requirements of the Contract drawings, even though every item necessary to do so is not herein specified, except for those items of hardware that are specially covered under other sections of the specifications. If the hardware for any particular location is not specified herein, it shall be furnished of similar design and of quality equal to other items specified for similar locations. It shall be of suitable type and ample size and weight to perform the service required. Where the furnished shape or size of the member taking hardware is such as to prevent the use of, or make unsuitable the exact type specified, suitable types shall be furnished having as nearly as practicable the same operation as that which is specified. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Supplier: Subcontract the furnishing of hardware, as specified by these specifications, only to a recognized builders' hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same area as the project for a period of not less than five years, and who has in his employment an experienced hardware consultant who is available at all reasonable times during the course of the work, for project hardware consultation to the Owner, Architect and Contractor. Installer: Assign the installation of hardware to experienced tradesmen in compliance with trade union jurisdictions; either at the door and frame fabrication plant or at the project site, at Contractor's option except as otherwise indicated. It is assumed that the carpentry trade will install hardware items, except as otherwise required by the manufacturer, or otherwise directed by the Contractor, or otherwise specified. Manufacturer: To the greatest extent possible, obtain each kind of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from only one manufacturer. The numbers herein specified are taken from manufacturer's catalogues as specified on schedule. Material of equal quality from other manufacturers will be acceptable, provided a request in writing is made to the Architect at least ten days prior to bid date and if in the opinion of the Architect, the material requested for substitution is equal in quality and appearance to that specified and if it can be established that the substitution material will effect a saving in cost. Furnish samples of substitute hardware when requested by Archi- tect. FINISH HARDWARE 8SI-I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Fire Rated Openin(Ls: Provide hardware for fire-rated openings in compliance with A.T.A. (NBFU) Pamphlet No. 80 and hardware which has been tested and listed by UL for the types and sizes of doors required, and complies with the requirements of the door and door frame labels. Where panic exit devices are required on fire-rated doors, provide supplementary marking on door UL label indicating "Fire Door to be Equipped with Fire Exit Hardware" and provide UL label on exit device indicating "Fire Exit Hardware". JOB CONDITIONS Coordination: Cc-ordinate hardware with other work. Tog each item or package separately, with identification related to the final hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions in the package. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use on doors and frames of the thicknesses, profile, swing, security and similar requirements indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function, regardless of ornmissions or conflicts in the information in the Contract Documents. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at -the time and to the locations (shop or field) for installation, as directed by the Contractor. Provide secure lock-up for hardware delivered to the project, but not yet installed. Control the handling and installtion of hardware items which are not immediately replaceable, so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses, both before and after installation. Hand of door: The drawings show.the swing or hand of each door leaf (left, right, reverse, bevel, etc.). Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of the door swing as shown. Templates Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and other work to be factory prepGred for the installation of hardware. Upon request, check the shop drawings of such other work, to confirm that adequate provisions will be made for the proper installation of hardware. SUBMITTALS: Samples, Finish Hardware: Prior to submittal of the final hardware schedule and prior to delivery of hardware, submit one sample of each exposed hardware unit, finished as required, and tagged with full description for coordination with the schedule. Sample will be reviewed by the Architect for design, color and texture only. Compliance with other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Hardware Schedule, Finish Hardware: Submit five (5) copies of the finish hardware schedule in the manner and format specified, pomplying with the, actual construction progress schedule requirements (for each draft). Include a separate key schedule, showing clearly how the Owner's final instructions on keying of locks have been fulfilled. Hardware schedules are intended for coordination of the work. Review and acceptance by the Architect or Owner does not relieve the Contractor of his exclusive responsibility to fulfill the requirements as shown and specif ied. FINISH HARDWARE 8SI-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Final Hardware Schedule: Based on all finish hardware requirements as indicated in the Contract Documents (including drawings, schedules and specifications) prepare a final hardware schedule organized into "hardware sets" indicating complete designation of every item required for each door or opening. Each door or opening shall be identified on the hardware schedule with Architect door reference number as shown on the drawings. Each "hardware set" on the hardware schedule shall be cross referenced to the Architect's hardware set number in the specifications. Furnish initial draft of schedule at the earliest possible date, in order to facilitate the fabrication of other work (such as hollow metal frames) which may be critical in the project construction schedule. Furnish final draft of schedule after samples, manufacturer's data sheets, coordination with shop drawings for other work, delivery schedules and similar information has been complete and accepted. Manufacturer's Data, Finish Hardware: For information only submit two (2) copies of manufacturer's data for each item of finish hardware. Include whatever information may be necessary to show compliance with requirements, and include parts and exposed finishes. Wherever needed, furnish templates to fabricators of other work which is to receive finish hardware. Indicate by transmittal that copy of applicable data has been distributed to the Installer. MATERIALS GENERAL: Manufacturer's Name Plate: Do not use manufacturer's products which have manu- TGCturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location (omit removable nameplates), except in conjunction with required UL labels and as otherwise acceptable to the Architect. ManUfGCturer's identification will be permitted on rim of lock cylinders only. Base Metals: Produce hardware units of the basic metal and forming method indicated, using the ufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper and hardness, but in no case of lesser (commercially recognized) quality than specified for the applicable hardware units by FS FF-H- 106, FS FF-G- I 11, FS FF-H- 116 and FS FF-H- 12 1. Do not furnish "optional" materials or forming methods for those indicated, except as otherwise specified. Fasteners: Manufacture hardware to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware which has been prepared for self - topping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated. Furnish screws for installation, with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat-head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match the hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match the finish of such other work as closely as possible including "prepared for point" in surfaces to receive painted finish. Tools for Maintenance: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of Builders' Hardware. Match the finish of every hardware unit at each door or opening, to the greatest extent possible, and except as otherwise indicated. Redue difference in color and textures GS much as commercially possible where the base metal or metal forming process is different FINISH HARDWARE 8SI-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 for individual units of hardware exposed at the same door or opening. In general, Match all items to the manufacturer's standard finish for the latch and lockset (or push-pull units if not latchlock sets) for color and texture. The Architect will be the sole judge of whether hardware units match the accepted samples and match each other satisfactorily. Units will be judged when held 21-011 apart at 31-011 distance. The basic finish for all hardware shall be US32D Stainless Steel Satin on exterior and interior of building. Locks: All locks shall be the product of one manufacturer. Heavy duty cylindrical type supplied with ASA strike with lips of sufficient length to clear trim. Locks with any die cost parts are not acceptable. Closers: All door closers shall be of one manufacturer. They shall be hydraulically controlled and full rack and pinion in operation. The closer body shall be'of high strength cast iron. Each closer must have adjustable general speed, latch speed, and back check control. The spring power of door closers used on exterior or vestibule doors must be adjustable. Necessary arms, brackets, and other door closer accessories must be available to suit the job conditions. The door closers are to be adjusted by a factory representative after (311 are installed on job. The door closers are to be guaranteed -for five years against mechanical failure. Al surface mounted closers shall be through bolted to doors. All doors with closers except 811 label shall be set to operate at maximum pressure of 8 lbs. Electric hold open closers are to be -tied into the building fire alarm system by Electrical Contractor, see Electrical drawings. LOCK CYLINDERS AND KEYING: General: Supplier will meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and obtain final instructions in writing. Review the keying system with the Owner and provide the type required (master jr -gra ndmaster.) Equip locks with manufacturer's removable-core 6-pin tumbler cylinders. Exterior cylind @rs shall be removable core type. Metals: Construct lock cylinder parts from brass/bronze, stainless steel or nickel silver. Comply with the Owner's instructions for masterkeying and, except as otherwise indicated, provide individual change key for each lock which is not designated to be keyed alike with a group of related locks. Key Material: Provide keys of nickle silver only. Key Quantity: Furnish 3 change keys for each lock, 5 master keys for each master system; and 5 grandmaster keys for each grandmaster system. Deliver keys to Owner's representative. FINISH HARDWARE 8SI-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Provide a key control system including envelopes, labels, tags with self-locking key clips, receipt forms, 3-way visible card index, temporary Markers, permanent markers, and standard metal cabinet, all as recommended by system manufacturer, with capacity for 150% of the number of locks required for the project. Stripping and Seals: Provide stripping and seals for exterior doors as shown on the hardware schedule. Continuity of stripping: Except as otherwise indicated, it is required that the stripping at each opening be continuous and without unnecessary interruption at door corners and hardware. Provide spring-metal type weatherstripping at jambs; and head, spring aluminum, 0.00811 minimum thickness, of manufacturer's standard design and finish. Provide spring-metal type threshold-contact weatherstripping at door bottom of spring stainless steel, 0.00811 minimum thickness, of manufacturer's standard design and finish. Provide meeting seals for pairs of doors with both leaves active with extruded aluminum stripping of 0.06211 thick, bronze anodized, holding flexible stripping seals of black extruded neoprene wiper or sweep. Manufacturers: Manufacturers of hardware are listed as follows: Pivots - McKinney Removable Mullion - Von Duprin Butts - McKinney Kick Plates - Brookline Panic Sets - Von Duprin Stops/Holders - H. B. Ives Locksets - Russwin Silencers - Brookline Closures - LCN Push Pulls - Brookline Thresholds - Zero Weatherstripping - Zero HARDWARE SCHEDULE Hardware Set #1 - Exterior Single H.M. Exit Door - each door to have: 1 V2 pair hinges T413 3386 02 x 02 NRP US32D I exit device 33NL-TP x L.C. US32D I cylinder 8291 US32D I closure 4040 CUSH-EDA AL I threshold 564A x door width AL I kick plate 811 x LDW less 211 x .,050 US32D I set weatherstripping 312 AL Hardware Set #2 - Exterior H.M. Service Door - each door to have: 1 V2 pair hinges T4B 3386 02 x 02 NRP US32D I lockset 5061 W33 Austin 181 US32D I cylinder 8291 US32D I closure 4014H 180 CUSH AL I kickplate 811 x LDW less 211 x .050 US32D I saddle 564A x door width AL I set westherstripping 312 AL FINISH HARDWARE 8SI-5 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Hardware Set #3 - Exterior H.M. Door - each door to have: 1 V2 pair hinges T413 3386 02 x 4V2 NRP US32D I lockset 5061 W33 Austin 181 US32D I closure 4114H CUSH AL I cylinder 8291 US32D I kickplate 811 x LDW less 211 x .050 US32D I saddle 564A x door width AL I set weatherstripping 312 AL Hardware Set #4 - Exterior H.M. Door - each door to have: I Y2 pair hinges T413 3386 02 x 02 NRP US32D I lockset 1503 1/418, US32D I cylinder 8291 US32D I closure 4014 CUSH AL I kickplate 811 x LDW less 211 x .050 US32D I push plate 58 6 x 20 US32D I pull plate 58 C808 6 x 20 US32D 3 silencers #33 1 wall stop 407V2S US32D Hardware Set #5 - Interior H.M. Door - each door to have: I Yz pair hinges T413 3386 02 x 02 NRP US32D Ilockset 5056 W33 Austin 181 US32D I cylinder 8291 US32D I kick plate 811 x LDW less 211 x .050 US32D Hardware Set #6 - Interior H.M. Door - each door to have: 1 V2 pair hinges T413 3386 02 x 4Y2 NRP US32D Ilockset 5061 W33 Austin '81 US32D I cy I i nder 8291 US32D I closure 4014H CUSH AL I kickplate 811 x LDW less 211 x .050 US32D INSTALLATION: Pre-instal lotion MeetiDT. Prior to installation of hardware at the project site conduct a general orientation meeting attended by the hardware installers, hardware suppliers, manufacturers' technical representatives, Architect, Owner's representative and Con- tractor. Compare the supplied hardware items with the accepted samples of finishes and designs (if any). Review the installation procedures related to the schedules of hardware, doo-rs and f rames. Establish hardware items for unusual provisions including special operational features, security devices, UL labels and similar considerations related to installation. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendation. WFe-rever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, install each item completely and then remove and store in a secure place during the finish application. After completion of the finishes, re-install each time. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes, have been completed on the substrate. FINISH HARDWARE 8SI-6 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Adjust and check operating time of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Lubricate moving parts with type lubricant recommended by manufacturer (graphite-type if no other recommended). Replace units which cannot be adjusted and lubricated to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make a final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean and relubricate operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. Instruct Owner's personnel, in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes during the final adjustment of hardware. Continued Maintenance Service: Approximately six months after the acceptance of Eardware in each area, the Installer accompanied by the representative of the latch and lock manufacturer, shall return to the project to readjust every item of hardware to restore proper function of doors and hardware. Consult with and - instruct Owner's personnel in recommended additions to the maintenance procedures. Clean and lubricate operational items wherver required. Rep I ace' hardware items which have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials or installation of hardware units. Prepare a written report of current and predictable problems (of substantial nature) in the performance of the hardware. HARDWARE MOUNTING HEIGHTS: Mount hardware units at the following lo cations on each door or door opening, except (is otherwise specifically indicated, or required to comply with governing regulations, and except as may be otherwise directed by the Architect. Lowest Hinge: 1011 above floor to bottom of unit. Highest Hinge: 511 below top of door to top of unit. Intermediate Hinges: Equally spaced between lowest and highest hinge units. Lock and Latch Sets: Knobs centered 3811 above floor. Dead Locks: Cylinder and Turn centered 601, above floor. Door Pull: Pull center 4511 above floor, also centered 511 from edge of door, unless style dimension necessitates another location. Push Plate: Coordinated with MGtcning door pull, if any, otherwise centered 4811 above floor; also centered 511 from door edge, unless style dimension style necessitates another location. Horizontal Push/Pull Bar: Bar or unit centered 4211 above floor. FINISH HARDWARE 8SI-7 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Exit Device Bar or Plate: Operating bar or plate centered 4211 above floor. Bolts, Head and Sill: Operating device cenetred not more than 721, above floor. Special Pulls and Other Special Units: Units mounted at height recommended by manutacturer. END OF SECTION 8S 1. FINISH HARDWARE 8SI-8 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 9D I - GYPSUM DRYWALL GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: IN The types of work include: Gypsum drywall directly applied to solid (continuous) substrates. Gypsum drywall applied to wood framing and furring. Drywall finishing (joint tape-ond-compound treatment). Wood Framing and Furring are specified in Division 6. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Fire-Resistance Rating: Where gypsum drywall systems with fire-resistance ratings are indicated or are required to comply with governing regulations, provide materials and installations identical with applicable assemblies which have been tested and listed by recognized authorities, including UL and AIA. Comply with FM "Approval Guide" where applicable. Manuf acturer: Obtain gypsum board products from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of gypsum boards. REFERENCES: Gypsum Board Standard: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/ASTM C 840 for application and finishing of gypsum board, unless otherwise indicated. Gypsum Board Terminology Standard: GA-505 by Gypsum Association. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Submit manufacturerls' product specifications and installation instructions for each gypsum drywall component, including other data as may be required to show pliance with these specifications. PRODUCT HANDLING: com Deliver, identify, store and protect gymsum drywall materials to comply with referenced standards. JOB CONDITIONS: Environmental Conditions: Comply with referenced standards. GYPSUM DRYWALL 9DI-I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 PRODUCTS ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offer- ing producTs--w`F1_cF_m-a_ybe incorporated in the work include, but are not limited -to, the following: Gypsum Board and Related Products: The Celotex Corporation The Flintkote Company Georgia.-Pacific Corp. Gold Bond Building Products Div. National Gypsum Co. United States Gypsum Co. GYPSUM BOARD: Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, of types, edge configuration and thickness indicated; in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. IX2Si Type X for fire-resistant rated assemblies and where indicated. Edges: Tapered. Thickness: 5/811, except where otherwise indicated. Water Resistant Bac-king Board: ASTM C 630, with tapered edges and of type and thickness indicated-, in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. IZ2L Type X for f ire-resistant rated assemblies and where indicated. Thickness: 5/811, except where otherwise indicated. TRIM ACCESSORIES: General: Provide manufacturer's standard trim accessories of types indicated for drywall work, formed of galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated, with either knurled and perforated or expcinded flanges for nailing or stapling, and beaded for concealment of flanges in joint compound. Provide corner beads, L-type edge trim-beads, U-type edge trim-beads, special L-kerf-type edge trim-beads, and one-piece control joint beads. Semi-Finishing Type: Manufacturer's standard trim units which are not to be finished with joint compound (non-beaded). JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS: General: ASTM C 475; type recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated, except as otherwise indicated. Joint Tape:. Perforated type. Joint Compound: Ready-mixed vinyl-type for interior use. Grade: 2 separate grades; one specifically for bedding tapes and filling depressions, and one for topping and sanding. GYPSUM DRYWALL 9D 1 -2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Joint Compound: On interior work provide chemical-hardening-type for bedding and filling, ready-mixed vinyl-type for topping. Water-Resistant Joint Compound: Special water-resistant type for treatment of joints, fastener heads and cut edges of water-resistant backing board. Available Product: Sheetrock Brand W/R Compound;, United States Gypsum Co. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall work of the type and grade T-ecommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum board. Laminating Adhesive: Special adhesive or joint compound specifically recommended for laminating gypsum boards. Fastening Adhesive (for Wood): ASTM C 557. Gypsum Board Screws: Comply with ASTM C 646. Building Paper: No. 15 asphalt felt. Acoustical Sealant: Water base type, non-drying, non-bleeding, non-staining type; per- manently elastic, as recommended by gypsum board manufacturers for application indicated. Sound Attenuation Blankets: FS HH-1-52.1, Type 1; semi-rigid mineral fiber blanket without membrane; Class 25 flame sp'read, K value of 0.25; as indicated. EXECUTION INSTALLATION OF METAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS: Do not bridge building expansion joints with support system, frame both sides of joints with furring and other support cis indicated. Screw furring members to wood framing as indicated. Ceiling Support Suspension Systems: Secure hangers to structural support by connecting directly to structure where possible, otherwise connect to inserts, clips or other anchorage devices or fasteners as indicated. Space main runners 41-011 o.c. and space hangers 41-011 o.c. along runners, except as otherwise shown. Level main runners to a tolerance of 1/411 in 121-011, measured both lengthwise on each runner and transversely between parallel runners. Wire-tie or clip furring members to main runners and to other structural supports as IF in @icate@. Direct-Hung Metal Support System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle wherever support system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join support members to each other and butt-cut to fit into wall track. GYPSUM DRYWALL 9D 1-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Space furring member 1611 o.r., except as otherwise indicated. Install auxiliary fr iming at termination of drywall work, and at openings for light fixtures and similar work, as required for support of both the drywall construction and other work indicated for support thereon. Wall/Partition Sup )ort Systems: Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing to support fixtures, equipment, services, heavy trim, furnishings and similar work which cannot be adequately supported on gypsum board alone. Install runner tracks at floors, ceilings and structural walls and columns where gypsum drywall stud system abuts other work, except as otherwise indicated. Extend partition stud system through ceilings and elsewhere as indicated to the structural support anU-substrate above the ceiling. Space studs 1611 o.c., except as otherwise indicated. Frame openings other than door openings in some manner as required for door openings; and install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. Space wall furring members 161, o.c., except as otherwise indicated. Install supplement3ry framing, runners, furring, blocking and bracing at opening and terminations in the work, and at locations required to support fixtures, equipment, services, heavy trim, furnishings and similar work which cannot be adequately supported directly on gypsum board alone. Install insulation and supplementary framing as indicated for wall/partitions support systems. GENERAL GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: Pre-installation Conference: Meet at the project site with the installers of related work and review the coordination and sequencing of work to ensure that everything to be concealed by gypsum drywall has been accomplished, and that chases, access panels, openings, supplementary framing and blocking and similar provisions have been completed. Install sound attenuation blankets as indicated, prior to gypsum board unless readily installed aFte-r-Fo-ard has been Mstalled. Locate exposed end-butt joints as for from center of walls and ceilings as possible, and stagger not less than 11-011 in alternate courses of board. Install ceiling boards in the direction and manner which will minimize the number of end- butt joints, and whi7h will avoid end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger end joints at least 11-011. Install wall/partition boards vertically to avoid end-butt joints wherever possible. At stairwells and similar high walls, install boards horizontally with end joints staggered over studs. GYPSUM DRYWALL 9D 1-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Install exposed gypsum board with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/ 161, open space between boards. Do not force into place. Locate either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications or where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Position boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges and mill-cut or field-cut ends against mill-cut or field-cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. Attach gypsum board to framing and blocking as required for additional support at openings utouts. Form control joints and expansion joints with space between edges of boards, prepared to receive trim accessories. Cover both faces of wood stud partition framing with gypsum board in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.). Where sound-rated drywall work is indicated (STC rating), including double-layer work and on resilient furring, seal the work at perimeters, control and expansion joints, openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant including a bead at both faces of partitions. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for location of beads, and close off sound-flanking paths around or through the work, including sealing of partitions above acoustical ceilings. Space fasteners in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced standards and manu- facturer's recommendations, except as otherwise indicated. METHODS OF GYPSUM DRYWALL APPLICATION: Single-Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard. On ceilings apply gypsum board prior to wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible. On partition/walls apply gypsum board vertically (parallel), unless otherwise indi- cated, and provide sheet lengths which will minimize end joints. On partitions/walls 81-111 or less in height apply gypsum board horizontally (perpen- dicular); use maximum length sheets possible to minimize end joints. Wall Tile Base: Where drywall is base for thin-set ceramic tile and similar rigid applied wall finishes, install gypsum backing board. At showers, tubs and similar "wet" areas, install water-resistant backing board. Apply with un-cut long edge at bottom of work, and space 1/41, above fixture lips. Seal ends, cut-edges and penetrations of each piece with water-resistant compound before installation. Double-layer Application: Install gypsum backing board for base layer and exposed gypsum board for face layer. On ceilings apply base layer prior to base layer applications on walls/partitions; apply face layers in some sequence. Offset joints between layers at least 10". Apply base layers at, right angles to supports unless otherwise indicated. GYPSUM DRYWALL 9D 1-5 FALLS TOWNSHIPWATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 ProvidE! 1/211 resilient channels at 1611 o.c. between layers of drywall in accordance with UL design L505. On partitions1walls apply base layer and face layers vertically (parallel) with joints of base layer over supports and face layer joints offset at least 1011 with base layer joints. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum boards to supports as follows: Fasten with screws. Double-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply base layer of gypsum board and face layer to base layer as follows: Fasten both base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. Direct-Bonding to Substrate: Where gypsum board is indicated to be directly adhered to a substrate (other than-itfuds, joists, furring members or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations, and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum board until fastening adhesive has set. Exterior Soffits and Ceilings: Install exterior gypsum board perpendicular to supports, with end joints staggered over supports. Install with 1/41, open space where boards abut other work. Seal cut edges of each piece with water-resistant sealant before installation, and seal edges at penetration, and other cut-outs in each sheet. Fasten with Zinc-coated screws. INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TRIM ACCESSORIES: General: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges by nailing or stapling in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Install metal corner beads at external corners of drywall work. Install metal edge trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi-exposed, and except where plastic trim is indicated. Provide type with face flange to receive joint compound except where semi-finishing type is indicated. Install L-type trim where work is tightly abutted to other work, and install special kerf-type where other work is kerfed to receive long leg of L-type trim. Install U-type trim where edge is exposed, revealed, gasketed,, or sealant-filled (including expansion joints). Install J-type serni-finishing trim where indicated, and where exterior gypsum board edges are not covered by applied moldings. FINISHING OF DRYWALL: General: Apply -treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions), flanges of trim accessories, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration. Prefill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, if any, using type of compound recommended by manufacturer. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated. GYPSUM DRYWALL 9D 1-6 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Apply joint compound in 3 coats (not including prefill of openings in base), and sand between last I coats and alter last coat. Water-Resistant Gypsum Board Base for Ceramic Tile: Treat joints and fasteners to comply with directions of water-resistant joint compound manufacturer. In areas to be tiled treat fastener heads with water-resistant joint compound. Fill tapered edges in gypsum panels with water-resistant joint compound, embed joint tape firmly and wipe off excess compound; follow immediately with a second coat of water-resistant joint compound over taping coat, being careful not to crown the joint. Fold and embed tape in all interior angles to form true angle. In areas not to be tiled, treat fastener heads and embed tape as indicated above using water-resistant joint compound but finish with 2 coats of joint compound used for regular gypsum board work. Regular Gypsum Board Base for Ceramic Tile: In areas to be tiled using organic adhesive, tape joints and apply 4" wide coat of joint compound. Partial Finishing: Omit third coat (if specified) and sanding on concealed drywall work is indicated for drywall finishing or which requires finishing to achieve fire- resistance rating, sound rating or to act as air or smoke barrier. PROTECTION OF WORK: Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for protecting gypsum drywall work from damage and deterioration during remainder of construction period. END OF SECTION 9D I GYPSUM DRYWALL 9D 1-7 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 9GO - TILE WORK: GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions I'll and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of tile work is shown on drawings and in schedules. The work includes ceramic mosaic tile floors and bases. 4A QUALITY ASSURANCE: Manufacturing Standards: Furnish tile conforming with Standard Grade requirements of ANSI A=. 1. When using setting and grouting materials manufactured under TCA license, include identification togeilher with formula on each container. Provide materials obtained from only one source for each type- and color of tile. Proprietary Materials: Handle, store, mix and apply proprietary setting and grouting materials in Compliance with manufacturer's instructions. SUBMITTALS: Manufacturer's Data, Tile Work: For information only, submit 2 copies of manufacturer's technical information and installation instructions for all materials required, except bulk materials. Include certification and other data as may be required to show compliance with these specifi- cations. Transmit a copy of each instruction to the Installer. Samples, Tile Work:. Submit 3 samples of each type and color of tile required, not less than 1211 square on plywood or hardboard backing, and grouted. Also, submit one full-size sample of each tile accessory. Submit samples of trim and other units if requested by Architect. Review will be for color, pattern and texture only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive reponsibility of the Contractor. DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Deliver packaged material and store in original containers with seal unbroken and labels intact until time of use, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PRODUCTS Materials: Ceramic Mosaic Tile: Size, color, and pattern as shown, all purpose edge units. Factory mount tile onto sheets with mesh, dot, net, or other backing method. TIL E WORK 9G0_ 1 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Type: Porcelain units, with water absorption not exceeding 0.5%. Size: 211 x 211 Color and Pattern: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer's complete range of standard and optional colors. The Architect shall select up to four (4) different ceramic mosaic colors and patterns for use in the building. Trim Shapes: As required for complete installation, of same materials, size, color and finish of field tile. Portland Cement Mortar and Grout Materials: Comply with ANSI A108.1, A108.2 and A 108.3. Commercial Cement Grout: Proprietary compound of portland cement and additives factory blended to decrease shrinkage and increase moisture resistance. Products offered by manufacturers to comply with the requirements for modified portland cement grout include the following: Hydroment Ceramic Tile Grout; Upco Chem./USM Corp. L & M Acid-R Grout; L & M Surco Mfg. Inc. MEtal Edge Strip-, Zinc alloy or stainless steel, 1/811 wide at top edge with integral provision for anchorage to mortar bed or subsiab, unless otherwise shown. E)@ ECUTION IN@PECTION: Ins taller must examine the areas and conditions under which tile work is to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely co-npetion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. INSTALLATION: General: Comply with ANSI standard installation specifications A108.1 through A108.7 except as otherwise shown. Maintain minimum temperature limits and installation practices as recommended by proprietary mortar and grout materials manufacturer. Extend tile work into recesses and under equipment and fixtures, to form a complete covering without interruptions, except as otherwise shown. Terminate work neatly at obstruct ions,edges and corners without disruption of pattern or joint alignments. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions for mixing and installation of proprietary materials. Neutralize and seal substrates in accordance with mortar or adhesive manufacturer ,s instructions. Setting Beds: Provide setting beds as shown. If not shown, provide one of the following, subject to the specified limitations. TILE WORK 9GO-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Use portland cement mortar setting beds for floor on substrates where thickness permits. Jointing Patterns: Unless otherwise shown, lay tile in grid pattern. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls and trim are the some size. Layout tile work and center tile fields both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise shown. Placement: Comply with applicable requirements of the specified standards for instal- lation. Portland Cement mortar set quarry tile: ANSO A 108.3. Grout: For ceramic mosaic: tile and other non-absorptive tile with joints less than 1/811 wide, use .one part portland cement to one part extra fine sand. Expansion and Control Joints: Provide where shown and as detailed on drawings, or if not shown joints to be within 40 sq. ft. for ceramic tile and 600 sq. ft. for quarry tile. Sealants for eXpansion and control joints are specified in the 7T-Series.. Metal Edge Strips: Provide where shown, and where exposed edge of ceramic tile flooring is to meet carpet, wood, or other resilient floor covering. Cleaning: Upon cornpletion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. Unglazed tile mat to be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by the tile and grout manufacturer's printed instructions, but not sooner than 14 days after installation. Protect metal surfaces, cast iron and vitreous plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning. Flush the surface with clean water before and after cleaning. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unboncled or--o-t"Fe-rwise defective tile work. Protecton: When recommended by the tile manufacturer, apply a protective coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with Kraft paper or other heavy covering during the construction period to prevent damage and wear. Prohibit all foot and wheel traffic from using tiled floors at least 3 days, preferably 7 days. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from all tile surfaces. END OF SECTION 9GO. TILE WORK 9GO-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 9NO - RESILIENT FLOORING GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of resilient flooring and accessories is shown on the drawings and in schedules. The types of resilient flooring and accessories include the following: Resilient tile flooring Resilient base for walls Resilient edge strips QUALITY ASSURANCE Wherever possible, provide resilient flooring and accessories produced by a single manu- facturer. SUBMITTALS: ManUfGCturer's Data; Resilient Flooring For information only, submit 2 copies of manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of resilient flooring and accessory. Transmit a copy of each installation instruction to Installer. Samples; Resilient Flooring Submit 3 sets of samples of each type, color and finish of resilient flooring and accessory required. Provide full-size tile units and 1211 square samples of sheet flooring and 611 long sample of accessory. Include full range of flooring color and pattern variation. Sample submittals will be reviewed for color, texture and pattern only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Maintenance Instructions; Resilient Flooring Submit 2 copies of manufacturer's written instructions for recommended maintenance practices for each type of resilient flooring and accessories. Replacement Material; Resilient Floors: After completion of work, deliver replacement materials to the project site, as follows: Tile flooring, not less than one box for each 50 boxes, or fraction thereof, for each type, size, and color installed. Furnish replacement materials from the same manufactured lot as the Materials installed. RESILIENT FLOORING 9NO- I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 JOB CONDITIONS: Continuously heat 13reas to receive flooring to 70 degrees F. for at least 48 hours prior to installation, when project conditions are such that heating is required. Maintain 70 degrees F. temperature continuously during and after installation as recommended by flooring manufacturer, but for not less than 48 hours. PRODUCTS COLORS AND PATTERNS: Provide colors and patterns as selected by Architect from manufacturer's complete range standard and optional colors and patterns for each type of resilient material. The Architect shall have the option to select up to four (4) different colors and patterns for use on the project of each type of resilient material. TILE FLOORING: Vinyl Asbestos Tile (VAT): FS SS-T-312, Type IV, 1211 x 121, x 1/811 gage. ACCESSORIES- Resilient Base: Provide vinyl base! complying with FS SS-W-40, Type 11, with matching end stops and preformed or molded corner units, as follows: Height 41, Thickness: 1/811 gage. Style: Standcrd top-set cove, use with tile floors. Resilient Edge Str!Ls:. 1/811 thick, homogenous vinyl of rubber composition, tapered or bullnose edge, color to match flooring, or as selected by Architect from standard colors available; not less than I" wide. Metal Edge Strips: Of width shown and of required thickness to protect exposed edge of resilient flooring. Provide units of maximum available length, to minimize number of joints. Material: Extruded aluminum with mill finish, unless otherwise shown. lype:. Butt type metal edge strips for concealed anchorage. Adhesives (Cements): As recommended by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. EXECUTION INSPECTION: Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which resilient flooring and accessories are to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions RESILIENT FLOORING 91\10-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. PREPARATION: Prior to laying flooring, broom clean or vacuum surfaces to be covered and inspect subfloor. Start of flooring installation indicates acceptance of subfloor conditions and full responsibility for completed work. Use leveling compound as recommended by flooring manufacturer for filling small cracks and depressions in subfloors. INSTALLATION: General: Install flooring after finishing operations, including painting, have been completed and permanent heating system is operating. Moisture content of floor, building air temperature and relative humidity must be within limits recommended by flooring manufacturer. -PlGce flooring with adhesive cement in strict compliance with manufacturer's recom- mendations. Butt tightly to vertical surfaces, thresholds, nosings and edgings. Scribe around obstructions to produce neat joints, laid tight, even, and straight. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, and into closets and similar openings. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other non-permanent marking device. Install flooring on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and other such items as occur within finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed in these covers. Tightly cement edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers. Tightly cement flooring to subbase without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. *1i'le Floor: Lay tile from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so that tile at opposite edges of the room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than 1/2 tile at room perimeters. Lay tile square to room axis, unless otherwise shown. Match tiles for color and pattern by using tile from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged. Cut tile neatly to and around all fixtures. Broken, cracked, chipped or deformed tile are not acceptable. Lay tile with grain in tile running in the same direction. RESILIENT FLOORING 9NO-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Accessories: Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in as long lengths as practicable, with preformed corner units, or fabricated from base materials with mitered or coped inside corners. Tightly bond base to backing throughout the length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizont,31 and vertical surfaces. Apply butt type metal edge strips where shown on drawings, and prior to resilient flooring. Secure units with countersunk stainless steel anchors, complying with manufacturer's recommendat ions. CLEANIN-G AND PROTECTION: Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes, using neutral type cleaners as recommended by flooring manufacturer. Protect installed flooring from damage by covering. Finishing After completion of project and just prior to final inspection of work, thoroughly clean f loors and accessories. Apply WGX and bUff, with type of wax, number of coats and buffing procedures in compliance with flooring manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 9NO RESILIENT FLOORING 9NO-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 9L I - WOOD FLOORING GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of wood flooring is shown on drawings and in schedules. Types of wood flooring required include the following: Wood strip flooring. Wood substrates including sleepers, are specified in Division 6. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Installer: Specialized wood flooring fir m with not less than 3 years successful experience in installation of types specified, and acceptable to manufacturer of wood flooring. ,General Standard: Comply with recommendations of National Oak Flooring Manufacturer's Association.(NOFMA). Manufacturer: Obtain flooring of each type from single manufacturer or source, to insure match of quality, color, pattern and texture. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and instructions for each type of wood flooring, including installation, storage, and finishing recommendations. Samples: Submit sets of range samples for each type of wood flooring, including finish on 75% of each sample. Replacement Material: After completion of work, deliver to project site not less than 2% quantity of each wood flooring material installed. DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Moisture Content: At time of delivery, limit average moisture content of wood flooring to 12%, with F4-%maximum for any piece. Protect wood flooring materials from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver Materials in unopened bundles and store in dry place with adequate air circulation. WOOD FLOORING 91-1-1 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 JOB CONDITIONS: at approximate humidity condition planned for occupancy. Condition wood for 5 days prior Do not proceed with installation of wood flooring until spaces have been enclosed and are to start of installotion by placing in spaces to receive flooring and maintaining ambient temperature between 650F and 70 F (I 60C and 2 1 OC) before, during, and of ter instal lation. PRODUCTS Materials: Wood Strip Flooring, Species, Grade, and Cut: Provide the following wood wherever strip type flooring is indicated: Species White Oak. Grade: Select. Cut: Plain Sown. Comply with NOFMA grading rules for above species, grade and cut. Matching: Tonguedl-and-grooved and end-matched. Back ChanneliM Provide manufacturer's standard channeling on back face of each strip. Thickness: 25/32". Face Width: 3-1/41". Lengths: Provide standard random length strips, complying with applicable grading rules. Seasoning: Manufacture wood strip flooring from kiln-dried lumber. Accessory Materials for Wood Flooring: Asphalt Saturated Felt: 15 lb. type, ASTM D 226. Fasteners: As recommended by manufacturer, but not less than recommended by NOFMA in "Installation Manual.11 Stain: Penetrating type non-fading wood stain of color selected by Architect. Floor Sealer: Penetrating type, pliable, wood-hardening finish/sealer. Penetrating Sea[ #21 by Hillyard Chemical Co. Penetrating Triple XXX Seal-O-San by Huntington Laboratories, Inc. Or equivalent sealer as recommended by flooring manufacturer. FloorVarnish: Alkyd resin varnish, specially compounded for floor finish; FS TT-V-109. Floor Wax: Liquid, solvent-type, slip-resistant, FS P-W- 158, Type 1, Class 2. WOOD FLOORING 9L 1- 2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Cork Expansion Strip: Composition cork expansion strip FS HH-C-576, Type I-B, Class 2. Wood Trim: Where indicated to match wood flooring, provide wood base board molding, and base sho-e molding of some species and grade as wood flooring. EXECUTION INSPECTION: Installer must examine substrates on which wood flooring will be installed and conditions under which work will be performed and must notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion and maintenance of wood flooring. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. INSTALLATION: General: Comply with flooring manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, but not less than recommended by NOFMA in "Hardwood Flooring Installation Material" and by recommendations of APA, Inc. as applicable to type flooring required. Pattern: Comply with direction for laying wood flooring, if not shown, as directed by Architect. Expansion Space: Provide expansion space at walls and other obstructions and terminations of flooring, not. less than 1/211 unless otherwise shown on drawings. Unless fully concealed by trim, fill expansion space with flush cork expansion strip. Nail shoe molding or other trim to baseboard, rather than to flooring. Laying Wood Strip FloorinT. Blind nail flooring to substrate in accordance with NOFMA recommendations. Use only screw type flooring nails. Felt Underlayment: Where strip flooring nailed directly to subf looring, install flooring over layer of asphalt saturated felt. SANDING AND FINISHING: Machine sand installed unfinished flooring to remove offsets and non-level conditions, ridges, cups, and sanding machine marks which would be visually noticeable after finishing. Use 3 grades of sandpaper, ending with 00 grade. Vacuum clean and immediately apply finish. Do not permit traffic on floor after sanding and until finish is completed. Cover sanded floor with building paper to provide access for application of first finish coats. Apply stain to match approved sample. Apply floor sealer (2 coats) in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, including machine buffing with steel woolq in-the-wet where recommended by manufacturer. Apply floor varnish (3 coats) in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, buffing after each coat. WOOD FLOORING 9L 1-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Wax and buff completed finish before permitting traffic. PROTECTION: Institute procedures required for protection of finished wood flooring during the rernainder of construction period, so that flooring and finish will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance. END OF SECTION'91- 1. WOOD FLOORING 9L 1-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 9TO - PAINTING GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTI: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of painting work is shown on the drawings and schedules, and as herein specified. The work includes painting and finishing of interior and exterior exposed items and surfaces Th-roughout the project, except as otherwise indicated. Surface preparation, priming and coats of paint specified are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified under other sections. of the work. The work includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes'and ducts (including color coding), and of hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed under the. mechanical and electrical work, except as otherwise indicated. "Point" as used herein means all coating systems materials, including primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats. Paint all exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in "schedules" except where natural finish of the material is specifically noted as a surface not to be pointed. Where items or surfaces are to specifically mentioned, paint these the some as adjacent similar materials or areas. If color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select these from standard colors available for the materials systems specified. PAINTING NOT INCLUDED: lit The following categories of work are not included as part of the field-applied finish work, or are included in other sections of these specifications. t Shop Priming: Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of ferrous metal items is included under the various sections for structural steel, miscellaneous metal, hollow metal work, and similar items. Also, for fabricated components such as architectural woodwork, wood casework, and shop-fabricated or factory built mechanical and electrical equipment or accessories. Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces such as walls or ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible areas, foundation spaces, furred areas and pipe spaces. PAINTING 9TO- I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Finished Metal Surfaces: Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require finish painting, unless otherwise indicated. Operating Part:s and Labels: Moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing devices, motor and fan shafts will not require finish painting, unless otherwise indicated. Do not paint over any code-required labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates. SUBMITTALS: Manufacturer's Data, Painting: For information only, submit 2 copies of manufacturer's technical information including point label anallysis and application instructions for each material proposed for use. Transmit a copy of instructions for each material proposed for use. Transmit a copy of each manufacturer's instructions to the paint Applicator. Samples, Painting: Submit samples for Architect's review of color and texture only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Provide a listing of the material and application for each coat of each fin ish sample. On 121, x 121, hardboard, provide two samples of each color and material, with texture to simulate actual conditions. Resubmit each sample as requested until acceptable sheen, color-, and texture is achieved. On actual wood surfaces, provide two 411 x 811 samples of each natural and stained wo@ TfinisTas required. Label and identify each as to location and application. DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Deliver all materials to the job site in original, new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information: Name of title of material. Fed. Spec. number, if applicable. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacturer. Manufacturer's name. Contents by,volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents. Thinning instructions. Application instructions. Color name and number. PAINTING 9TO-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 JOB CONDITIONS: Apply water-base paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degrees F. and 90 degrees F. unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when air temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F. and 95 degrees F. unless otherwise permitted by the point manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85%, or to damp or wet surfaces; unless otherwise permitted by the point manufacturer's printed instructions. Painting may be continued during inclement weather only if the areas and surfaces to be pointed are enclosed and heated within the *temperature limits specified by the paint manufacturer during applications and drying periods. PRODUCTS COLORS AND FINISHES: Point color surface treatments, and finishes, are indicated in the "schedules" of the contract documents. Prior to beginning work, the Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be painted. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Color Pigments:. Pure, non-fading, applicable types to suit the substates and services ated. Point Coordination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints used. Review other sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates. Upon request from other trades, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials proposed for use, to ensure compatible prime coats are used. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required. Notify the Architect in writing of any anticipated problems using specified coating systems with substrates primed by others. MATERIAL QUALITY: Provide the best quality grade of the various types of coatings as regularly manufactured by acceptable point materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying the manufacturer's identification as a standard, best-.grade product will not be acceptable. Proprietary names used to designate colors or materials are not intended to imply that _F_ products of he named manufacturers are required to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Federal Specifications establish the minimum acceptable quality for paint materials. Provide a written certification from the paint manufacturer that materials provided meet or exceed these minimums. PAINTING 9TO-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Manufacturer's products which comply with the coating qualitative requirements of applicable Federal Specifications, yet differ in quantitative requirements, "icy be considered for use only when acceptable to the Architect. Furnish material data and manufacturer's certificate of performance to the Architect for any proposed substi- tutions. Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufactuer as the finish coats. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. EXTERIOR PAINTSYSTEM: Provide the following finish coating systems for the various substrates as shown on the finish schedule and herein specified. Metals: Exterior metals requiring painting includes the following, but is not necessarily limited to the following: Hollow metal doors and frames. HandrGi[S. Metal facias, gutters and leaders. All mechanical equipment on roof which is not factory finished. Semi-Gloss Alkyd E iamel: Ist Coat, ferrous metals: Red lead pigmented primer (TT-P-86, Type 111) I st Coat, zinc coated metals; Zinc dust-zinc oxide primer (TT-P-641). Ist C , aluminum: Zinc chromate primer (TT-P-645) 2nd Coat, Semi-Gloss alkyd enamel (TT-E-529, Class A) 3rd Coat, Semi-Gloss alkyd enamel (TT-E-529, Class A) Painted Wood: Exterior wood requiring painting includes the following, but not necessarily limited to following: Wood trim. Wood soff its. Flat Acrylic Emulsion: ISt Coat, Primer undercoat (TT-P-25) 2nd CZTa-t, Acryl ic emulsion (TT-P- 19) 3rd Coat, Acrylic emulsion (TT-P- 19) Stained Shingles: Ist Coat, Semi -transparent stain 2nd coat, Semi -transparent stain INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS Provide the following finish coating systems for the various substrates as shown on the finish schedule and herein specified. Gypsum Drywall: Apply to the following interior surfaces. Gypsum dryWGII system walls, ceilings and soffits. PAINTING 9TO-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Flat Acrylic Emulsion: I st Coat, gypsum drywall: Latex primer (TT-P-650) 2nd Coat, Acrylic emulsion (TT-P- 19) 3rd Coat, Acrylic emulsion (TT-P- 19) Metals: Apply to the following interior surfaces: Metal doors and frames. Metal railing. Miscellaneous metal surfaces and trim. Exposed surfaces of metal louvers and grilles. Exposed ductwork. Exposed mechanical and electrical items. Exposed piping. Access doors and frames. Semi-Gloss Enamel: Ist Coat, ferrous metals: Red lead primer (TT-P-86) I st Coat, zinc coated metals: zinc dust-zinc oxide primer (TT-P-641) 2nd Coat, Enamel undercoater (TT-E-543) 3rd Coat, Semi-gloss enamel (TT-E-509) Not lesTthan 2.5 mi Is dry film thickness Painted Woodwork: Apply to the following interior surfaces. Wood trim. Miscellaneous exposed woodwork and plywood. Semi-Gloss: Ist Coat, Enamel undercoat (TT-E-543) 2nd CoEit, Semi-gloss enamel (TT-E-509) 3rd Coat; Semi-gloss enamel (TT-E-509) Natural Wood All interior wood not indicated to receive paint finish, including but not necessarily limited to the following; Wood trusses Wood sills Wood trim Phenolic Tung Oil - Mod if ied Linseed Oil: Ist cout, Benjamin Moore and Co. 11088 Moorwood Penetrating Clear Wood Finish" or approved equal. 2nd Coat, some as I st, to be applied, "Wet on Wet." EXECUTION INSPECTION: Applicator must examine the areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and PAINTING 9TO-5 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Applicator. Starting of painting work will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of the surfaces and conditions wit@in any particular area. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise detrimental to the formation of a durable point film. SURFACE PREPARATION: General: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer's instructions and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition. Remove all hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish-painted, or provide surf (ice-applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Remove, if necessary, for the complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall the removed items by workmen skilled in the trades involved. Clean surfaces to be pointed before applying paint or surface treatment. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program the cleaning and painting so that contami- nants from the cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly-pointed surfaces. Wood: Clean wood surface! to be painted of all dirt, oil, or other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sandpaper smooth those finished surfaces exposed to view, and dust off. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer, before application of the priming coat. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood-fi I ler. Sandpaper smooth when dried. Prime, stain, or seal wood required to be job-painted immediately upon delivery to job. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of such wood, including cabinets, 9 counters, cases, paneling, etc. Ferrous Metals: Clean, ferrous surfl3ces, which are not galvanized or shop coated, of oil, grease, dirt, loose mills cale and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning. Touch-Up shop applied prime coots wherever damaged or bare, where required by other sections of these specifications. Clean and touch-up with the some type shop primer. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with an acceptable non-petroleum based solvent. MATERIALS PREPARATION: Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. PAINTING 9TO-6 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing and application of point in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and stir as required, during the application of the materials. Do not stir surface film into the material. Remove the film and if necessary, strain the material before using. APPLICATION- General: Apply point in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the substrate and type of material being applied. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through the final coat of paint, until the point film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to insure that all surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of f lot surfaces. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the some as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only before final installation of equipment. Paint interior surfaces of ducts where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat, non- specular black paint. Paint the back sides of access panels, and removable or hinged covers to match the exposed surfaces. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms and side edges the some as the exterior faces, unless otherwise indicated. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel coat. Omit the first coat (primer) on metal surfaces which have been shop-primed and touch-up pointed, unelss otherwise indicated. Scheduling Painting: Apply the first-cout material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretested or otherwise prepared for painting as soon cis practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and the application of another coat of paint does not cause lighting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply each material at not less than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, to establish a total dry film thickness as indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by coating manufacturer. PAINTING 9TO-7 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 CLEAN-UP AND PROTECTION: Clean-up. During the progress of the work, remove from the site all discarded point materials, rubbish, cans and rugs at the end of each work day. Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and other paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces. Protection: Protect work of other trades, whether to be pointed or not, against damage by painting and finishing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to the Architect. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly pointed finishes. Remove temporary wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of painting operations., At the completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore all damaged or defaced pointed surfaces. END OF SECTION 9TO PAINTING 9TO-8 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION I OA I - METAL TOILET PARTITIONS GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of metal toilet partition work is shown on the drawings. The types of metal toilet partitions include the following: Overhead-braced partitions. The work includes overhead braced shower partitions to be constructed of the same materials as the overhead braced toilet partitions. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Field Measurements: When possible, take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication to ensure proper fitting of the work. Otherwise, indicate field measurements on final shop drawings. Inserts and Anchorages Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be built into other work for the installation of toilet partitions and related work. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. Manufacturers offering products to comply with the requirements for metal toilet partitions include the following: Global Steel Products Corp. Knickerbocker Partition Corp. Metpar Steel Products Corp. Mills Metal Compartment Co. Sanymetal Products Co. SUBMITTALS: Manufacturer's Data, Metal Toilet Partitions: For information only, submit 2 copies of manufacturer's detailed technical data for materials, fabrication and installation. Include catalog cuts of hardware, anchors, fastenings, and accessories. Transmit copy of each instruction to the Installer. Shop Drawings, Metal Toilet Partitions: Submit shop drawings for the fabrication and erection of toilet partition assemblies which are not fully described in manufacturer's data. Show all anchorage and accessory items. METAL TOILET PARTITIONS I0AI-I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Submit setting drawings, templates, and instructions for the installation of anchorage devices built in other work. Samples, Metal Toilet Partitions: Submit 3 samples, of each required metal finish and color. Prepare samples on the some metal which will be! used in the partition assemblies. Samples will be reviewed for color, texture and surface reflectivity only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. PRODUCTS MATERIALS: Provide materials which have been selected for their surface flatness and smoothness. Exposed surfaces which exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discoloration, or other surface imperfections on the finished units are not acceptable. Steel Sheets for Baked Enamel Finish: ASTM A 591, Class C.. ga Ivan ized-bonder ized, of the following minimum thicknesses: Pilasters (overhead braced): 0.03591, (20 gage). Panels and Screens: 0.035911 (20 gage). Doors: 0.0295011 (22 gage). Concealed Reinforcement for Anchorages: 0. 104611 (12 gage). Concealed Reinforcement for Tapping: 0.0747" (14 gage). Door, Panel, Scree i, and Pilaster Core: Manufacturer's standard sound-deadening, double- faced honeycomb, impregnated Kraft paper. Pilaster Shoes: ASTM A 167, Type 302/304 stainless steel, as follows: Height 311, unless otherwise indicated. Thickness: Not less than 0.031911(20 gage). Finish: To match hardware. Stirrup Brackets: Manufacturer's standard design for attaching panels to walls and pilasters, as follows: Chromium picited non-ferrous cast alloy, to match hardware finish. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard design, heavy duty operating hardware and accessories, as follows: Chromium plated brass with polished finish. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel or brass, finished to match hardware. Use theft-resistant (one-way) type heads and nuts for exposed anchorages. METAL TOILET PARTITIONS I OA 1-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 For concealed anchors use hot-dip galvanized, cadmium-plated, or other rust-resistant protect ive-coated steel. FABRICATION: General: Furnish standard doors, panels, screens, and pilasters fabricated for the partition system, unless otherwise indicated. Pressure laminate face sheets to core material with waterproof adhesive, with a continuous interlocking strip or with lapped and formed edges. Weld edges and corners, with exposed welds ground smooth. Furnish units with cut-outs, drilled holes, and internal reinforcement to receive partition mounted hardware, accessories, and grub bars, as indicated. Panel and Door Dimensions: Not less than I" thick units, unless otherwise indicated. Furnish 2411 wide doors, unless otherwise indicated. Furnish 3211 wide (clear opening), swing out doors at stalls for use by the handicapped, unless otherwise indicated. Furnish complete with anchorages and supporting framework for- installation in other work. Overhead-Braced Pilasters: Not less than 1-1/411 thick units, with galvanized steel floor supports and leveling bolts. Furnish floor supports as recommended by partition manu- facturer to suit floor conditions. Fabriate overhead brace from a continuous extruded aluminum tube, fully enclosed anti-grip design with clear anodized finish, unless otherwise indicated. Set and secure the brace into the top of each pilaster. Furnish shoes at each pilaster. Entrance Screens: Some construction and finish, supports and anchorages, and hardware and fasteners to match compartment units. Furnish door pulls, keepers, and push plates, unless otherwise shown. Hardware: Furnish hardware for each compartment in the partition system, as follows: Hinges: Cutout inset type, adjustable to hold door open at any angle up to 90 degrees; either gravity type, or spring-action cam type, or concealed torsion rod type, to suit manufacturer's standards. Latch and Keeper: Recessed latch unit, with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper, designed for easy emergency access. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard unit, combination hook-bumper. Door Pulls: Manufacturer's standard unit. Push Plate: Surface mounted, for entrance screen unit door only. Accessories: All units chromium-plated finish, unless otherwise indicated. Apply the following accessory units to partition panels and doors, one each compartment unless otherwise indicated. METAL TOILET PARTITIONS I OA 1-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Dual roll toilet paper holder. Baked Enamel Finish: After fabrication and before applying enamel coating system, clean the galvanized steel surfaces to remove processing compounds, oils and other contami- nants. Prime the metal with a baked-on rust-inhibiting primer. Apply two finish coats of thermosetting enamel, applied by the electrostatic procev;, and baked in accordance with the paint manufacturer's instructions. Color: Four (4) of the manufacturer's standard and optional (custom) colors as selected by The-Architect. EXECUTION INSPECTION: Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which toilet partitions and related items are to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. INSTALLATION: General: Install partitions rigid, straight, plumb and level, with the panels laid out as sFown. Provide clearances of not more than 1/211 between pilasters and panels, and not more than I" between panels and walls. Secure panels to walls with not less than two stirrup brackets attached near top and bottom of the panel. Secure panels to supporting walls with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices, as shown on final shop drawings or in manufacturer"s instructions. Overhead-Braced Partitions: Secure pilaster to the supporting floor with the specified anchorage device. Level, plumb, and tighten the installation with the leveling device. Secure the overhead brace to face sheets with not less than two fasteners per face. Adjust tops of doors parallIel with the overhead brace when doors are in the closed position. Hardware Adjustments: Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation after instal- lation. Set hinges on in-swing doors to hold open approximately 30 degrees from the closed position when unlatched. Set hinges a out-swing doors and entrance swing doors, if any, to return to the fully closed position. Protection, Clean@ng and Final Adjustments: Protect units so that there will be no indication of use or damage at the time of acceptance. Perform final adjustments to pilaster leveling devices, door hardware, and other operating parts of the partition assembly just prior to final inspection. Clean exposed surfaces of partitions, hardware, fittings and accessories, and touch up minor scratches and other finish imperfections using materials and methods recommended by the partition manu- facturer. Replace damaged units which cannot be satisfactorily field repaired, as directed by Architect. END OF SECTION I OA 1. AA[ZTA1 TnIl PT P&PTITIONICZ i nA i _4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION I OB I -TOILET ACCESSORIES GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Provide toilet accessories as shown on the drawings and herein specified. Installation by appropriate trade. The type of toilet accessories required include the following: Paper towel dispenser and waste receptacles (PTD/WR) Feminine napkin dispensers (FND) Feminine napkin disposal units (FNDU) Toilet tissue dispensers (TTD) Grab bars (GB) Liquid soap dispensers (SID) Wall Mirror Units (MU) QUALITY ASSURANCE: Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set into stud framing for the installation of toilet accessories. Provide setting drawings templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorage devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. Products: Provide products of the same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units exposed in the same areas, wherever possible. Coordinate with the Architect for acceptable designs and finishes. Stamped names or labels on exposed faces of units will not be permitted, except where otherwise specified. Provide locks where specified, with the same keying for all accessory units in the project wherever possible. Manufacturers offering products to comply with the requirements for the accessories include the following: Accessory Specialties, Inc. Bobrick Washroom Equip., Inc. Bradley Corp. TOILET ACCESSORIES IOBI-I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SUBMITTALS: Manufacturer's Data: Toilet Accessories: For information only, submit 2 copies of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each toilet accessory. Indicate by transmittal form that copy of installation instructions have been distributed to the Installer. Samples, Toilet Accessories: When requested, submit full-size samples of units to Architect for review of color and finishes. Acceptable samples will be returned and may be used in the work. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive repsonsibility of the Contractor. PRODUCTS MATERIALS: Stainless Steel: AISI, Type 302/304. Provide No. 4 polished finish, unless otherwise specified. Brass: Cast or forged quality alloy, FS WW-P-541. Sheet Steel: Cold rolled, commercial quality, ASTM A 366. Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro-deposited on metal, ASTM B456, Type SC T.- Baked Enamel Finish: Factory applied, gloss white, baked acrylic enamel coating. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication ASTM A 386. Mirror Glass: FS IDD-G-451, Type 1, Class 1, Quality q2, V4" thick tempered, with silver coating, copper protective coating, and non-metallic paint coating. PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS (PTD): General: Provide paper towel dispensers, as shown on the drawings. Unless otherwise sRownor specified, provide recessed units. PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER AND WASTE RECEPTACLE (PTD/WR): General: Provide combination paper towel dispenser and waste receptacles as shown on the drawings. FabriC13te units of not less than 0.03111 thick stainless steel, all welded construction withcut mitered corners. Unless otherwise shown or specified, provide recessed units. Recessed Paper o,we_ Dispenser and Waste Receptacles (PTD/WR- 0: Size to dispense not less than 500 n-fold or 800 multi-fold paper towels with interchangeable paper drop. Fabricate dispensers to be recessed in a wall opening of 411 nominal depth. Hong dispenser doors with a concealed, full length stainless steel piano hinge, and provide a tumbler- lockset. Fabricate removable 811 deep, (extending 411 from wall), 12 gallon waste container with seamless exposed walls, continuous welded bottom pan, and hemmed edges. Provide heavy duty vinyl removable liner, secured to receptacle at not less than 4 points with grommet holes hung from stainless steel hooks. TOILET ACCESSORIES I OB 1-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Recessed Paper Towel Dispenser and Waste Receptacle (PTD/WR-2): Size to dispense 100 C-fold towels or 200 multi-fold paper towels with interchangeable paper drop. Fabricate to be recessed in a wall opening of 411 nominal depth. Hong dispenser doors with concealed, full length stainless steel piano hinge and provide tumbler lock set. Removeable 1.25 gallon stainless steel waste receptacle. FEMININE NAPKIN DISPENSERS (FND): General: Provide dual feminine napkin and tampon where shown on the drawings, size to T-s-pense not less than 17 feminine napkins and 26 tampons, unless otherwise shown. Fabricate cabinets from not less than 0.031" thick stainless steel, with all welded construction, and doors of not less than 0.05011 thick stainless steel with returned edges for maximum rigidity. Hang door with a full length stainless steel piano hinge, and provide a tumbler lockset. Brand name advertising will not be allowed. Provide the words "Napkins" and "Tampons" at coin slot controlling each dispensing mechanism. Provide recessed units for 411 nominal depth openings. Operation: Provide the following for napkin and tampon dispensing operation: 10-cent coin operation, with locked coin box keyed separately from door and from other washroom accesories. FEMININE NAPKIN DISPOSAL UNITS (FNDU): General: Provide feminine napkin disposal units of sizes shown on the drawings. Provide one unit per female toilet; use partition mounted units wherever possible unless otherwise shown. Fabricate disposal units from not less than 0.03111 thick stainless steel. Partition Mounted Feminine Napkin Disposal Units: Fabricate units for a semi-recessed installation for servicing Z toilet compartments, with flange of one-piece seamless construction without mitered corners. Provide self closing doors equipped with a full length stainless steel piano hinge, and emboss doors with the words "Napkin Disposal" and "Push". Construct cabinet and receptacle of all-welded stainless steel. Provide a recessed stainless steel finger grip on one side for servicing receptacle. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS (TTD): General: Provide toilet tissue dispensers where shown on the drawings. Provide one dispense per toilet. Mount to toilet partition where possible unless otherwise shown. Double Roll Toilet Tissue Dispensers (TTP): Provide 18 gouge satin chrome plate steel, surface mounted units, concealed wall anchorage, accommodate two standard core tissue rolls, controlled delivery tension spring to prevent free un-rolling of paper, and locking mechanism to prevent removal of roll until entirely used. GRAB BARS (GB): General: Provide grab bars where shown on the drawings and as herein specified. TOILET ACCESSORIES I OB 1-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Stainless Steel Grob Bars: Provide stainless steel grab bars as follows: Mounting: Exposed, with manufacturer's standard flanges and anchorages for type of installation. Non-slip Grip oing Surfaces: Peened, knurled or striated, manufacturer's standard. Size: I YzIl o.d., with wall thickness not less than 0.04911, (18 gauge). @@ Model No. B-6166.99 at handicapped toilet stalls and Model No. B-6106 x 48 at handicapped urinals as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. or approved equal. SOAP DISPENSERS (SD): General: Provide recessed mounted soap dispensers, one per lavatory, unless otherwise _sFo-wnor specified. Recessed Liquid S)ap Dispensers: Fabricate units of 22 gauge stainless steel welded construction seamless and burr free edges. Units to be recessed in 8-1/211 wide by 4-1/211 high wall opening. Soap vessel capacity of 46 oz., removable for filling by tumbler lock. Push in liquid soap valve. METAL FRAMED MIRRORS: Mirror Glass: VVI thick, tempered safety glass with silvering, copper coating and protective organic coating complying with FS DD-M-41 1. Backing Resilient, non-absorbent filler material, with not less than 22 gauge galvanized steel backing plate, one piece construction, full height and width of mirror frame. Corrugated cGrdbocird or other moisture absorbent fi I ler material is not acceptable. Construct metal backing with hanger slots for concealed "tamper proof" mounting. Provide manufacturer's standard hanger to engage with backing for concealed installation. Stainless Steel Frames: AISI Type 302/304 with polished No. 4 finish as follows: Use channel shapes for frames, not less than 18 gauge 0.0491, stainless steel, with square corners, welded and ground smooth. Utility Shelves: Provide shelf units where located and of size shown on drawings. Provide stainless steel shelves not less than 0.05011 stainless steel, full length unit without seams, with not less than V211 edge face and all exposed edges rolled. Provide mounting brackets fabricated from not less than 16 gauge stainless steel, welded to shelf bottom. Locate brackets as recommended by shelf manufacturer. EXECUTION: INSPECTION: Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which toilet accessories are to be installed., Notify 'The Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. TOILET ACCESSORIES I OB 1-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 INSTALLATION: Use concealed fastenings wherever possible. Provide anchors, bolts and other necessary fasteners, and attach accessories securely to walls and partitions in locations as shown or directed. Install concealed mounting devices and fasteners fabricated of the Same material as the accessories or of galvanized steel. Install exposed mounting devices and fasteners finished to match the accessories. Provide theft-resistant fasteners for all accessory mountings. Secure toilet room accessories to adjacent walls and partitions complying with the manufacturer's instructions for each item and each type of substrate construction, except that all fasteners shall be lead shielded expansion bolts, toggle bolts, or thru bolt fasteners with theft resistant heads. The use of plastic inserts is not permitted. END OF SECTION I OB 1. TOILET ACCESSORIES I OB 1-5 FALLS TOWNSHIPWATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION I OE5 - CEILING ACCESS PANELS GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OFWORK: The extent, location and size of each -type of access panel required is shown on the Tr-awings 'and in the schedules. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Fire-Resistance Ratings: Wherever a fire-resistance classification is shown, or for construction where access panels are installed, provide access required door assembly with panel door, frame, hinge and latch from manufacturer listed in "Underwriters' Labora- tories, Inc. "Classifled Building Materials Index" for the rating shown. Provide UL label or, each access panel. Provide raised knob-bolt operation with spring-loaded opener control mechanism. Size Variations: Obtain Architect's acceptance of manufacturer's standard size units which may vary slightly from sizes shown or scheduled. Manufacturers offering products to comply with the requirements for steel access panels and frames include the following: Birmingham Ornamental Iron Co. Karp Associates, Inc. Milcor; Inland-Ryerson Nystron, Inc. Inserts and Anchor(!2ta Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be built into wood framing for installation of access panels. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorage devices. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. SUBMITTALS: Manufacturer's Data, Access Panels: For information only, submit 2 copies of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of access panel required. Indicate by transmittal form that copy of each instruction has been distributed to the Installer. CEILING ACCESS PANELS I OE5-1 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 PRODUCTS MATERIALS AND FABRICATION: General: Provide access panel assembly manufactured as an integral unit complete with all parts an ready for installation. Steel Access Panels and Frames: Fabricate units of continuous welded steel construction, unless otherwise shown or specified. Grind welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Provide attachment devices and fasteners of the type required to secure access panels to the types of supports shown. Frames: Fabricate from 16 gauge steel. Provide frame with exposed flange not less than I" wide around perimeter of frame for the following construction: Drywall finish For drywall applications provide frames with exposed casing bead, welded to perimeter of frame to accept two layers of drywall. Flush Panels: Fabricate from 14 gauge steel, with concealed spring hinges set to open to 175 degreei-F. Provide removable pin type hinges of the quantity required to support the access panel sizes used in the work. Finish with manufacturer's factory-applied baked enamel prime coat applied over phosphate protective coating on steel. Provide flush panel doors for the following types of access panels: Exposed frame access panels Locking Devices: Provide flush, screwdriver-operated cam locks of the number required to hold door in flush, smooth plane when closed. Provide one cylinder lock per access door. Provide 2 keys per lock and key all locks alike, unless otherwise EXECUTION INSPECTION: Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which access panels are to be installed. Notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. INSTALLATION: Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation of access panels. Coordinate installation with work of other trades. CEILING ACCESS PANELS I OE5-2 FALLS TOWNSHIPWATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Set frame accurately in position and securely attach to supports with face panels plumb or level in relation to adjacent finish surfaces. Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation. Remove and replace panels or frames whic h are warped, bowed or otherwise damaged. END OF SECTION I OE5. CEILING ACCESS PANELS I OE5-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION IOFI - FIREFIGHTING DEVICES GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Provide firefighting devices as shown on the drawings. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Unless otherwise acceptable to the Architect, furnish firefighting devices and accessories by only one manufacturer. Provide colors and finishes of materials for firefighting devices as shown on the drawings or, if not shown, as selected by the Architect from manufacturers standard colors. Manufacturer's offering products to comply with the requirements for firefighting devices include the following: W.D. Allen Mfg. Co. Casco Products Corp. Elkhart Bross Mfg. Co., Inc. General Fire Extinguisher Corp. J.L. Industries Div. of J.N. Johnson Co. Larsens Mfg. Co. Norris Industries Potter-Roemer, Inc. Seco Mfg. Co. SUBMITTALS: Manufacturer's Data; Firefighting Devices: For information only, submit 2 copies of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for all firefighting devices required. Indicate by transmittal that copy of each instruction has been transmitted to the Installer. PRODUCTS FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: Provide fire extinguishers for each extinguisher cabinet and other locations as shown on the drawings. Provide only new fire extinguishers which are approved and labelled by Underwriter's Laboratories. Provide manufacturer's standard mounting brackets for extinguishers not located in cabinets. Secure to mounting surface in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Locate where shown on drawings, if not clearly indicated, where directed by Architect. FIREFIGHTING DEVICES IOFI-l FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Multi-Purpose Dry Chemical: 20 lbs. capacity, enameled steel container with pressure- indicating gauge, for Class A, B, and C fires. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS: General: Provide cabinets suitable for housing 'one standard 2-1/2 gallon size fire extinguisher, unless otherwise shown on the drawings, as follows: Recessed and semi recessed: Trim with beveled or rounded edges in contact with wall surface. Rro_712e-square corners with approximately I-Y411 wide trim, unless otherwise shown. Metal Gauge: Provide cabinets fabricated of the following minimum equivalent steel gauges. Box: 20 gauge Trim Frame: 18 gauge Tubular Door Perimeter Frame: 20 gauge Door Panel: 16 gauge Construction: One.-piece tubular door frames, mitered and welded. One-piece metal trim frame, to suit cabinet style required. Weld all joints and grind smooth. Provide manufacturer's standard steel box with white baked enamel interior finish and primed exterior finish. Steel Doors and Trim: Manufacturer's standard, prime coat finished, finish steel door frame and trim, style as selected by the Architect. Doors: One of the following types, as shown (provide full glass panel if not otherwise show7n . Full-Glass Panel: Wire plate glass with catch. Door Hardware: Continuous type hinge permitting door t o open 180 degrees. Provide either lever handle with cam action latch, or door pull and friction latch. EXECUTION INSPECTION: Installer must examine the substrate and conditions under which the fire fighting devices are to be installed, and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. INSTALLATION: Install in locations and mounting heights shown. Prepare recesses in walls as required Securely fasten to structure, square and plumb, in accordance with manufacturer'; instructions. FIREFIGHTING DEVICES I OF 1-2 FALLS TOWN5i itf- WA Wherever exact locations of surface-mounted units is not shov,-N, locate as directed by Architect. IDENTIFICATION: After installation is completed, apply red letter decals spelling "FIRE EXTINGUISHER'. Letter size, style and location as selected by the Architect. END OF SECTION I OF 1. FIREFIGHTING DEVICES I OF 1-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHAS@@@- SECTION I OS I - SPECIALTY SIGNS GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF INORK: The extent of speci(31ty signs is shown on the drawings. SUBMITTALS: Manufacturer's Dat43, Specialty Signs: For information only submit 2 copies of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of sign required. Indicate by transmittal that copy of each instructions has been distributed to the Installer. Samples, Specialty Signs: Submit 3 samples of each color and finish of exposed materials and accessories required for specialty signs. Architect's review will be for color and texture only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive of specialty sign materials. Shop Drawings, Spe:ialty Signs: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of specialty signs. Include plans, elevations and large scale details of sign wording and lettering layout. Show anchorages and accessory items. Provide location template drawings for items supported or anchored to permanent construction. PRODUCTS IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS: Provide the following signs and identification unless otherwise shown or specified: Individual Room Identification: Surface mount signs of the type shown, on the wall at door entrances to each toilet room indicating to each toilet room indicating "MEN" and "WOMEN" and otheir rooms as shown in schedules. ENGRAVED PLATES: General: Fabricate adhesive backed sign plates of the size and thickness shown or spec if i ed. Precision engrave the required letters, numbers and figures with uniform margins, in the letter style and size shown or, if not shown, 9s selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. Manufacturers offering products to comply with the requirements for engraved sign plates T-@ include -te following: SPECIALTY SIGNS 10SI-I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 A.C. Davenport & Son Co. Allen Marketing Products, Inc. Andco Industries Corp. Architectural Signing, Inc. Armento Architectural Arts, Inc. Best Mfg. Co. Design-A-Sign Co., Inc. Engraver's Dial & Nameplate Co. Seaboard Sign and Display, Inc. The Southwell Co. Spencer Industries, Inc. The Supershine Co. Volmar Products Inc. Maierjohan Wengler Inc. Zax Corp. Aluminum: Use manufacturer's standard aluminum alloy plate stock. Hand finish edges to provide sharp, well defined units. Provide satin anodized f inish, AA-M3 I C21 A3 1, unless otherwise indicated. HANDICAPPED PERSONS SYMBOL ACCESSIBILITY: The International Symbol of Accessbility shall be displayed in the following conditions. A. At accessible entrances to a building or facility. B. At entrances to accessible public toilet rooms if all public toilet rooms in a building are not accessible. C. At the origins of accessible paths of travel to major publicly used spaces. D. At parking spaces resevred for people who use wheelchairs and walking aids. E. At elevators or wheelchair lifts provided for handicapped access. The symbol shall. be displayed cis shown in Figure B. B. Display Conditions 1. Normal Size 2. Normal Color - Azure Blue & White Fed. Std. 595A- Color #15180 3. Alternate Color - Black & White B. Proportions SPECIALTY SIGNS IOSI-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 C. Standard 121, x 1811 rust proof aluminum signs for exterior use can be obtained from Jersey Cape Di43gnostic, Training and Opportunity Center, Inc., Box 31 Ocean View, New Jersey, 08230, Telephone (609) 398-1397, a non-profit organization employing the handicapped. Other sources of such signs may be obtained by telephone from Mrs. Evelyn Dolan (609) 292-0056. INSPECTION: Installer must examine the substrates and conditions which the specialty signs are to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until satisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. INSTALLATION: Install sign units and components at the locations shown or scheduled, securely mounted with concealed fasteners, unless otherwise shown. Attach signs to substrates in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, unless otherwise shown. Install, level, plumb and at the proper height. Cooperate with other trades for installation of sign units to finish surfaces. Repair or replace damaged units as directed by the Architect. END OF SECTION 110S. SPECIALTY SIGNS IOSI-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION I OS3 -DEDICATORY PLAQUE GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Provide and install a cast bronze plaque, not to exceed 900 sq. in., on an interior wall at a location to be determined by the Architect. The plaque design shalt be supplied by the Architect. DESIGN: The Architect shall provide design drawings, excluding completion date, following naming of the project by the School Board. The Owner reserves the right to select either raised or engraved lettering and logos, or a combination thereof. SUBMITTALS: Manufacturer's Data: Submit two (2) copies of manufacturer's literature, specifications, installation instructions for approval. Include data or samples of standard and special tablet letter styles, standard borders and background surface textures and finishes for selection by Architect. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings including a full-size pattern "rubbing" and details for approval prior to casting. PRODUCTS GENERAL: Fabricate cast metal plaque of the size, shape and thickness shown. Provide units free of pits, scale, and sand holes or other defects, with the required raised Itters, numbers, and characters. Hand tool and buff to provide clean, sharp figures with bright finish. Provide background texture and finish as shown, or if not shown, as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standards. Protect the exposed surfaces with 2 coats of clean, non- yellowing lacquer. Raised lettering and logos, if any, shall be cast as an integral part of the bronze tablet. Engraved lettering and logos, if any, shall be filled with black enamel. Use Architectural Bronze (85-5-5-5) alloy unless otherwise acceptable to the Architect. Provide treaded rods on back of tablet for concealed fastening into grout or cement-filled holes. Manufacturers offering products to comply with the requirements for dedicatory plaques include: Architectural Bronze and Aluminum Corp. Jos. H. Matthews, Inc. Spencer Industries, Inc. United States Bronze Sign Co., Inc. DEDICATORY PLAQUE IOS3-1 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 EXECUTION INSTALLATION: Follow manufacturer's instructions for concealed method of fastening threaded rods mounted on back of tablet in grout or cement-filled holes in masonry wall. -END OF SECTION I OS3. DEDICATORY PLAQUE IOS3-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 15A - PLUMBING RELATED DOCUMENTS ' The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. WORKINCLUDED The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, tools, excavation and backfilling,'paving, transportation, flashing and counterf lashing, cutting and patching, storage, permits, certificates, drawings, temporary work and all other items of work necessary or required to make the Plumbing installation complete in every respect, guaranteed to be substantial, safe and ready for use and operation by the Owner. The work shall include but is not necessarily limited to the folowing items, in view of the general understanding that a complete installation is intended: All plumbing work inside and outside the-building including complete sanitary waste system, storm drainage system, hot and cold water system and furnishing and installing all plumbing fixtures. Connections and running of pipe to well system. (Refer to Division 2, Section 2H 1.) Furnishing and installing hot water heater. Connections to all equipment furnished by Plumbing Contractor and to all equipment requiring plumbing, furnished by other Contractors or by Owner. Flashing and counterflashing of all piping, drains, and other installations furnished by Plumber which pass through roof. Sterilization and testing. Temporary water supply for construction. CODES AND PERMITS All work under this contractor shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the BOCA Plumbing Code, all local, state and government codes and requirements, except where requirements of the drawings and these specifications are more stringent. Work shall be subject to inspection by the State Inspector and shall meet with his approval, as well as that of the Architect. This Contractor shall secure all permits required for his work, shall pay all fees and other costs required, and shall obtain certificates of approval and deliver to the Owner. MATERIAL Cast Iron Bell and Spigot Soil Pipe shall be sound cylindrical, smooth, grey iron, free from cracks, sand holes and other defects, of uniform thickness and of the grade known as extra heavy, tested to 50 pounds hydrostatic pressure. All pipe and fittings shall bear the C-1 nsignia of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute and words Extra Heavy. PLUMBING 15A- I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Copper tubing shall be type "L", "KII and "DWV" hard drawn with sweat fittings. Fittings: All fittings shall be Crane, Chase, Grinnell or approved equal of weights, materials and finish corresponding to those of the piping or as specified. Escutcheons and Sleeves: Cast Iron escutcheons with chromium plate finish shall be provided wherever pipes pass through the floors, ceilings, walls and partitions. Caulk and seal around all pipes that pass through walls and ceilings to eliminate noise transmission and insure fire-proofing. Valves: Shall be Kennedy, Crane, Powell, Jenkins or approved equal and shall have cast or stamped on the body the name and/or distinguishing symbol of the manufacturer and shall be rated for 125 pounds working pressure, minimum. FIXTURES The Contractor shall furnish and install the fixtures as hereafter specified (Ind as shown on the drawings, together with all required fittings, supports, valves cocks, traps, etc., and shall make necessary supply, drain, soil and vent connections. Furnish and install one hose-bibb beneath lavatories in each Toilet Room. These shall be chromium plated bross, lockshield style, loose compression type hose bibbs as manufactured by Sterling Faucet Company, or approved equal. Deliver four (4) hydrant and four (4) hose bibb keys to the Architect. SANITARY DRAINAGE Complete systems of soil, waste- and vent piping shall be provided to all fixtures and equipment. Soil waste and vent lines 3" and larger shall be extra heavy cast iron; under 311 may be type DWV copper above the floor only. Vents shall be flashed and counterflashed where they open through roof with seamless 6 lb. lead roof flashing extending 1211 beyond the vent in all directions. Roofing is to be made water-tight. Cleanouts shall be installed at all changes in direction of sanitary sewer lines and minimum 501 horizontally. Heavy wrought iron clamps shall be provided for the support of the vertical piping at each floor. All horizontal runs of cost iron piping shall have at least one support located directly in back of hub for each section of piping and fitting and at intervals of not more than five feet. STORM DRAINAGE. Storm drainage piping outside the building may be either cost iron, as specified for sanitary drainage, or reinforced concrete piping. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL All necessary excavation and backfill within and outside the building shall be included for installing the work under this section. Trenches shall be carefully excavated to the required depth, and the bottom graded and compacted to secure the maximum pitch in the PLUMBING 15A-.2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 piping. The work shall be properly protected and shoring provided where necessary. Hand excavation shall be provided for bells of cast iron piping. If trenches are over excavated, clean sand shall be installed to proper level and tamped firmly prior to pipe installation. After piping is tested, all trenches shall be backfilled with one foot of clean sand which shall be firmly tamped around the pipe, the remainder of the backfill shall be moistened and tamped in one foot layers to the grade required. No cinders or ashes are to be used on backfill. All work shall be in accordance with the Site Work section of the specifications for General Construction in -addition to the foregoing. HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING Install cold water and hot water supply lines to all fixtures requiring same. All branch supplies to each fixture or piece of equipment and all branch lines to each group of fixtures shall be valved. Block valves shall be installed to -allow future maintenance on lines without complete shutdown of the system. All water lines shall be graded uniformly so that entire system can be drained, with drain valves at all low points. All hot and cold water piping 311 in diameter and smaller run above grade within the building shall be type 11L" hard drawn copper tubing. Piping below grade shall be type "K". All copper tubing shall be soldered using wrought copper fittings. Piping within building not under stabs shall be joined using hard solder (95-5). Piping buried outside of building shall be joined using silver solder. Water hammer arrestors shall be used on all lines and shall be J. R. Smith Hydratrol units size 5020 on cold water lines in each toilet room, size 5005 in hot water lines in each toilet room and on hot and cold lines elsewhere. Lines shall be connected within the building to the existing lines, where shown and all new lines shall be equipped with gate valves at the point of connection to existing lines. PIPING JOINTS Lead and Oakum Joints: All joints in bell and spigot cast iron pipe shall be made with picked oakum and mol lead, and shall be made water and gas tight. Twelve ounces of fine, soft pig lead shall be used at each joint for each inch in diameter of the pipe. Connections between lead and cast iron pipe shall be made with brass ferrules caulked into the iron pipe hub as previously specified. Lead pipe shall be attached to the ferrule by means of a wiped joint. Copper tubing: Tubing shall be cut square, and burrs shall be removed. Both inside of fittings and outside of tubing shall be well cleaned with steel wool before sweating. Care shall be taken to prevent annealing of fittings and hard-drawn tubing when making connections. Installation shall be made by competent workmen in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Mitering of joints for elbows and notching of straight runs of pipe will not be permitted. Joints for soldered fittings shall be made with a non- corrosive paste flux and solid string or wire solder 95-5. Cored solder will not be permitted. Swing joints shall be provided on all branch connections to mains to provide for PLUMBING 15A-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 expansion and contraction of tubing. Joints on copper tubing 211 and larger shall be made using a ring burner. Piping under slabs and buried outside of building shall be joined using a silver solder. PIPING ALIGNMENT All piping shall be run true, level and plumb except for pitch required for drainage. Where pipes are exposed they shall be carefully coordinated with other piping, electrical conduits and building structure. All piping shall be run concealed and insulated in finished spaces unless otherwise noted. Priority shall be given to ductwork in all locations and piping shall be routed as required to accomplish this. CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT NOT FURNISHED UNDER PLUMBING CONTRACT Make connections for all plumbing services including required fittings and trim and accessories with StGndard finish, for items of equipment provided by other trades, Owner or others as required. Coordinate work with the work of the trades supplying the equipment. Exposed piping, fittings, valves and accessories shall be chrome plated. Equipment furnished by others for installation by Plumbing Contractor shall be installed in accordance with shop drawings supplied by party furnishing equipment. WET PIPE TESTS All piping systems, (including water supply, drainage and venting) shall be tested to the full satisfaction of the Architect, Plumbing Inspector, and other governmental inspectors. Partial tests of sections shall be made if necessary to avoid delay in construction. All defects disclosed shall be remedied by replacement of defective parts. Testing equipmentshall be provided by this Contractor. Water test shall be applied on all drainage and vent piping. In addition, a smoke test shall be applied to the sanitary system after the fixtures are set. Pressure test of 100 psig shall be applied to the hot and cold water piping for a period of 6 hours with a maximum drop allowable of 3 psig, with all low pressure equipment isolated. STERILIZATION The Contractor shall disinfect the lines by chlorination after the lines have been tested for leakage, flushed and before they have been connected to the system. Chlorinated water shall be retained in the pipe line long enough to destroy all non-spore forming bacteri% This period shall be at least 12 hours. After the chlorine-trated water has been retaine for the required time, the chlorine residual of the pipe extremities and at other representative points shall be at least 50 pprn at a pH of 6 to 6.5. During the chlorination period valves and hydrants shall be operated to insure contact with all surfaces. At the end of the contract period, all chlorinated water shall be thoroughly flushed from the pipe line through its extremities. Two samples shall be taken on consecutive days and delivered to an approved testing laboratory for bacteriological analysis. Should either sample show evidence of contarni nation, the entire disinfection procedure shall be repeated without cost. -All disinfecting procedures, unless otherwise specified, shall be in accordance with PLUMBING 15A-.4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 the American Water Works Association Designation C601-54, "Standard Procedure for Disinfecting Water Mains." After connection and chlorination of the building piping system by plumbing contractor, all lines shall be flushed to a maximum residual chlorination of .2 ppm. SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for his written approval prior to beginning this work, manufacturer's specification sheets and shop drawings on each piece of equipment proposed to be furnished and installed. Note that shop drawings are required even though contractor intends to use specified equipment. WATER HEATER Furnish and install, where indicatd on the drawings, Electric Hot Water Heater of the manufacturer's size, type and capacity noted. Unit shall be equipped with all safety devices and controls required by ASME, N.F.P.A. and Governmental authority. All relief valves shall be piped to floor drains. Unit shall be factory assembled and tested and shall be complete with insulated tank, heating elements, and relief valves. Insulation shall meet Boca Basic Unit Energy Code requirements. Units shall be complete, requiring only electric, cold water, hot water and hot water return connections. VALVE SCHEDULE Furnish and mount on wall, where directed, a framed, glass covered, typewritten schedule of all principal valves. Each valve shall be brass tagged. Schedule shall list valve location, use, normal position (open or closed) and valve numbers. INITIAL START-UP At the time of initial start-up of the system, Contractor shall: Lubricate all equipment. Check all valves, seals and glands for leaks and loss of operation. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS The Contractor shall furnish the Architect with four bound sets of complete operating and maintenance instructions covering the entire Plumbing System. The Contractor shall instruct the Owner's representative in proper operation and main- tenance procedures. THERMOMETERS AND GAUGES Install thermometers on the entering C.W. line and both leaving H. W. lines. Thermometers shall be adjustable angle, aluminum body type with acrylic face, equipped with separable wells, with 711 minimum face. Manufacturer shall be Trerice or approved equal. They shall be selected to have operating temperature at approximately mid-scale. PLUMBING 15A-5 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Install gouge on the C.W. lines entering the building. Gauge shall be minimum of 6)1 face diameter equipped with hydraulic needle valves and shall be positive pressure type. These shall be Trerice 600 series or approved equal. Working pressure shall be mid-scale. PIPE INSULATION All cold water lines above the floor shall be insulated with heavy density sectional fiberglass pipe insiulation with ASJ-SSL Jacket as manufacctured by Owens-Corning Fiberglass Company or approved equal. Thickness shall be 1/211. Fittings shall be insulated with pre-molded pipe-fitting insulation with Zeston jacket. All hot water piping and hot water recirculating piping shall be insulated with the some material, except that thickness shall be Ill. CLEANING AND ADJUSTING On completion of the work and at such time as directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall remove the protective coverings from all fixtures, equipment, etc. Fixtures shall be washed and metal parts polished, equipment shall be cleaned and oiled, traps and piping shall be flushed and! cleaned of all dirt and sludge. Flush valves and faucets shall be tested for drips and adjusted for quiet operation. END OF SECTION 15A PLUMBING 15A-6 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION 15B - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING RELATED DOCUMENTS The General Provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. WORKINCLUDED The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, tools, excavation and backfilling, transportation, flashing and counterf lashing, cutting and patching, storage, permits, certificates, drawings, temporary work and all other items of work necessary or required to make the installation complete in every respect, guaranteed to be substantial, safe and ready for use and operation by the Owner. The work shall include but is not necessarily limited to the folowing items: Heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, including packaged heat pump units, ductwork, dampers, diffusers, registers, condensate drain piping, and insulation. Air exhaust systems, including exhaust fans, dampers, registers, ductwork and controls. CODES, PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES All work shall be in installed in compliance with all applicable codes and regulations, including governmental, A.S'M.E., BOCA, N.F.P.A. and the utility company. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits and certificates required for the installation and acceptance of all work. All work shall be inspected by the code administering authority. Certificates of approval shall be delivered to the Architect prior to final approval. All material for which label service is available shall bear the label of the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for his written approval prior to beginning this work, manufacturer's specification sheets and shop drawings on each piece of equipment proposed to be furnished and installed, plus the following construction or installation drawings, diagrams, and details. Automatic temperature controls. Wiring diagrams. Ductwork layouts. Duct construction details. Foundation and support details. Note that shop drawings must be submitted on all equipment even though Contractor intends to use specified equipment. HVAC 15B- I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 PACKAGED HEAT PUMP UNITS Furnish and install packaged heat pump units where indicated. Units shall be of size, type, capacity and manufacture noted. Units shall be complete with cabinets, supplementary electric heater packages, drain pans, fans, motors, filters, and vibration isolators, mounting curbs, defrost timers, outdoor thermostats, indoor thermostats and sub-bases, plenum sections, economizer packages, and all equipment standard or required to form complete operating packages requiring only connection of electrical power, thermostat wiring and ductwork. NOISE CONTROL All motorized units shall be installed on approved spring-type vibration isolators with a minimum deflection of 111. All ductwork shall be attached to heat pump units and exhaust fans by heavy fireproof, flexible connections with sufficient slack to prevent transmission of vibration. Ducts shall be sound insulated on the inside, thickness as noted, type as called out under "Insulation' elsewhere in these specifications. FANS Furnish and install all fans, where indicated on the drawings, of the size, type, capacity, and manufacture indicated. ,Exhaust fans shall be complete with backdraft dampers, bird screens, vibration eliminators, ductwork, etc. HANGERS Furnish and install (311 hangers necessary for the proper installation of this work. Hangers for ducts shall be twisted 11, wide, 14 gouge galvanized steel, spaced not over 81 on centers and shall be secured to the building structural members by the use of bolts or clamps. Closer centers shall be used where recommended by ASHRAE. DUCTWORK Material shall be galvanized iron sheet except for range hood exhaust. Gouge, type of joint, connection and bracing shall be in accordance with current recommendations published by the ASHRAE for low pressure. Vibrating, rattling, noisy or leaking ducts will not be acceptable. Formed, double skin type turning vanes shall be installed in all 900 elbows. Flat sides of all ducts shall be cross-broken. Connections to all motorized equipment shall be made with heavy asbestos cloth connectors. DAMPERS Furnish and install 4311 dampers as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. All ducts shall be provided with volume control dampers where indicated. These shall be not less than 14 gauge galvanized steel, with center shaft, bronze bearings, external handle quadrant position indicator and locking device. These shall be Young regulators or approved equal. HVAC 1513-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 MAKE-UP AIR UNITS Furnish and install make-up air unit where indicated. The unit shall work in conjunction with the future kitchen range hood exhaust and shall be interlocked to start and stop with it. Heating element in the unit shall be thermostatically controlled to maintain discharge air at or close to room temperature. Thermostat shall be furnished with the unit. ACCESS DOORS Furnish and install access doors in the ductwork for adjustment of all dampers and cleaning of ducts, fans, etc. Doors shall be 21 x 21 where possible, and as close thereto in other locations as space allows. Access doors shall be of the double skin type with heavy brass hinges, forged brass sash locks, asbestos gaskets and handles. Space between the double skin shall be filled with 3/41, thickness of fiberglass insulation. Frames shall have angle protection or extended collars for covering so arranged that access doors will open when covering is applied. GRILLES, REGISTERS & DIFFUSERS All grillps, registers and diffusers shall be as manufactured by Carnes, and shall be of the size and type indicated on the drawings. Extruded aluminum units shall have brushed aluminum anodized finish, with color as selected by the Architect. Steel units shall have G baked white enamel finish. INSULATION All ductwork shall be lined with I" thick spray-coated Fiberglass duct insulation. This shall be Ultralite #300 as manufactured by Certaineed, or approved equal. Insulation shall be attached to clean sheet metal prior to fabrication with quick-tacking fire-retardant adhesive. Coated side shall face fhe air stream. All seams, joints and butted edges shall be coated with adhesive. Where duct width exceeds 1211 add Stick-Klips for each 1.0 sq. ft. of surf ace. FOUNDATION AND SUPPORTS Furnish and install as indicated and/or as may be necessary for the proper installation of all equipment furnished, all foundations and supports. Heat pump units shall be mounted to factory-furnished mounts as per manufacturer's installation standards. Small fans within the building shall be hung from the building structure with vibration isolating hangers. All structural members shall be furnished by the Contractor. DUCT CLEANING After the complete installation of the ventilating ducts, the Contractor shall clean the entire system of all rubbish, plaster, dirt, etc., before any grilles, outlets or registers are installed. HVAC 1513-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 INITIAL START-UP At the time of initial start-up of the system, Contractor shall: Lubricate all equipment. Check all valves, seals and glands for leaks and loss of operation. Check all motors for proper rotation and operating temperature. Check all equipment for vibrationless; operation. Contractor shall also mount a brief outline of operating maintenance instructions for each piece of equipment where directed. These shall be laminated in plastic. INSTRUCTION Contractor shall instruct the Owner's representative in proper operation and maintenance procedures, with two four hour periods at the times designated by the Owner. SERVICE The Contractor shall provide service on the entire system for a period of one year from date of final acceptance of the system. This service shall include all items of labor and material required, including refrigerant and oil. Cost of this service shall be included in the contract price. A written service contract shall be provided. ELECTRICAL WORK The electrical subcontractor shall provide disconnect switches, starters, with on-off automatic switches, and field wiring (including interlock as well as power) for all equipment except for starters specifically required to be furnished with equipment. The heat pump equipment shall be interlocked through the factory-f urn i shed controls to provide full heating, cooling and economizer operation. Electrical subcontractor shall do all wiring for temperature controls in accordance with wiring diagrams furnished by the HVAC subcontractor and approved by the Architect and mount all electric thermostats and instruments. HVAC subcontractor shall be responsible for proper operaticn. TESTING AND ADJUSTING After the various portions of the work are completed, the Contractor shall Make the following tests in the presence of an authorized representative of the Architect, who shall be given adequate notice, by the Contractor, of the latter's readiness to make such tests. The Contractor shall furnish all instruments, test equipment and personnel required for carrying out the various tests. Duct Systems: The mechanical subcontractor shall operate the various fan and blower systems and -shall do all adjusting and balancing as required to deliver the air quantities shown at each supply grille, outlet and register and at each exhaust or return air grille or register. HVAC 1513-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 He shall also adjust all air handling equipment to perform with the least possible noise and vibration consistent with its duty. After all adjustments have been made, a final test shall be made and the air volumes tabulated and four certified copies of some shall be turned ov'er to the Architect. The Contractor shall make such additional tests as required to obtain the following information: Amperage input to each phase of each motor. RPM of each fan or blower. CFM capacity of each fan or blower. Outlet velocity of each fan or blower. Face velocity of coils. Dry bulb temperature of air supply under design conditions. Wetbulb temperature of air supply under design conditions. Such other tests as may be required to indicate fulfillment of these specifications. The results of these tests shall be tabulated and four certified copies delivered to the Architect. END OF SECTION 15B HVAC 1513-5 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 SECTION I-6A - ELECTRICAL RELATED DOCUMENTS The General Provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. WORKINCLUDED The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, tools, excavation and backfilling, paving, transportation, flashing and counterf lashing, cutting and patching, storage, permits, certificates, drawings, temporary work and all other items of work necessary or required to make the installation complete in every respect, guaranteed to be substantial, safe and ready for use and operation by the Owner. The work shall include but is not necessarily limited to the folowing items: Installation of Main Service. Panels for distribution, power and lighting. Connections to equipment requiring same. Lighting fixtures, lamps, switches, receptacles, cover plates and related devices. Wiring for power, lighting and electrical control systems. Starters and disconnects for electrically operated equipment. Fire alarm system. Conduit system for telephones. Emergency lighting system. Clean lip. Test i ng. CODES, PERMITSAND CERTIFICATES Except as otherwise required by governmental authority, all work shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code, BOCA, and the electric utility company requirements. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits and certificates required for the installation and acceptance of (311 work. All work shall be inspected by the code administering authority. Certificates of approval shall be delivered to the Architect prior to final approval. All material for which label service is available shall bear the label of the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. SERVICE Primary: Install primary conduit and cable from the location designated by the Utility Company, underground to the transformer pod, and up through the pad. Primary conduit to be schedule 40 heavy wall PVC under grass areas and rigid galvanized steelunder paved areas. ELECTRICAL 16A- I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Install conduit 41-01, minimum below finish grade. Long radius sweeps shall be made at all changes in direction. Provide and install yellow tape identifying high voltage line continuously at 611 below finish grade over conduit. Provide transformer pad for Utility Company transformer as required. Provide and install 34KV conductors in conduit as shown on drawings. Installation to be in accordance with Utility Company requirements and shall be subject to their inspection as well as that of the Architect. Secondary: Install a complete main underground service of rigid schedule 40 PVC conduits and conductors in an underground duct bank, as indicated on drawings and as specified herein for 208/12OV, 3 A 4-wire service. Conduits through the pad and the building floor shall be rigid galvanized steel with long radius sweeps. Install and connect conduits to switchgear and all service equipment. Conduit shall terminate in accordance with Utility Company requirements. Install cable allowing sufficient spare cable for final connection to transformer and make final connections to all service equipment. Cable bends shall not exceed the recommendations of the cable manufacturer and the IPDEA as a minimum, but in no case shall radius of bend be less than 10 times the outside diameter of cable. All conduit connections shall be sealed water-tight and each conduit shall be sealed water- tight at each end with duct seal. INSTALLATION No cable or group of cables shall be pulled into underground conduit system until it is dry. Before pulling in cables, Contractor shall insure cleanliness and dryness of the conduit by pulling a mandrel and swab through. If swab becomes wet during first pull, operation shall be repeated until swab is both dry and clean after being pulled through conduit to be activated. Provide complete grounding system in strict accordance with the Code requirements. A yellow tape identifying electrical lines below shall be installed above the conduits, 611 below grade. TELEPHONE SYSTEM Furnish and install required underground telephone service conduit and in-floor distribution conduits. Provide backboards for mounting of terminal boxes, I IOV. outlets at box locations and ground wire connected to building ground system. Make such adjustments in both location of pull boxes and the entrance level of conduits as are necessary in order to avoid interference with electrical lines and other trades equipment. ELECTRICAL 16A-2 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Leave installed in each underground telephone conduit run, a #6 galvanized steel wire for the use of the telephone company. No other conductors shall occupy these conduits. Service conduit from street shall be constructed and installed as required for power service conduit. For each wall mounted telephone outlet, provide a 411 x 411 outlet box with single device cover and stainless steel plate equipped with a 1-1/41, high x5/811 wide slot in the bottom. For each floor Mounted telephone outlet, provide a watertight adjustable floor box with bronze cover plate. Note that wall boxes must be recessed. Floor boxes shall be as specified for receptacles.' From each telephone outlet box, run a I" conduit to the nearest telephone backboard. All conduits shall be EMT with compression couplings. PANELBOARDS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS Lighting and power panels shall be installed where shown on drawings. They shall be General Electric at- approved equal, of the size, type and capacity shown on drawings. They shall be automatic circuit breaker panelboards complete with enclosing cabinets, and shall conform to the following specifications: All automatic circuit breakers shall be quick-make and quick-break on manual operation, tril)-free, with inverse time characteristics secured through the use of a bimetallic tripping element supplemented by a magnetic trip. Automatic tripping on overload or short-circuits shall be clearly indicated by the operating handle assuming a neutral position midway between the manual "ON" and "OFF" positions. All circuit breakers shall be bolted on. Plug-in breakers are not acceptable. All multi-pole breakers shall be so designed that an overload in one pole automati- cally causes all poles to open. All single-pole breakers shall be so arranged and connected to the main bus that any three adjacent breaker poles are connected to phase A. 8 and C respectively, and that same relationship of phase sequence maintained. The main phase bus and the phase to which each single-pole breaker is connected shall be clearly indicated. The mounting pan on which circuit breaker, busses, etc., are mounted shall be rigid construction to insure against damage. All screws and bolts used for making copper connections shall be equipped with approved lock washers to prevent loosening. Riveted bus connection will not be acceptable. Bus bars shall be copper. Complete panelboord assembly shall be so designed that any individual breaker can be removed without disturbing adjacent units or without loosening or removing supple- mental insulation supplied as a means of obtaining clearance and other requirements of the Underwriter's Laboratories. Bus bars shall be fastened to bases and shall not depend upon breakers for support. All main and branch circuit connections shall have copper based on 1,000 amps per square inch copper density with contact surfaces not more than 200 amps per inch. ELECTRICAL 16A-3 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Cabinet boxes shall be made of commercial hot galvanzed sheet steel. Box gauges shall conform to the Underwriter's Laboratories requirements, except that in no case shall material lighter than 14 gauge be used. The box shall be provided with angle support for the panel. Panelboard fronts shall be made of cold rolled sheet steel with gauges as required by the Underwriter's Laboratories. All materials shall be properly cleaned and trim shall be finished with one prime coat and at least one coat of gray lacquer. Trim shall be provided with angle support which engages the flange of box and shall be fastened to the boxes by means of approved clamps. All trim shall have doors equipped with flush-type combination lock and catch, two milled type keys being supplied with each lock. All locks shall be keyed alike. Each panelboard shall be provided with a metal frame for insertion of a directory on the inside of the door. Provide typewritten directory in frame indicating full use of each branch circuit and circuits designated as spares. Cover directory with heavy transparent cover. Individual circuit breakers shall be as specified above for panel mounted breakers, but shall be enclosed in NEMA-I enclosure unless otherwise noted. WIRING FOR POWER, LIGHTING AND CONTROL All wiring in Mechanical Room and where otherwise adjacent to the heating equipment or other heat producing equipment shall be THHN 600 volts, copper All other wiring shall be type THW 600 volts, copper, unless otherwise indicated. No wiring for lighting or power shall be smaller than #12 AWG. No wiring shall be run exposed, unless specifically permitted, except in the Mechanical Room. All feeders to branch circuit panels and main service equipment shall be run in EMT. Indoor wiring shall be carried in Schedule 40 PVC conduit, with copper ground conductor, where run in floor slab. Indoor wiring which is run exposed or in walls, shall be carried in electrical metallic tubing. All wiring above hung ceilings shall be run in EMT or as BX cable, supported from structure above as per code. All EMT shall have compression fittings. Where flexibility is required as for motors, the final run shall be made in neoprene jacketed flexible metal conduit. All wiring to outdoor fixtures and to equipment at grade shall be run underground in Schedule 40 PVC conduit, 2411 below grade, with ground wire run with circuit conductors. Locations of indoor junction boxes and pull boxes shall be as approved. Junction boxes and. pull boxes shall not be exposed in finished spaces, and where necessary Contractor shall re- route conduits or make other approved arrangements to avoid same. No wire shall be pulled until all conduits and pull boxes are permanently in place. No fish wire or strings shall be inserted before conduit is installed. Cables pulled with pulling compounds other than permitted by the National Electrical Code or listed in the Underwriter's Laboratories Electrical Equipment List shall be removed, the conduits swabbed, and new cable pulled at the Contractor's expense. ELECTRICAL 16A-4 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 No more than three 2-wire, 1 0, 120 volt circuits will be permitted in one conduit and these shall be of alternate phases. Only one 208 volt circuit will be permitted in one conduit. Cable splices shall be made with solderless connectors such as 3M "Scotchlock" or Burndy "Servit" covered with plastic tape such as #33 in dry locations and Scotch #88 in wet locations. No conduit shall be run closer that 611 to hot water pipes. No cabinets or conduits shall be installed directly under water or drain lines. All feeders and mains shall be tagged in every pull box and gutter space through which they pass, showing circuit and phase (for example "A-3, (@1311). In addition, phase color coding shall be employed for all wire 12 AWG or 10 AWG. CONDUIT ALIGNMENT When conduit is e)<posed it shall run parallel to or at right angles to walls and ceilings. Except where required for equipment connections, it shall be run as close as possible to corners of walls and ceilings. Conduit runs shall tie carefully coordinated with piping and the building structure, and shall run concealed in finished spaces. Priority shall be given to ductwork in all locations, and conduit shall be routed as required to acccomplish this. LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS Lamps -and lighting fixtures of types and sizes indicated on the drawings shall be furnished and installed complete. All fixtures shall bear the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. label of approval. Lamps of the proper type, wattage and voltage rating shall be furnished and installed in each fixture. Lamps shall be as manufactured by G.E., Westinghouse or Sylvania, with exact lamp used where indicated. Fixtures shall be of the type indicated. Manufacturer's catalog numbers establish appearance, design, light distribution characteristics, brightness characteristics, metal gauge, quality, finish and materials of construction. Similar fixtures of different manufacture will be acceptable if approved by the Architect as being equal, or better, in all of the above criteria. Accessories such as strips, yokes, mounting plates, frames, nipples or brackets shall be provided for proper installation. All plastic parts shall be virgin acrylic unless otherwise noted. Fixture Support: Recessed fixtures shall be suspended from the building structure above. Surface and pendant mounted fixtures shall be secured to the building structure. Fluorescent fixtures shall have high power factor, (CBM certified by ETL) ballasts, and shall be designed and approved for 120 volt operation unless otherwise indicated. Fixtures shall be of rapid start type needing no starters except where otherwise noted on the drawings. All ballasts shall be equipped with class 11P11 internal overload protection. All ballasts shall have a sound rating of "A". Contractor shall examine all fixture ballasts before installation and tighten all ballast mounting screws to insure good contact with enclosures. Where installed outdoors ballasts shall be low-ambient rated at OOF. Where indicated,. ballasts shall be remotely mounted in approved ballast boxes which shall be secured to the building structure. ELECTRICAL 16A-5 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Mercury and metallic vapor fixtures shall have high power factor, constant wattage ballasts. Where installed outdoors, ballasts shall also be low-ambient rated at minus 20 0 F. All ballasts in indoor units shall be encapsulated and shall be guaranteed for low sound rating consistent with this application. SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES All switches for lighting shall be Leviton 20A specification grade of the following types: Single pole, toggle 1221 Single pole, key 122 1 -L 3 way, toggle 1223 3 way, key 1223-L Exact location of all outlets and switches in finished rooms shall be obtained from Architect and from scale drawings of interior details and finish and final readjustment made to outlets to give proper centering. Outlets shall be 81' A.F.F. in carpeted areas, 1811 in non-carpeted areas, or at counter-height or other height where specifically noted. Locations indicated for local wall switches are subject to modification. In case of local wall switches to be set at or near doors, definite locations shall be on side of door opposite hinge. Where more than one switch is located at the some place in a room, they shall be ganged under one switch plate. Receptacles for 120 volt attachment plugs shall be Leviton 5362, 125 volt, 3 wire grounding type, with grounding pole connected to the grounding system, except where otherwise noted or specified. Switch and receptacle plates shall be Leviton 88000 series smooth urea, standard size. Heavy duty special type receptacles shall be Leviton or Hubbell, of the size and type required to suit equipment plugs. Ground fault receptacles shall be Leviton 6194-W and shall be installed flush-mounted. Where installed outside, they shall be equipped with 6196 horizontal cover plates and shall be mounted horizontally. All receptacles installed outside the building, in the toilet rooms, and mechanical room shall be ground fault type. Each outdoor lighting circuit shall be switched by an individual clock switch installed adjacent to the panel serving the circuit. Clock motors shall be operated by unswitched lines taken from spare circuit breakers. Each clock switch shall be Paragon 4213-OOSZ Astro-Dial type. Contractor shall furnish one Leviton 6185 GFI Circuit Tester in 6182 case to the Owner. MOTOR CONTROL, CONTROL WIRING AND DISCONNECTS Contractor shall furnish motor starters and disconnects for all equipment furnished under all sections of the Contract and for equipment furnished by Owner, except where these are specifically required to be furnished with the equipment. ELECTRICAL 16A-6 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Starters and disconnects shall be installed where shown on drawings. Where not shown, location shall be as directed. In no case shall this equipment be installed on finished walls. Surface type equipment may be used in Mechanical Room. Contractor shall include all necessary auxiliary contacts and accessory equipment to accomplish the functions indicated either in the specifications and drawings for the electrical work or in specifications and drawings describing the work to be performed by others. Contractor shall mount starters and disconnects securely, install connections between starters and disconnects, and connect to motors. The work shall be complete so that equipment is ready for starting. Motor starters, except where otherwise noted, shall be magnetic across-the-line type with thermal overload elements in all phases, and low voltage protection. Starters for ordinary service shall be in NEMA Type I enclosures and shall be General Electric 200 line for voltage, number of the poles and horsepower. In all cases, operating coil shall be wired between one phase leg and neutral. Heaters shall be carefully selected to suit motor current for voltage indicated. Provide hand-off-auto switches and- pilot lights 'For all starters. All motor starters shall be wired for manual reset. Power leads to all motorized equipment shall have at least 60 inches of looped neoprene jacketed armored flexible conduit from junction box at end of conduit to motorized equipment. Under no circumstances shall conduit terminate in or be fastened to motorized equipment. Disconnect switches for ordinary service shall be in NEMA Type I enclosures, and shall be General Electric Heavy Duty type QMW non-fused safety switch or approved equal. For outdoor locations enclosures shall be NEMA 4 watertight stainless steel. Refer to HVAC specifications for work therein to be provided by this Contractor. CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT Make conncections to all equipment shown on drawings or otherwise specified (is included in the project whether indicated to be furnished by Contractor, Owner others or similar designation. These connections shall include disconnect switches where required by code and other incidental items of electrical equipment. Equipment shall include, but is not necessarily limited to the following major groups: Heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment. Those controls which are electrically operated. Plumbing equipment. Kitchen. ELECTRICAL 16A-7 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM Furnish and install where indica*ted on the drawings, nickel-cadmium emergency battery packs, complete with trickle-chargers, high-rate chargers, voltmeters, test switches and indicating lights, on-off switches, low voltage protective cut-offs, heavy steel cabinets, and all accessories required. These shall be of the size, type, capacity and manufacturer indicated. Furnish and install remote-mounted fixtures with lamps where indicated on drawings. TEMPORARY ELECTRIC The Contractor shall provide and pay all charges incidental to obtaining a temporary electric service for the use of all Contractors. This may be connected to new building service after installation. All temporary wiring shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the NFPA. A temporary certificate of inspection shall be obtained and delivered to the Architect. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install I-phase, 100A, 3-wire, 120/240-volt temporary light and power feeder on poles and insulators, in an approved manner to location of addition. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install an approved weatherproof service housing cabinet complete with hinged doors and lock, together with necessary service switch, metering devices and circuit breakers for temporary feeder distribution. The metering devices shall be left ready to receive the meters, etc., of the electric company. This Contractor shall arrange for their installation. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install the following: One lamp of proper size in each temporary lighting fixture in the construction field of f ice. One 100 watt lamp in each temporary lighting socket in the building, with quantity and spacing as required for the required lighting levels. The Electrical Contractor shall provide, install and retain possession of temporary power circuits from the main temporary power panel to and including 2 temporary power load centers. Each temporary power load center shall consist of a 2-pole main circuit breaker rated 60 amp, two 2-pole 30 amp circuit breakers and six 20 amp, I pole circuit breakers, all with matching receptacles, all connected and mounted in a common panel. The load centers shall be suitable for outdoor installation. The Electrical Contractor shall provide, at the temporary power panel, circuit breakers sized to protect the supply lines to each temporary power loac-center. The temporary light and power system shall be progressively modified as required for the advancement of the work of the various Contractors and in such a manner as will not restrain or interfere with the progress of construction. The Electrical Contractor shall supply all wiring, supports, (Ind labor incidental to and necessary for establishing and maintaining power at the load-centers, and cis required for relocating the load centers and supply circuits. ELECTRICAL 16A-8 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Electrical Contractor shall provide and maintain continuation of power supply beyond the temporary-power load-centers, including plugs, portable outJets, lamp fixtures, replace- ment lamps and other incidental items when required. The General Contractor will pay for all electrical energy for the entire period of construction. The Electrical Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary electric service throughout the course of this project during normal working hours, including lunch hour, for each and every workday for each and every trade. If work is performed by any Contractor requiring the use of temporary power and lighting beyond normal working hours, he shall make arrangements with the Electrical Contractor and shall reir@nburse the Electrical Contractor for all additional costs involved and shall bear all expenses at no cost to Owner. All 20A, I-P circuit breakers shall be protected by ground fault circuit interrupters. These shall be UL approVE-d. All extension cords shall be UL rated for use in wet conditions and shall be three-wire grounded type. SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for his written approval prior to beginning this work, manufacturer's specification sheets and shop drawings for each piece of equipment proposed to be furnished and installed, plus installation drawings of the Main service entrance layouts. Note that shop drawings must be submitted on all equipment even though Con-tractor intends to use specified equipment. CLEAN-UP All fixtures shall be properly cleaned and lamped, all broken or cracked glassware and plastic shall be replaced, all debris so for as this Contract is concerned shall be removed from the premises before work will be accepted. TESTING Contractor shall demonstrate upon request, the proper functioning of electrically operated equipment and the insulation value of conductors as demonstrated by "Megger" test. Upon the discovery of faulty installations, repair defective work and by further test show the elimination of same. All equipment and systems shall be tested to the satisfaction of the Architect and Engineer to prove compliance with the specifications. Any equipment which fails to perform properly shall be adjusted. If it still fails to perform properly, it shall be removed and replaced with satisifactory equipment. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Contractor shall give complete operating and maintenance instructions to Owner and shall mount under glass adjacent to all major items of equipment a description in brief form of the principal items for operating and maintaining such equipment, plus a wiring diagram for each system. ELECTRICAL 16A-9 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM GENERAL Furnish and install G complete comprehensive automatic fire alarm and detection system in all areas of the building. This shall be Fire Control Instruments FC-72-3, zoned for each area indicated. System shall comprise a totally coordinated functioning, electrically supervised, closed circuit fire alarm and smoke detection system as described herein and as indicated on the drawings. The control panels shall be modular in design with major circuit functions contained on solid state plug-in units. System Operation and Description Operation of any manual station or actuation of any automatic detector in the system shall cause the sounding of a selectable coded signal and flash the associated supervised red zone lamp on the control panel. The signals shall continue to indicate the alarm until the initiating device has been restored to normal and the system reset button depressed or until the signal silence switch at the control panel is operated. Trouble suppression must be provided during all alarm conditions. The system shall be electrically supervised again st opens and grounds on the wiring to the alarm initiating and indication devices. An open or ground in the system shall cause a zone trouble lamp to light and a trouble buzzer to sound continuously until the system is restored to normal or until the signal is silenced by means of the trouble silence switch at the control panel. In addition auxiliary SPDT common trouble contacts shall operate. All wiring between fire alarm control panels and outlying units must be 100% failsGfe, Class "A", 4 conductor. When the trouble silence switch is in the "silenced" position a red pilot light shall be illuminated to show that the trouble signal has been silenced. When the systems are restored to normal supervisory operation, the trouble signal shall again sound and shall be silenced only by restoring the cut off switch to its normal position, thereby extinguishing the pilot light. Open or grounded circuits in the system shall not cause the sounding of a false alarm. The initiating zone trouble shall be indicated by the steady illumination of an individual zone lamp on the main panel, plus duplicates at the entrance. If main AC power fails to the system, the battery stand-by power shall automatically be transferred to the system for continuous and uninterrupted supervisory operation for a period of 24 hours and still be able to sound a three-minute alarm. The alarm signals may be silenced at anytime by depressing the signal silence button located on the control panel. System shall be capable of transmitting the signal to the local Fire Department in accordance with Department regulations, with both transmitting and receiving equipment furnished and installed by this Contractor. ELECTRI CAL 16A- 10 FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 EQUIPMENT Control Units System controls sh,311 be housed in a cabinet with a full viewing window. All annunciator indications and operating instructions shall be clearly visible. The door shall be complete with a lock and two keys. Opening the cabinet door shall provide access to all operating controls, but not expose live electrical connections. The control panels shall be of modular construction. Each individual function shall be on a replaceable plug-in panel or module to accomoddate functional changes when required. All plug-in modules and panel connectors shall be supervised so as to give G trouble signal if removed or disconnected. All alarm initiating and alarm indicating circuits extending from the fire alarm control unit shall be energy limited in accordance with the requirements for limited energy circuits described in Paragraph 2154 of NFPA Pamphlet 72A. The control unit shall contain the following functions and modules: Alarm Receiver Audible and Visual Signal Control Common Control to include: Lamp Supervision, test Reset. Manual signal silencing. Remote station transmission equipment. Master Power Supply, to include: 24 Volt DC Power. Power-on Indication. Trouble Indication. Ground Detection. Standby Power shall be batteries, series connected with sufficient amp. hour capacity to operate the system under alarm conditions with AC power discon- nected for 24 hours and at the end of this period operate the alarm devices for three consecutive minutes. The batteries shall be the sealed maintenance-free type with expected life in excess of ten years. A fully automatic battery charger shall be provided which shall be capable of restoring 90% of a dead battery's Capacity within 24 hours. The battery shall be protected against excessive discharge by automatically disconnecting the battery from the system when the voltage of the battery drops to 60%. A trouble signal shall sound when the batteries are disconnected from the system, or the batteries drop below 85% of their capacity. An ampmeter indicating the rate of charge and a voltmeter indicating battery potential shall be provided on the control panel. Auxiliary Relay Panel. Fire Drill Control. Auxiliary Breaker Panel. ELECTRICAL 16A- I I FALLS TOWNSHIP WATERFRONT PARK - PHASE 11 Alarm Initiating Devices MS-5 Manual Fire Alarm Station. Thermo detectors shall be D-240-501 (1350 fixed and rate of rise) except in Vestibules, Mechanical Room and other areas subject to rapid temperature changes, they shall be Model 503 (1360 fixed element.) Smoke detectors shall be D-200. Alarm Indicating Devices S-300 Model AV-32F shall have audible horn and flashing fire lights, and shall be complete with back boxes. Annunciators shall be furnished at the entrance of the building as well as at main panel. These shall be R2A-4, with adjacent RT I trouble indicators. Wiring All wiring shall be code-approved, in conduit or Wiremold where exposed and of the same approved type as used for electric light and power wiring. The sizes of the different wires shall be those specified by the manufacturer. Color code shall be used where specified. All wires shall be togged at all junction points and shall test free from grounds, opens, shorts, feedback, etc. All testing shall be performed by the manufacturer, who shall certify to its trouble-free completion. Final connections between equipment and the wiring system shall be made directly by a representative of the manufacturer. Complete As-Built Wiring Diagrams must be submitted prior to final payment. All wiring shall be looped for complete supervision. No "tee-wiring" will be permitted. Tests All portions, functions, operations, and equipment of the systems shall be tested, including, but not limited to, all manual stations, automatic detectors, smoke detectors, and signals. Notify the Architect, Owner and Fire Marshal of readiness for such tests and perform them at the time directed. The system shall be considered ready for such testing only after all necessary preliminary tests have been made and all differences and defects found have been corrected to the satisfaction of the equipment manufacturer's representative. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE lie manufacturer shall furnish to the Owner a one (1) year Contract, effective from date acceptance, for maintenance and inspection service of the manufacturer's equipment 'i a minimum of two inspections during the contract year. 50% of the installation shall -@sted at each inspection, with the other 50% at the next inspection. Cost of service ict shall be included with the installation cost, and shall include all parts, labor, ortation, etc. SECTION 16A 16A- 12 Ff @l @l @ q@